File: banner.html
PreviousNext
File: default.htm
DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL
File: file3D0000629305-sect1.html
DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL
 
DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL
XUV700
EMS G20 TGDi AT (MILLER CYCLE)
POST VIN CUTOFF — P6K17602
       
Graphic
Graphic
     
MAN-01376
Created By - Service Engineering
Technical Hub
 
Copyright
The repair methods given by the manufacturer in this document are based on the technical specifications, current at the time of release. The methods may be modified as a result of changes introduced by the manufacturer in the production of the various component units and accessories from which the vehicles are manufactured. The reproduction, translation, transmission, in part of or whole of the present document, are prohibited without the prior written consent of Mahindra & Mahindra Ltd. The use of this document by any person other than the trained personnel, at the Authorized Service Centre of Mahindra & Mahindra Ltd., will amount to unauthorized use and shall be liable for penalty/prosecution© 2024 Mahindra & Mahindra Ltd.
File: file3D0000629305-sect10.html
9 CAUTION WHEN WORKING ON ELECTRICAL UNITS

Graphic


Remove the negative battery cable from the battery before working on electrical units.
Make sure to turn "OFF" the ignition switch and other lamp switches before disconnecting or connecting the negative battery cable. (Otherwise, semiconductor parts can be damaged)
Graphic


Do not drop or apply excessive impact to sensors and relays.
Graphic

If a fuse is blown, replace it with the rated capacity fuse.
If you use a fuse with capacity higher than the specification, corresponding parts can be damaged or a fire can break out.
Graphic


Make sure that the connectors are connected securely. Loose connection results in malfunction.
Graphic


While disconnecting a connector equipped with a lock, press the lock down as per the direction given in figure.
File: file3D0000629305-sect11.html
10 STANDARD TEST PROCEDURE
TESTING OF VOLTAGE POTENTIAL
•  Connect the ground lead of a voltmeter to a known good ground or battery ground
•  Connect the other lead of voltmeter to selected test point. The vehicle ignition may need to be turned ON to check voltage.
Graphic

TESTING FOR CONTINUITY (RESISTANCE)
•  Disconnect the power supply (battery, ignition switch OFF)
•  Set the Multimeter Mode selector to measure resistance
•  Connect one lead of the multimeter to one side of the circuit being tested
•  Connect the other lead to the other end of the circuit being tested. Low or no resistance means good continuity
Graphic

TESTING FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
•  Disconnect the power supply (battery, ignition switch OFF)
•  Set the Multimeter Mode selector to measure resistance, select resistance range appropriately
•  Connect one lead of the Multimeter to one side of the circuit being tested
•  Connect the other lead to battery ground
•  Starting at the fuse block, move / shake the wiring harness about six to eight inches apart and look at the Multimeter display.
•  If the Multimeter registers resistance value / audible beep, then there is a short to ground in that area of the wiring harness.

TESTING FOR A SHORT TO GROUND ON FUSES POWERING SEVERAL LOADS
•  Switch OFF the ignition and disconnect the battery.
•  Referring the wiring diagrams, disconnect or isolate all items on the suspected fused circuits.
•  Replace the blown fuse.
•  Supply power to the fuse by turning ON the ignition switch or re-connecting the battery as applicable.
•  Start connecting or energizing the components in the fuse circuit one at a time. When the fuse blows, the circuit with the short to ground has been identified.

TESTING FOR A VOLTAGE DROP
•  Set the Multimeter Mode selector to measure voltage, select voltage range appropriately
•  Connect positive lead of voltmeter to one side of the circuit closest to battery positive terminal.
•  Connect other lead of voltmeter to the negative side of component/switch.
•  Switch ON the component/load.
•  The voltmeter will show the difference in voltage between the two points.
Graphic

INTERMITTENT AND POOR CONNECTION
Most intermittent electrical problems are caused by faulty electrical connections or wiring. It is also possible for a sticking component or relay to cause a problem. First ask the customer for details about the driving conditions, weather conditions, frequency of occurrence and trouble symptoms and then try to recreate the trouble symptoms. Before replacing a component or wiring assembly, check the following items.
•  Connectors / inter—connector are fully locked
•  Check for water traces in the fuse or relay box / connectors
•  Any spread terminals or pin back out
•  Terminals in the wiring assembly are fully seated into the connector/component and locked into position
•  Dirt or corrosion on the terminals. Any amount of corrosion or dirt could cause an intermittent problems
•  Damaged connector/component casing exposing the item to dirt or moisture
•  Wire insulation that has rubbed through, causing a short to ground
•  Some or all of the wiring strands broken inside of the insulation
•  Wiring broken inside of the insulation
Carry out the following checks with the connectors and components to confirm whether the trouble symptom occurs.
•  Gently shake the connector up, down and to the left and right
•  Gently shake the wiring harness up, down and to the left and right.
•  Gently shake the fuse / relay board, etc. by hand.
•  Gently shake the wiring harness at the location of hanging and other moving parts
Graphic
File: file3D0000629305-sect2.html
1 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
If the DTC code is known, then go to the DTC BASED DIAGNOSIS, then click on the DTC code. The codes are hyperlinked to the respective troubleshooting procedures.

The following is the structure of the EMS Diagnostic Manual

•  DTC and a brief description of the system
•  DTC Information & Causes
–  Normal operation of the system
–  DTC detecting conditions
–  DTC reaction on vehicle and lamp status
–  Healing Condition
–  Probable causes of Failure
•  Circuit Schematic
•  Connector location
•  Connector face views and information
•  DTC Checking Procedure
•  Diagnostic Procedure

•  Always use this diagnostic manual along with the vehicle’s latest wiring manual


Graphic
File: file3D0000629305-sect3.html
2 ABBREVIATIONS
ABS 
Anti-lock Braking System
AMP
Amplifier (Branded Audio)
CAN-H
CAN High Signal
CAN-L
CAN Low Signal
C-EPS
Column Type Electronic Power Steering
CCM
Climate Control Module
CCH
Climate Control Head
DATC
Dual Automatic Temperature Control
ECU
Electronic Control Unit
EEPROM
Electrically Erasable and Programmable Read Only Memory
EPS
Electric Power Steering
ESCL
Electronic Steering Column Lock
ETC
Electronic Temperature Control
EMS 
Engine Management System
FATC
Fully Automatic Temperature Control
FCM
Front Camera Module
FDHM
Flush Door Handle Module
FPAS
Front Park Assist Sensor
FRM
Front Radar Module
FVC
Front View Camera
HVAC
Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning
IC
Instrument Cluster
ICC
Intelli Command Centre
ICU
Immobilizer Control Unit (IMMO)
ITM
Interactive Torque Management
IS
Infotainment System
MBFM 
Mahindra Body Function Module
MCU
Micro Control Unit
MGM
Mahindra Gateway Module
PKE
Passive Keyless Entry
PWM
Pulse Width Modulation
RVC
Rear View Camera
RPAS
Reverse Park Assist System
RLS
Rain Light Sensor
SAS
Steering Angle Sensor
SCM
Seat Control Module
SRS
Supplementary Restraint System
SVS
Surround View System (360)
TAS
Torque and Angle Sensor
TPMS
Tyre Pressure Monitoring System
VSS 
Vehicle Speed Sensor
VBAT
Battery Voltage
WLC
Wireless Charger
WSS
Wheel Speed Sensor
•  IGNITION CYCLE : Ignition ON →Ignition OFF → Ignition ON
•  DRIVING CYCLE: Ignition OFF →Ignition ON →Engine cranked and started→At engine idle condition itself, provide accelerator pedal input until the engine rpm is greater than 2000 rpm →Ignition OFF
•  WARM-UP CYCLE: Ignition ON → At engine idle condition itself, ensure that the coolant temperature exceeds 30 degree celsius→ Ignition OFF
File: file3D0000629305-sect4.html
3 EMS ECU – OVERVIEW
Engine Management System helps engine to deliver required amount of power and torque as per driver’s request and also to comply applicable emission norms. The EMS ECU used here is Easy U SDI3 — Mahindra 2L TGDI.
Graphic
File: file3D0000629305-sect5.html
4 WARRANTY AND OTHER INFORMATION
All failures/complaints encountered on EMS ECU and other system components should be reported through Service Complaint Report (SCR).Replacement of any of the EMS ECU and other system components requires approval of the TEKline. Ensure that a TAR is raised in the TEKnet website for approval, attaching the SCR. While raising a warranty claim, the TAR no should be quoted on the warranty claim.
Only a trained and certified CoTEK can raise a TAR (in TEKnet website)
File: file3D0000629305-sect6.html
5 RECOMMENDED TROUBLE SHOOTING PROCESS
Customer complaint
 ð
Record/Understand Customer Verbatim
•  What happened?
•  When did it happen?
•  Were any specific events recorded/observed before the complaint?
•  Does it happen all the time?
•  Does it happen only in certain conditions?
   
   
   
    ò
   
Verify the complaint and perform visual checks
    ò
   
Search for published quick solution in TEKnet.
    ò
   
Follow DTC based diagnosis
    ò
   
Contact TEKliner with TAR
(Technical Assistance Request)
File: file3D0000629305-sect7.html
6 ADRENOX — SERVICE MODE
Enabling Service mode from the AdrenoX display will disable all remote functions from the AdrenoX connect app.
Applicable Vehicle Variants
AX3
AX5
AX7
AX7 L
AX7 C
AX7 T
The above mentioned vehicle variants are equipped with remote functions from the AdrenoX app, make sure to enable Service Mode before performing any Service/ Testing/ Diagnostic activity in the vehicle.
Follow the below steps to enable and disable the Service Mode:
1. Switch ON the Ignition.
2. Click the “Setting” icon (Top Right Side corner) in the AdrenoX screen.
Graphic
3. Click the “Vehicle” icon in the All Settings screen
Graphic
 
4. In the Vehicle Settings screen, click the Access and view the list of functions.
Graphic
 
5. Scroll down to locate the Service Mode function and slide the button left to right to enable the Service Mode.
Graphic
6. On completing service activity, disable the Service Mode by sliding the button right to left and hand back the vehicle.
Graphic
File: file3D0000629305-sect8.html
7 EMS ECU PIN DETAILS
ECU A — C 134A
Graphic
Graphic
PIN NO
FUNCTION
CONNECTED TO
CONNECTOR NO
PIN NO
1
ACTUATOR +
ELECTRIC THROTTLE VALVE ACTUATOR & POSITION SENSOR
C 152
2
2
ACTUATOR -
ELECTRIC THROTTLE VALVE ACTUATOR & POSITION SENSOR
C 152
1
3
SIGNAL
VARIABLE CAM PHASER INLET
C 9
2
4
SIGNAL
VARIABLE CAM PHASER EXHAUST
C 10
2
6
SIGNAL
TURBO RECIRCULATION VALVE
C 354_1
2
8
SIGNAL
VARIABLE OIL PUMP SOLENOID
C 351
1
10
TEMPERATURE SIGNAL
TMAP SENSOR
C 158
2
11
TEMPERATURE SIGNAL
BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR
C 88
2
14
GROUND
BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR
C 88
1
15
PRESSURE SIGNAL
BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR
C 88
4
16
SUPPLY
ELECTRIC THROTTLE VALVE ACTUATOR & POSITION SENSOR
C 152
5
17
GROUND
OIL PRESSURE SENSOR
C 14
A
18
SIGNAL
OIL PRESSURE SENSOR
C 14
C
19
SUPPLY
OIL PRESSURE SENSOR
C 14
B
20
KNOCK SHIELD
KNOCK SENSOR
—
—
22
HIGH
INJECTOR 2
C 3_1
1
23
LOW
INJECTOR 2
C 3_1
2
24
HIGH
FUEL METERING UNIT
C 270_1
1
25
LOW
FUEL METERING UNIT
C 270_1
2
28
SIGNAL
INTERCOOLER FAN RELAY
C 144
24
29
SIGNAL
GNS SENSOR
C 529
1
30
SIGNAL
IGNITION COIL 2
C 205_1
3
33
SUPPLY
GNS SENSOR
C 529
1
36
GROUND
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
C 21
2
37
TPS SIGNAL 2
ELECTRIC THROTTLE VALVE ACTUATOR & POSITION SENSOR
C 152
4
38
SIGNAL
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
C 21
1
43
HIGH
INJECTOR 4
C 5_1
1
44
LOW
INJECTOR 4
C 5_1
2
45
ACTUATOR +
ELECTRIC VARIABLE GEOMETRY TURBOCHARGER & POSITION SENSOR
C 18_1
5
46
ACTUATOR -
ELECTRIC VARIABLE GEOMETRY TURBOCHARGER & POSITION SENSOR
C 18_1
1
51
SIGNAL
IGNITION COIL 4
C 350_1
3
52
SUPPLY
EXHAUST CAMSHAFT SENSOR
C 218
1
53
SIGNAL
EXHAUST CAMSHAFT SENSOR
C 218
2
54
GROUND
EXHAUST CAMSHAFT SENSOR
C 218
3
55
SUPPLY
BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR
C 88
3
56
SUPPLY
TMAP SENSOR
C 158
3
57
SUPPLY
RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR
C 7_1
3
58
SIGNAL
RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR
C 7_1
1
59
GROUND
RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR
C 7_1
2
60
SIGNAL
LAMBDA DOWNSTREAM SENSOR
C 310
1
61
GROUND
LAMBDA DOWNSTREAM SENSOR
C 310
3
64
HIGH
INJECTOR 3
C 4_1
1
65
LOW
INJECTOR 3
C 4_1
2
67
HEATER GROUND
LAMBDA UPSTREAM SENSOR
C 308
3
72
SIGNAL
IGNITION COIL 3
C 13_1
3
73
GROUND
INTAKE CAMSHAFT SENSOR
C 217
1
74
SIGNAL
INTAKE CAMSHAFT SENSOR
C 217
2
75
SUPPLY
INTAKE CAMSHAFT SENSOR
C 217
3
77
SIGNAL
ELECTRIC VARIABLE GEOMETRY TURBOCHARGER & POSITION SENSOR
C 18_1
3
78
GROUND
ELECTRIC VARIABLE GEOMETRY TURBOCHARGER & POSITION SENSOR
C 18_1
2
79
PRESSURE SIGNAL
TMAP SENSOR
C 158
4
80
GROUND
TMAP SENSOR
C 158
1
81
SIGNAL
LAMBDA UPSTREAM SENSOR
C 308
6
82
SUPPLY
LAMBDA UPSTREAM SENSOR
C 308
1
83
KNOCK -
KNOCK SENSOR
C 219_1
2
85
HIGH
INJECTOR 1
C 2_1
1
86
LOW
INJECTOR 1
C 2_1
2
87
HEATER GROUND
LAMBDA DOWNSTREAM SENSOR
C 310
4
93
SIGNAL
IGNITION COIL 1
C 11_1
3
94
GROUND
CRANKSHAFT SENSOR
C 17
2
95
SIGNAL
CRANKSHAFT SENSOR
C 17
1
96
SUPPLY
CRANKSHAFT SENSOR
C 17
3
97
GROUND
AC PRESSURE SENSOR
C 127
3
98
SUPPLY
ELECTRIC VARIABLE GEOMETRY TURBOCHARGER & POSITION SENSOR
C 18_1
4
100
TPS SIGNAL 1
ELECTRIC THROTTLE VALVE ACTUATOR & POSITION SENSOR
C 152
6
101
GROUND
ELECTRIC THROTTLE VALVE ACTUATOR & POSITION SENSOR
C 152
3
102
GROUND
LAMBDA UPSTREAM SENSOR
C 308
2
103
GROUND
LAMBDA UPSTREAM SENSOR
C 308
5
104
KNOCK +
KNOCK SENSOR
C 219_1
1
ECU K — C 8K
Graphic
Graphic
PIN NO
FUNCTION
CONNECTED TO
CONNECTOR NO
PIN NO
1
ECU GROUND
GROUND
G 5
—
2
ECU GROUND
GROUND
G 5
—
3
MAIN RELAY POWER 1
ENGINE ROOM FUSE BOX
C 144
137
4
ECU GROUND
GROUND
G 5
—
5
MAIN RELAY POWER 2
ENGINE ROOM FUSE BOX
C 144
137
6
MAIN RELAY POWER 3
ENGINE ROOM FUSE BOX
C 144
137
7
CAN 2HIGH
OBD
C 555
3
8
CAN 2 LOW
OBD
C 555
11
9
APP2 GROUND
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
C 86
6
12
APP2 SUPPLY
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
C 86
4
14
SIGNAL
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
C 128
2
17
SIGNAL
AC PRESSURE SENSOR
C 127
2
24
APP1 SUPPLY
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
C 86
1
28
APP1 SIGNAL
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
C 86
2
29
APP1 GROUND
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
C 86
3
31
GROUND
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
C 128
1
34
APP2 SIGNAL
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
C 86
5
36
ESS SWITCH SIGNAL
ESS SWITCH
C 333
13
37
SIGNAL 90%
CLUTCH SENSOR
C 87
2
40
LOW
STARTER RELAY
C 144
121
43
GROUND
CLUTCH SENSOR
C 87
3
48
LIN
OBD
C 555
8
49
BRAKE MAIN SWITCH SIGNAL
BRAKE SWITCH
C 85
2
50
IGNITION SUPPLY
ENGINE ROOM FUSE BOX
C 144
66
51
BRAKE REDUNDANT SWITCH SIGNAL
BRAKE SWITCH
C 85
4
52
AC COMPRESSOR RELAY CONTROL
AC COMPRESSOR RELAY
C 144
105
54
COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED RELAY CONTROL
COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED RELAY
C 144
9
55
MAIN RELAY CONTROL
EMS ECU MAIN RELAY
C 144
161
56
SIGNAL
CANISTER PURGE VALVE
C 23
2
57
COOLING FAN LOW SPEED RELAY CONTROL
COOLING FAN LOW SPEED RELAY
C 144
166
58
SUPPLY
CLUTCH SENSOR
C 87
4
60
GROUND
CLOCK SPRING
C 341
10
64
GROUND
GNS SENSOR
C 529
2
65
SUPPLY
AC PRESSURE SENSOR
C 127
1
68
SIGNAL
REVERSE SWITCH
C 110
1
72
FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL
FUEL PUMP RELAY
C 144
44
75
CAN 1 HIGH
POWERTRAIN CAN
—
—
76
CAN 1 LOW
POWERTRAIN CAN
—
—
77
SIGNAL 10%
CLUTCH SENSOR
C 87
1
78
SIGNAL
CLOCK SPRING
C 341
11
84
CRANK
IP FUSE BOX
C 72_I
A9
85
START LOCK SIGNAL (ONLY IN AT)
TCU
C 169
5
86
BATTERY SUPPLY
ENGINE ROOM FUSE BOX
C 144
126
88
CRASH SIGNAL
AIRBAG ECU
C 191
3
89
SIGNAL
ALTERNATOR
C 44
2
90
HIGH
STARTER RELAY
C 144
119
91
ESS LED
DRIVER SIDE SWITCH BANK
C 333
14
File: frame_main.html
Main Frame
File: frame_nav.html
Navigation Frame
File: frame_tabs.html
Tabs Frame
File: frame_views.html
Views Frame
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC2.html
11.6 P062700— Fuel Pump Relay — Open Circuit
11.6.1  FUEL PUMP RELAY
The EMS ECU activates the fuel pump relay by ground control according to the operating conditions of the fuel pump relay control wire. Fuel pump module is located inside the fuel tank and consists of fuel level sender and fuel pump .In tank fuel pump is controlled by a fuel pump relay which in turn is controlled by EMS ECU. During Ignition ON , fuel pump will remain ON for 10 seconds and switches off if engine is not started in 10 seconds .Fuel pump will remain ON always whenever the engine is ON.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU switches ON the fuel pump once it receives ignition input
•  No malfunction detected by EMS ECU in the fuel feed pump relay control circuit
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9–16V
•  Open load detected in fuel feed pump relay control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  Check Engine lamp ON
•  Fuel feed pump relay inactive
•  Fuel feed pump shuts off
•  Engine runs with the fuel available in high pressure line and then shuts off
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Open in fuel feed pump relay control circuit
•  Faulty Fuel feed pump relay
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.6.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.6.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
11.6.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
 
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU CONNECTOR
72
CONTROL SIGNAL
11.6.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P062700 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.6.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.6.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Ensure the fuel pump relay is fixed properly in the connector of the relay box
•  Remove the fuel pump relay
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check the functioning of relay by supplying 12V to terminal 86 and ground to terminal 85
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Audible click sound
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Replace fuel pump relay with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK FOR OPEN CIRCUIT OF FUEL PUMP RELAY SUPPLY WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU wiring harness connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
•  Disconnect Fuel pump relay
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure voltage between pin 42 of C 144 and battery ground
•  Measure voltage between pin 43 of C 144 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = Battery Voltage
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Examine for open circuit of fuel pump relay supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK FOR OPEN CIRCUIT OF FUEL PUMP RELAY SIGNAL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU wiring harness connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
•  Disconnect fuel pump relay
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure resistance between to pin 44 of C 144 and pin 72 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect EMS ECU failure
•  Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check and verify for any DTC
•  Examine for open circuit of Fuel pump relay signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC21.html
11.7 P062800— Fuel Pump Relay — Short Circuit To Ground
11.7.1  FUEL PUMP RELAY
The EMS ECU activates the fuel pump relay by ground control according to the operating conditions of the fuel pump relay control wire. Fuel pump module is located inside the fuel tank and consists of fuel level sender and fuel pump .In tank fuel pump is controlled by a fuel pump relay which in turn is controlled by EMS ECU. During Ignition ON , fuel pump will remain ON for 10 seconds and switches off if engine is not started in 10 seconds .Fuel pump will remain ON always whenever the engine is ON.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU switches ON the fuel pump once it receives ignition input
•  No malfunction detected by EMS ECU in the fuel feed pump relay control circuit
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9–16V
•  Short to ground detected in fuel feed pump relay control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  Check Engine lamp ON
•  Adaptive cruise control (ACC) inhibited
•  Fuel pump continuously ON in ignition ON condition
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Short to ground in fuel feed pump relay control wire
•  Faulty Fuel feed pump relay
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.7.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.7.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
11.7.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
 
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU CONNECTOR
72
CONTROL SIGNAL
11.7.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P062800 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.7.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.7.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK THE FUNCTIONING OF FUEL PUMP RELAY
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Ensure Fuel pump relay is fixed properly in the connector of relay box
•  Disconnect Fuel pump relay
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check the functioning of relay by supplying 12V to terminal 86 and ground to terminal 85
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Audible click sound
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Replace Fuel pump relay with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND OF FUEL PUMP RELAY SIGNAL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Disconnect EMS ECU wiring harness connector (C 8K)
•  Disconnect Fuel pump relay
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure resistance between pin 72 of C 8K and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect EMS ECU failure
•  Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check and verify for any DTC
•  Examine short circuit to ground of Fuel pump relay signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC210.html
11.16 P069100— Low Speed Electric Cooling Fan Relay - Short Circuit To Ground
11.16.1  COOLING FAN
EMS ECU controls the cooling fan relays to turn ON the cooling fan. Based on the input from coolant temperature & refrigerant pressure sensors, EMS ECU turns on the low speed fan relay
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  No malfunction detected by EMS ECU in the cooling fan
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 – 16V
•  Short circuit to ground is detected in cooling fan low speed relay control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  Cooling fan will not run in low speed
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Cooling fan low speed relay signal wire Short circuit to ground
•  Faulty Cooling fan
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.16.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.16.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.16.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU K- CONNECTOR
57
CONTROL SIGNAL
C 144
BEC
9
CONTROL SIGNAL
11.16.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P069111 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.16.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.16.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR SHORT TO GROUND IN LOW SPEED COOLING FAN RELAY SIGNAL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Cooling fan connector (C 71) DISCONNECTED
•  Disconnect low speed cooling fan relay (R15)
•  EMS ECU connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 166 of C 144 and ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace low speed cooling fan relay with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If DTC still exists, replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine short to ground in low speed cooling fan relay signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC211.html
11.17 P069200— Low Speed Electric Cooling Fan Relay - Short Circuit To Battery
11.17.1  COOLING FAN
EMS ECU controls the cooling fan relays to turn ON the cooling fan. Based on the input from coolant temperature & refrigerant pressure sensors, EMS ECU turns on the low speed fan relay
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  No malfunction detected by EMS ECU in the cooling fan
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9–16V
•  Short circuit to battery is detected in low speed cooling fan relay control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  Cooling fan will not run in low speed
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  low speed cooling fan relay signal wire Short circuit to battery
•  Faulty Cooling fan
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.17.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.17.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.17.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU K- CONNECTOR
57
CONTROL SIGNAL
C 144
BEC
9
CONTROL SIGNAL
11.17.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P069212 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.17.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.17.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR SHORT TO BATTERY IN LOW SPEED COOLING FAN RELAY CONTROL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
•  Disconnect low speed cooling fan relay (R15)
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 166 of C 144 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace low speed cooling fan with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If DTC still exists, replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine short to battery in low speed cooling fan relay control wire
•  Replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC212.html
11.19 P003400— Turbocharger Bypass Valve — Short Circuit To Ground
11.19.1  TURBOCHARGER BYPASS VALVE
A Turbocharger bypass valve (Dump valve), also known as a pressure relief valve, is an electric actuated valve designed to release pressure in the intake system of a turbocharged vehicle when the throttle is lifted or closed. This air pressure is re-circulated back into the non-pressurized end of the intake (before the turbo) . Turbo bypass valve is used to prevent compressor surge and throttle flap.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine is running
•  The activation of the bypass valve must lead to a smooth decrease of the pressure upstream throttle.
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running condition
•  Short to ground detected in Dump Valve actuator control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp is ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Turbocharger protection is active
•  Fuse F47 (10A) blown (Incase of dump valve supply wire short to ground)
•  Dump valve remains closed (Incase of dump valve supply wire open)
•  Dump valve always open (Incase of dump valve signal wire open)
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Loose/Damaged wiring harness connections /damaged connectors
•  Turbocharger bypass valve control wire short to ground
•  Faulty turbo bypass valve
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.19.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.19.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.19.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU
6
SIGNAL
C 354_1
TURBO RECIRCULATION VALVE
1
SIGNAL
2
SUPPLY
11.19.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P003400 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.19.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.19.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK TURBO BYPASS (DUMP) VALVE SIGNAL WIRE FOR SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Check condition of fuse F47 (10A)
•  Turbo bypass valve connector (C 354_1) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 354_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the turbocharger with a new one
•  If the DTC still present , replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit in the turbo bypass (dump) valve wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC213.html
11.20 P003500— Turbocharger Bypass Valve — Short Circuit To Battery
11.20.1  TURBOCHARGER BYPASS VALVE
A Turbocharger bypass valve (Dump valve), also known as a pressure relief valve, is an electric actuated valve designed to release pressure in the intake system of a turbocharged vehicle when the throttle is lifted or closed. This air pressure is re-circulated back into the non-pressurized end of the intake (before the turbo) . Turbo bypass valve is used to prevent compressor surge and throttle flap.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine is running
•  The activation of the bypass valve must lead to a smooth decrease of the pressure upstream throttle.
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running condition
•  Short to battery detected in Dump Valve actuator control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Turbocharger protection is active
•  Dump valve is not actuated (Remains closed)
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Turbocharger bypass valve control wire short to battery
•  Faulty turbo bypass valve
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.20.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.20.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.20.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU
6
SIGNAL
C 354_1
TURBO RECIRCULATION VALVE
1
SIGNAL
2
SUPPLY
11.20.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P003500 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.20.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.20.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK TURBO BYPASS (DUMP) VALVE SIGNAL WIRE FOR SHORT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Turbo bypass valve connector (C 354_1) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 1 of C 354_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the turbocharger with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC still present , Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit in the turbo bypass (dump) valve wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC214.html
11.21 P035113—Cylinder 1 Ignition Coil — Open Circuit
11.21.1 IGNITION COIL
Ignition coil is an induction coil that transforms the battery’s voltage to thousands of voltage to create an electric spark in the spark plug to ignite the fuel
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine Running
•  The control signal of the ignition coil 1 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine is running
•  Ignition activated
•  Open circuit detected in Ignition coil 1 control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 2 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 2 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Back out of pins in ignition coil /ECU connector
•  Ignition coil 1 supply wire open
•  Ignition coil 1 signal wire open
•  Faulty Ignition coil 1
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.21.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.21.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.21.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU
93
SIGNAL
C 11_1
IGNITION COIL 1
2
GROUND
1
SUPPLY
3
SIGNAL
11.21.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P035113 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.21.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.21.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK IGNITION COIL 1 SUPPLY WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Check condition of Ignition coil fuse F3 (15A)
•  Ignition coil 1 wiring harness connector (C 11_1) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 1 of C 11_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage= Battery voltage
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the open circuit of ignition coil 1 supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK IGNITION COIL 1 SIGNAL WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Check condition of Ignition coil 1 connector for proper fixing
•  Ignition coil 1 wiring harness connector (C 11_1) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 3 of C 11_1 and pin 93 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of ignition coil
•  Replace Ignition coil 1 with a new one
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the Open circuit of ignition coil 1 signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC215.html
11.22 P035213—Cylinder 2 Ignition Coil — Open Circuit
11.22.1 IGNITION COIL
Ignition coil is an induction coil that transforms the battery’s voltage to thousands of voltage to create an electric spark in the spark plug to ignite the fuel
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine Running
•  The control signal of the ignition coil 2 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine is running
•  Ignition activated
•  Open circuit detected in Ignition coil 2 control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 2 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 2 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Back out of pins in ignition coil /ECU connector
•  Ignition coil 2 supply wire open
•  Ignition coil 2 signal wire open
•  Faulty Ignition coil 2
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.22.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.22.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.22.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU
30
SIGNAL
C 205_1
IGNITION COIL 2
2
GROUND
1
SUPPLY
3
SIGNAL
11.22.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P035213 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.22.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.22.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK IGNITION COIL 2 SUPPLY WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Check condition of Ignition coil fuse F3 (15A)
•  Ignition coil 2 wiring harness connector (C 205_1) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 1 of C 205_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage= Battery voltage
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the open circuit of ignition coil 2 supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK IGNITION COIL 2 SIGNAL WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Check condition of Ignition coil 2 connector for proper fixing
•  Ignition coil 2 wiring harness connector (C 205_1) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 3 of C 205_1 and pin 30 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of ignition coil
•  Replace Ignition coil 2 with a new one
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the Open circuit of ignition coil 2 signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC216.html
11.23 P035313—Cylinder 3 Ignition Coil — Open Circuit
11.23.1 IGNITION COIL
Ignition coil is an induction coil that transforms the battery’s voltage to thousands of voltage to create an electric spark in the spark plug to ignite the fuel
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine Running
•  The control signal of the ignition coil 3 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine is running
•  Ignition activated
•  Open circuit detected in Ignition coil 3 control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 3 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 3 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Back out of pins in ignition coil /ECU connector
•  Ignition coil 3 supply wire open
•  Ignition coil 3 signal wire open
•  Faulty Ignition coil 3
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.23.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.23.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.23.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU
72
SIGNAL
C 13_1
IGNITION COIL 3
2
GROUND
1
SUPPLY
3
SIGNAL
11.23.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P035313 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.23.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.23.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK IGNITION COIL 3 SUPPLY WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Check condition of Ignition coil fuse F3 (15A)
•  Ignition coil 3 wiring harness connector (C 13_1) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 1 of C 13_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage= Battery voltage
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the open circuit of ignition coil 3 supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK IGNITION COIL 3 SIGNAL WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Check condition of Ignition coil 3 connector for proper fixing
•  Ignition coil 3 wiring harness connector (C 13_1) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 3 of C 13_1 and pin 72 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of ignition coil
•  Replace Ignition coil 3 with a new one
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the Open circuit of ignition coil 3 signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC217.html
11.24 P035413—Cylinder 4 Ignition Coil — Open Circuit
11.24.1 IGNITION COIL
Ignition coil is an induction coil that transforms the battery’s voltage to thousands of voltage to create an electric spark in the spark plug to ignite the fuel
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine Running
•  The control signal of the ignition coil 4 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine is running
•  Ignition activated
•  Open circuit detected in Ignition coil 4 control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 4 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 4 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Back out of pins in ignition coil /ECU connector
•  Ignition coil 4 supply wire open
•  Ignition coil 4 signal wire open
•  Faulty Ignition coil 4
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.24.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.24.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.24.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU
51
SIGNAL
C 350_1
IGNITION COIL 4
2
GROUND
1
SUPPLY
3
SIGNAL
11.24.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P035413 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.24.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.24.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK IGNITION COIL 4 SUPPLY WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Check condition of Ignition coil fuse F3 (15A)
•  Ignition coil 4 wiring harness connector (C 350_1) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 1 of C 350_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage= Battery voltage
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the open circuit of ignition coil 4 supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK IGNITION COIL 4 SIGNAL WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Check condition of Ignition coil 4 connector for proper fixing
•  Ignition coil 3 wiring harness connector (C 350_1) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 3 of C 350_1 and pin 51 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of ignition coil
•  Replace Ignition coil 4 with a new one
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the Open circuit of ignition coil 4 signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC218.html
11.26 P230300—Cylinder 2 Ignition Coil — Short Circuit To Ground
11.26.1 IGNITION COIL
Ignition coil is an induction coil that transforms the battery’s voltage to thousands of voltage to create an electric spark in the spark plug to ignite the fuel
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running
•  The control signal of the ignition coil 2 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine is running
•  Ignition activated
•  Short to ground detected in Ignition coil 2 control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 2 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 2 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Ignition coil 2 signal wire short circuit to ground
•  Faulty Ignition coil 2
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.26.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.26.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.26.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU
30
SIGNAL
C 205_1
IGNITION COIL 2
2
GROUND
1
SUPPLY
3
SIGNAL
11.26.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P230300 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.26.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.26.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK IGNITION COIL 2 SIGNAL WIRE FOR SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Check condition of Ignition coil 2 connector for proper fixing
•  Ignition coil 2 wiring harness connector (C 205_1) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 3 of C 205_1 and ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance= ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of ignition coil
•  Replace Ignition coil 2 with a new one
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine short to ground of ignition coil 2 signal circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC219.html
11.27 P230600—Cylinder 3 Ignition Coil — Short Circuit To Ground
11.27.1 IGNITION COIL
Ignition coil is an induction coil that transforms the battery’s voltage to thousands of voltage to create an electric spark in the spark plug to ignite the fuel
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running
•  The control signal of the ignition coil 3 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine is running
•  Ignition activated
•  Short to ground detected in Ignition coil 3 control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 3 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 3 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Ignition coil 3 signal wire short circuit to ground
•  Faulty Ignition coil 3
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.27.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.27.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.27.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU
72
SIGNAL
C 13_1
IGNITION COIL 3
2
GROUND
1
SUPPLY
3
SIGNAL
11.27.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P230600 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.27.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.27.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK IGNITION COIL 3 SIGNAL WIRE FOR SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Check condition of Ignition coil 3 connector for proper fixing
•  Ignition coil 3 wiring harness connector (C 13_1) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 3 of C 13_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance= ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of ignition coil
•  Replace Ignition coil 3 with a new one
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine short to ground of ignition coil 3 signal circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC22.html
11.8 P062900— Fuel Pump Relay — Short Circuit To Battery
11.8.1  FUEL PUMP RELAY
The EMS ECU activates the fuel pump relay by ground control according to the operating conditions of the fuel pump relay control wire. Fuel pump module is located inside the fuel tank and consists of fuel level sender and fuel pump .In tank fuel pump is controlled by a fuel pump relay which in turn is controlled by EMS ECU. During Ignition ON , fuel pump will remain ON for 10 seconds and switches off if engine is not started in 10 seconds .Fuel pump will remain ON always whenever the engine is ON.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU switches ON the fuel pump once it receives ignition input
•  No malfunction detected by EMS ECU in the fuel feed pump relay control circuit
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9–16V
•  Short to battery detected in fuel feed pump relay control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  Check Engine lamp ON
•  Adaptive cruise control (ACC) inhibited
•  Fuel feed pump relay inactive
•  Fuel feed pump shuts off
•  Engine runs with the fuel available in high pressure line and then shuts off
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Short to battery in fuel feed pump relay control circuit
•  Faulty Fuel feed pump relay
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.8.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.8.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
11.8.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
 
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU CONNECTOR
72
CONTROL SIGNAL
11.8.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P062900 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.8.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.8.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK THE FUNCTIONING OF FUEL PUMP RELAY
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Ensure Fuel pump relay is fixed properly in the connector of relay box
•  Disconnect Fuel pump relay
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check the functioning of relay by supplying 12V to terminal 86 and ground to terminal 85
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Audible click sound
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Replace Fuel pump relay with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY OF FUEL PUMP RELAY SIGNAL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Disconnect EMS ECU wiring harness connector (C 8K)
•  Disconnect Fuel pump relay
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 72 of C 8K and ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect EMS ECU failure
•  Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check and verify for any DTC
•  Examine short circuit to battery of Fuel pump relay signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC221.html
11.29 P230100—Cylinder 1 Ignition Coil — Short Circuit To Battery
11.29.1 IGNITION COIL
Ignition coil is an induction coil that transforms the battery’s voltage to thousands of voltage to create an electric spark in the spark plug to ignite the fuel
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running
•  The control signal of the ignition coil 1 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine is running
•  Ignition activated
•  Short to battery detected in Ignition coil 1 control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 1 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 1 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Ignition coil 1 control circuit short to battery
•  Faulty Ignition coil 1
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.29.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.29.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.29.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU
93
SIGNAL
C 11_1
IGNITION COIL 1
2
GROUND
1
SUPPLY
3
SIGNAL
11.29.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P230100 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.29.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.29.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK IGNITION COIL 1 SIGNAL WIRE FOR SHORT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Check condition of Ignition coil fuse F3 (15A)
•  Ignition coil 1 wiring harness connector (C 11_1) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 3 of C 11_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage= 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace Ignition coil 1 with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC still present , replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  GO TO STEP 2
STEP 2 – CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL & SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT EACH OTHER
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Check condition of Ignition coil 1 connector for proper fixing
•  Ignition coil 1 wiring harness connector (C 11_1) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 3 and 1 of C 11_1
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of ignition coil
•  Replace Ignition coil 1 with a new one
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit between supply & signal wires of ignition coil
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC222.html
11.30 P230400— Cylinder 2 Ignition Coil — Short Circuit To Battery
11.30.1 IGNITION COIL
Ignition coil is an induction coil that transforms the battery’s voltage to thousands of voltage to create an electric spark in the spark plug to ignite the fuel
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running
•  The control signal of the ignition coil 2 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine is running
•  Ignition activated
•  Short to battery detected in Ignition coil 2 control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 2 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 2 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Ignition coil 2 control circuit short to battery
•  Faulty Ignition coil 2
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.30.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.30.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.30.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU
30
SIGNAL
C 205_1
IGNITION COIL 2
2
GROUND
1
SUPPLY
3
SIGNAL
11.30.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P230400 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.30.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.30.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK IGNITION COIL 2 SIGNAL WIRE FOR SHORT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Check condition of Ignition coil fuse F3 (15A)
•  Ignition coil 2 wiring harness connector (C 205_1) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 3 of C 205_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage= 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace Ignition coil 2 with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC still present , replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  GO TO STEP 2
STEP 2 – CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL & SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT EACH OTHER
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Check condition of Ignition coil 2 connector for proper fixing
•  Ignition coil 2 wiring harness connector (C 205_1) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 3 and 1 of C 205_1
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of ignition coil
•  Replace Ignition coil 2 with a new one
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit between supply & signal wires of ignition coil
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC223.html
11.31 P230700—Cylinder 3 Ignition Coil — Short Circuit To Battery
11.31.1 IGNITION COIL
Ignition coil is an induction coil that transforms the battery’s voltage to thousands of voltage to create an electric spark in the spark plug to ignite the fuel
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running
•  The control signal of the ignition coil 3 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine is running
•  Ignition activated
•  Short to battery detected in Ignition coil 3 control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 3 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 3 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Ignition coil 3 control circuit short to battery
•  Faulty Ignition coil 3
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.31.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.31.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.31.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU
72
SIGNAL
C 13_1
IGNITION COIL 3
2
GROUND
1
SUPPLY
3
SIGNAL
11.31.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P230700 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.31.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.31.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK IGNITION COIL 3 SIGNAL WIRE FOR SHORT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Check condition of Ignition coil fuse F3 (15A)
•  Ignition coil 3 wiring harness connector (C 13_1) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 3 of C 13_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage= 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace Ignition coil 3 with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC still present , replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
•  GO TO STEP 2
STEP 2 – CHECK IGNITION COIL SIGNAL & SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT EACH OTHER
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Check condition of Ignition coil 3 connector for proper fixing
•  Ignition coil 3 wiring harness connector (C 13_1) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 3 and 1 of C 13_1
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of ignition coil
•  Replace Ignition coil 3 with a new one
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
•  Examine the short circuit between supply & signal wires of ignition coil
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC224.html
11.32 P231000—Cylinder 4 Ignition Coil — Short Circuit To Battery
11.32.1 IGNITION COIL
Ignition coil is an induction coil that transforms the battery’s voltage to thousands of voltage to create an electric spark in the spark plug to ignite the fuel
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running
•  The control signal of the ignition coil 4 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine is running
•  Ignition activated
•  Short to battery detected in Ignition coil 4 control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 4 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 4 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Ignition coil 4 control circuit short to battery
•  Faulty Ignition coil 4
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.32.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.32.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.32.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU
51
SIGNAL
C 350_1
IGNITION COIL 4
2
GROUND
1
SUPPLY
3
SIGNAL
11.32.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P231000 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.32.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.32.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK IGNITION COIL 4 SIGNAL WIRE FOR SHORT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Check condition of Ignition coil fuse F3 (15A)
•  Ignition coil 4 wiring harness connector (C 350_1) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 3 of C 350_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage= 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace Ignition coil 4 with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC still present , replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
•  GO TO STEP 2
STEP 2 – CHECK IGNITION COIL SIGNAL & SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT EACH OTHER
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Check condition of Ignition coil 4 connector for proper fixing
•  Ignition coil 4 wiring harness connector (C 350_1) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 3 and 1 of C 350_1
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of ignition coil
•  Replace Ignition coil 4 with a new one
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
•  Examine the short circuit between supply & signal wires of ignition coil
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC225.html
11.33 P020100—Cylinder 1 Injector — Open Circuit
11.33.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 1 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Open load detected in injector 1 control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 1 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 1 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 1 high side control wire open circuit
•  Injector 1 low side control wire open circuit
•  Faulty injector 1
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.33.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.33.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.33.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU
85
HIGH
86
LOW
C 2_1
INJECTOR 1
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.33.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P020100 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.33.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.33.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK CYLINDER 1 INJECTOR WIRES FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 1 injector connector (C 2_1) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 2_1 and pin 85 of C 134A
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 2_1 and pin 86 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 1
•  Replace injector 1 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
•  Examine the open circuit of injector 1 control circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC226.html
11.34 P020200—Cylinder 2 Injector — Open Circuit
11.34.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 2 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Open load detected in injector 2 control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 2 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 2 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 2 high side control wire open circuit
•  Injector 2 low side control wire open circuit
•  Faulty injector 2
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.34.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.34.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.34.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU
22
HIGH
23
LOW
C 3_1
INJECTOR 2
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.34.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P020200 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.34.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.34.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK CYLINDER 2 INJECTOR WIRES FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 2 injector connector (C 3_1) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 3_1 and pin 22 of C 134A
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 3_1 and pin 23 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 2
•  Replace injector 2 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
•  Examine the open circuit of injector 2 control circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC227.html
11.35 P020300—Cylinder 3 Injector — Open Circuit
11.35.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 3 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Open load detected in injector 3 control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 3 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 3 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 3 high side control wire open circuit
•  Injector 3 low side control wire open circuit
•  Faulty injector 3
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.35.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.35.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.35.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU
64
HIGH
65
LOW
C 4_1
INJECTOR 3
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.35.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P020300 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.35.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.35.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK CYLINDER 3 INJECTOR WIRES FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 3 injector connector (C 4) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 4_1 and pin 64 of C 134A
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 4_1 and pin 65 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 3
•  Replace injector 3 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
•  Examine the open circuit of injector 3 control circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC228.html
11.36 P020400— Cylinder 4 Injector — Open Circuit
11.36.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 4 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Open load detected in injector 4 control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 4 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 4 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 4 high side control wire open circuit
•  Injector 4 low side control wire open circuit
•  Faulty injector 4
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.36.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.36.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.36.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU
43
HIGH
44
LOW
C 5_1
INJECTOR 4
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.36.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P020400 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.36.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.36.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK CYLINDER 4 INJECTOR WIRES FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 4 injector connector (C 5) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 5_1 and pin 43 of C 134A
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 5_1 and pin 44 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 4
•  Replace injector 4 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
•  Examine the open circuit of injector 4 control circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC229.html
11.37 P026100—Cylinder 1 Injector — Short Circuit To Ground
11.37.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 1 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Short to ground detected in injector 1 control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 1 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 1 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 1 high side control wire short to ground
•  Injector 1 low side control wire short to ground
•  Faulty injector 1
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.37.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.37.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.37.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
85
HIGH
86
LOW
C 2_1
INJECTOR 1
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.37.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P026100 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.37.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.37.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT OF INJECTOR CONTROL WIRES
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 1 injector connector (C 2_1) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 2_1 and battery ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 2_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 1
•  Replace injector 1 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
•  Examine the short circuit to ground of injector 1 control circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC23.html
11.9 P0A2400— Generator Load Sensor Circuit - Short Circuit To Ground
11.9.1 ALTERNATOR
The alternator converts mechanical energy from the drive belt into electric energy to charge the battery and supply power to each electrical consumer of the vehicle. It uses the regulator which has three diodes and consists of delta stator, rectifier bridge, slip ring, and brush. The current load condition of the alternator input is available to EMS ECU from ignition ON. This is a PWM signal based on which the engines idle fuelling is controlled. At ignition ON and engine stop condition , the PWM value of the alternator is kept to a predefined value
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine not running
•  PWM signal from alternator is 2% to 98%
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  PWM signal from alternator is more than 98%
DTC REACTIONS
•  Check Engine Lamp ON
•  Default Generator load value (95%) is used
HEALING CONDITION
•  PWM signal from alternator is less than 98%
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Short to ground in alternator PWM signal wire
•  Damaged wiring harness/connector connections
•  Faulty alternator
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.9.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.9.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.9.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU
89
PWM SIGNAL
C 44
ALTERNATOR
2
PWM SIGNAL
11.9.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P0A2400 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.9.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.9.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK PWM SIGNAL WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Alternator connector (C 44) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU connector ( C 8K) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 44 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the alternator with a new one
•  If the DTC still present , replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to ground in alternator PWM signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC230.html
11.38 P026400 — Cylinder 2 Injector — Short Circuit To Ground
11.38.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 2 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Short to ground detected in injector 2 control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 2 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 2 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 2 high side control wire short to ground
•  Injector 2 low side control wire short to ground
•  Faulty injector 2
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.38.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.38.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.38.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
22
HIGH
23
LOW
C 3_1
INJECTOR 2
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.38.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P026400 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.38.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.38.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT OF INJECTOR 2 CONTROL WIRES
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 2 injector connector (C 3_1) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 3_1 and battery ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 3_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 2
•  Replace injector 2 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
•  Examine the short circuit to ground of injector 2 control circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC231.html
11.39 P026700— Cylinder 3 Injector — Short Circuit To Ground
11.39.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 3 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Short to ground detected in injector 3 control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 3 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 3 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 3 high side control wire short to ground
•  Injector 3 low side control wire short to ground
•  Faulty injector 3
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.39.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.39.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.39.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
64
HIGH
65
LOW
C 4_1
INJECTOR 3
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.39.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P026700 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.39.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.39.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT OF INJECTOR 3 CONTROL WIRES
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 3 injector connector (C 4_1) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 4_1 and battery ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 4_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 3
•  Replace injector 3 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
•  Examine the short circuit to ground of injector 3 control circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC232.html
11.40 P027000—Cylinder 4 Injector — Short Circuit To Ground
11.40.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 4 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Short to ground detected in injector 4 control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 4 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 4 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 4 high side control wire short to ground
•  Injector 4 low side control wire short to ground
•  Faulty injector 4
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.40.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.40.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.40.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
43
HIGH
44
LOW
C 5_1
INJECTOR 4
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.40.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P027000 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.40.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.40.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT OF INJECTOR 4 CONTROL WIRES
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 4 injector connector (C 5_1) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 5_1 and battery ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 5_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 4
•  Replace injector 4 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
•  Examine the short circuit to ground of injector 4 control circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC233.html
11.41 P026211— Cylinder 1 Injector High Side — Short Circuit To Ground
11.41.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 1 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Short to ground detected in injector 1 high side control wire
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine check lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 1 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 1 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 1 high side control wire short to ground
•  Faulty injector 1
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.41.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.41.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.41.3 
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
85
HIGH
86
LOW
C 2_1
INJECTOR 1
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.41.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P026211 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.41.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.41.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT OF INJECTOR HIGH SIDE CONTROL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 1 injector connector (C 2_1) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 2_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 1
•  Replace injector 1 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
•  Examine the short circuit to ground of injector 1 high side control wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC234.html
11.42 P026511—Cylinder 2 Injector High Side — Short Circuit To Ground
11.42.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 2 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Short to ground detected in injector 2 high side control wire
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine check lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 2 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 2 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 2 high side control wire short to ground
•  Faulty injector 2
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.42.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.42.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.42.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
22
HIGH
23
LOW
C 3_1
INJECTOR 2
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.42.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P026511 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.42.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.42.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT OF INJECTOR HIGH SIDE CONTROL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 2 injector connector (C 3_1) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 3_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 2
•  Replace injector 2 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
•  Examine the short circuit to ground of injector 2 high side control wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC235.html
11.43 P026811—Cylinder 3 Injector High Side — Short Circuit To Ground
11.43.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 3 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Short to ground detected in injector 3 high side control wire
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine check lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 3 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 3 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 3 high side control wire short to ground
•  Faulty injector 3
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.43.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.43.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.43.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
64
HIGH
65
LOW
C 4_1
INJECTOR 3
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.43.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P026811 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.43.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.43.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT OF INJECTOR HIGH SIDE CONTROL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 3 injector connector (C 4_1) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 4_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 3
•  Replace injector 3 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
•  Examine the short circuit to ground of injector 3 high side control wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC236.html
11.44 P027111—Cylinder 4 Injector High Side — Short Circuit To Ground
11.44.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 4 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Short to ground detected in injector 4 high side control wire
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine check lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 4 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 4 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 4 high side control wire short to ground
•  Faulty injector 4
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.44.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.44.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.44.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
43
HIGH
44
LOW
C 5_1
INJECTOR 4
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.44.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P027111 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.44.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.44.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT OF INJECTOR HIGH SIDE CONTROL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 4 injector connector (C 5_1) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 5_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 4
•  Replace injector 4 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
•  Examine the short circuit to ground of injector 4 high side control wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC237.html
11.45 P026111—Cylinder 1 Injector Low Side — Short Circuit To Ground
11.45.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 1 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Short to ground detected in injector 1 low side control wire
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 1 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 1 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 1 low side control wire short to ground
•  Faulty injector 1
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.45.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.45.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.45.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
85
HIGH
86
LOW
C 2_1
INJECTOR 1
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.45.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P026111 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.45.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.45.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT OF INJECTOR LOW SIDE CONTROL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 1 injector connector (C 2_1) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 2_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 1
•  Replace injector 1 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
•  Examine the short circuit to ground of injector 1 low side control wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC238.html
11.46 P026411—Cylinder 2 Injector Low Side — Short Circuit To Ground
11.46.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 2 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Short to ground detected in injector 2 low side control wire
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 2 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 2 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 2 low side control wire short to ground
•  Faulty injector 2
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.46.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.46.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.46.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
22
HIGH
23
LOW
C 3_1
INJECTOR 2
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.46.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P026411 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.46.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.46.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT OF INJECTOR LOW SIDE CONTROL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 2 injector connector (C 3_1) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 3_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 2
•  Replace injector 2 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
•  Examine the short circuit to ground of injector 2 low side control wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC239.html
11.47 P026711—Cylinder 3 Injector Low Side — Short Circuit To Ground
11.47.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 3 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Short to ground detected in injector 3 low side control wire
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 3 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 3 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 3 low side control wire short to ground
•  Faulty injector 3
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.47.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.47.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.47.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
64
HIGH
65
LOW
C 4_1
INJECTOR 3
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.47.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P026711 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.47.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.47.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT OF INJECTOR 3 LOW SIDE CONTROL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 3 injector connector (C 4_1) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 4_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 3
•  Replace injector 3 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
•  Examine the short circuit to ground of injector 3 low side control wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC24.html
11.10 P0A2500— Generator Load Sensor Circuit - Short Circuit To Battery/Open Circuit
11.10.1 ALTERNATOR
The alternator converts mechanical energy from the drive belt into electric energy to charge the battery and supply power to each electrical consumer of the vehicle. It uses the regulator which has three diodes and consists of delta stator, rectifier bridge, slip ring, and brush. The current load condition of the alternator input is available to EMS ECU from ignition ON. This is a PWM signal based on which the engines idle fuelling is controlled. At ignition ON and engine stop condition , the PWM value of the alternator is kept to a predefined value
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine not running
•  PWM signal from alternator is 2% to 98%
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  PWM signal from alternator is lesser than 5%
DTC REACTIONS
•  Check Engine Lamp ON
•  Default Generator load value (95%) is used
HEALING CONDITION
•  Battery voltage < 14.5 V
•  PWM signal from alternator is more than 5%
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Short to positive in alternator PWM signal wire
•  Open in alternator PWM signal wire
•  Loose / Damaged wiring harness connector
•  Faulty alternator
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.10.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.10.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.10.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU
89
PWM SIGNAL
C 44
ALTERNATOR
2
PWM SIGNAL
11.10.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P0A2500 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.10.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.10.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK PWM SIGNAL WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Alternator connector (C 44) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU connector ( C 8K) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 44 and pin 89 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the open circuit in alternator PWM signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK PWM SIGNAL WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO POSITIVE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Alternator connector (C 44) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU connector ( C 8K) DISCONNECTED
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 2 of C 44 and body ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the alternator with a new one
•  If the DTC still present , replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to positive in alternator PWM signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC240.html
11.48 P027011—Cylinder 4 Injector Low Side — Short Circuit To Ground
11.48.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 4 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Short to ground detected in injector 4 low side control wire
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 4 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 4 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 4 low side control wire short to ground
•  Faulty injector 4
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.48.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.48.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.48.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
43
HIGH
44
LOW
C 5_1
INJECTOR 4
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.48.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P027011 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.48.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.48.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT OF INJECTOR 4 LOW SIDE CONTROL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 4 injector connector (C 5_1) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 5_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 4
•  Replace injector 4 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
•  Examine the short circuit to ground of injector 4 low side control wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC241.html
11.49 P02EE00—Cylinder 1 Injector — High Side To Low Side Short Circuit
11.49.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 1 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Short circuit between high side and low side control wires detected in injector 1 circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 1 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 1 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 1 high and low side wires short circuit to each other
•  Faulty injector 1
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.49.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.49.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.49.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
85
HIGH
86
LOW
C 2_1
INJECTOR 1
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.49.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P02EE00 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.49.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.49.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT BETWEEN INJECTOR LOW AND HIGH SIDE CONTROL WIRES
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 1 injector connector (C 2_1) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 and pin 2 of C 2_1
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 1
•  Replace injector 1 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
•  Examine the short circuit between low side and high side injector 1 control wires
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC242.html
11.50 P02EF00—Cylinder 2 Injector — High Side To Low Side Short Circuit
11.50.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 2 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Short circuit between high side and low side control wires detected in injector 2 circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 2 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 2 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 2 high and low side wires short circuit to each other
•  Faulty injector 2
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.50.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.50.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.50.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
22
HIGH
23
LOW
C 3_1
INJECTOR 2
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.50.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P02EF00 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.50.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.50.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT BETWEEN INJECTOR LOW AND HIGH SIDE CONTROL WIRES
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 2 injector connector (C 3_1) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 and pin 2 of C 3_1
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 2
•  Replace injector 2 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
•  Examine the short circuit between low side and high side injector 2 control wires
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC243.html
11.51 P02F000—Cylinder 3 Injector — High Side To Low Side Short Circuit
11.51.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 3 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Short circuit between high side and low side control wires detected in injector 3 circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 3 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 3 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 3 high and low side wires short circuit to each other
•  Faulty injector 3
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.51.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.51.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.51.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
64
HIGH
65
LOW
C 4_1
INJECTOR 3
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.51.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P02F000 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.51.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.51.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT BETWEEN INJECTOR LOW AND HIGH SIDE CONTROL WIRES
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 3 injector connector (C 4_1) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 and pin 2 of C 4_1
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 3
•  Replace injector 3 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
•  Examine the short circuit between low side and high side injector 3 control wires
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC244.html
11.52 P02F100—Cylinder 4 Injector — High Side To Low Side Short Circuit
11.52.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 4 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Short circuit between high side and low side control wires detected in injector 4 circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 4 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 4 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 4 high and low side wires short circuit to each other
•  Faulty injector 4
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.52.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.52.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.52.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
43
HIGH
44
LOW
C 5_1
INJECTOR 4
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.52.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P02F100 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.52.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.52.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT BETWEEN INJECTOR LOW AND HIGH SIDE CONTROL WIRES
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 4 injector connector (C 5_1) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 and pin 2 of C 5_1
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 4
•  Replace injector 4 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
•  Examine the short circuit between low side and high side injector 4 control wires
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure that the DTC is not re-appearing
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC245.html
11.53 P026200—Cylinder 1 Injector — Short Circuit To Battery
11.53.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 1 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Short to battery detected in Injector 1 control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 1 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 1 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 1 high side control wire short to battery
•  Injector 1 low side control wire short to battery
•  Faulty injector 1
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.53.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.53.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.53.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
85
HIGH
86
LOW
C 2_1
INJECTOR 1
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.53.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P026200 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.53.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.53.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY OF INJECTOR HIGH SIDE CONTROL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 1 injector connector (C 2_1) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 1 of C 2_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the short circuit to battery of injector 1 control circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY OF INJECTOR LOW SIDE CONTROL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 1 injector connector (C 2_1) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 2 of C 2_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 1
•  Replace injector 1 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to battery of injector 1 control circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC246.html
11.54 P026500—Cylinder 2 Injector — Short Circuit To Battery
11.54.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 2 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Short to battery detected in Injector 2 control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 2 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 2 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 2 high side control wire short to battery
•  Injector 2 low side control wire short to battery
•  Faulty injector 2
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.54.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.54.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.54.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
22
HIGH
23
LOW
C 3_1
INJECTOR 2
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.54.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P026500 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.54.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.54.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY OF INJECTOR HIGH SIDE CONTROL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 2 injector connector (C 3_1) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the Voltage between pin 1 of C 3_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the short circuit to battery of injector 2 control circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY OF INJECTOR LOW SIDE CONTROL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 2 injector connector (C 3_1) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the Voltage between pin 2 of C 3_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 2
•  Replace injector 2 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to battery of injector 2 control circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC247.html
11.55 P026800—Cylinder 3 Injector — Short Circuit To Battery
11.55.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 3 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Short to battery detected in Injector 3 control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 3 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 3 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 3 high side control wire short to battery
•  Injector 3 low side control wire short to battery
•  Faulty injector 3
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.55.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.55.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.55.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
64
HIGH
65
LOW
C 4_1
INJECTOR 3
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.55.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P0268-00 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.55.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.55.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY OF INJECTOR HIGH SIDE CONTROL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 3 injector connector (C 4_1) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the Voltage between pin 1 of C 4_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the short circuit to battery of injector 3 control circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY OF INJECTOR LOW SIDE CONTROL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 3 injector connector (C 4_1) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the Voltage between pin 2 of C 4_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 3
•  Replace injector 3 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to battery of injector 3 control circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC248.html
11.56 P027100—Cylinder 4 Injector — Short Circuit To Battery
11.56.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 4 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Short to battery detected in Injector 4 control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 4 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 4 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 4 high side control wire short to battery
•  Injector 4 low side control wire short to battery
•  Faulty injector 4
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.56.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.56.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.56.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
43
HIGH
44
LOW
C 5_1
INJECTOR 4
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.56.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P027100 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.56.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.56.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY OF INJECTOR HIGH SIDE CONTROL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 4 injector connector (C 5_1) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the Voltage between pin 1 of C 5_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the short circuit to battery of injector 4 control circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY OF INJECTOR LOW SIDE CONTROL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 4 injector connector (C 5_1) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 2 of C 5_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 4
•  Replace injector 4 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to battery of injector 4 control circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC249.html
11.57 P026212—Cylinder 1 Injector High Side — Short Circuit To Battery
11.57.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 1 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine is running
•  Short to battery detected in injector 1 high side control pin
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine check lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 1 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 1 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 1 high side control wire short to battery
•  Faulty injector 1
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.57.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.57.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.57.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
85
HIGH
86
LOW
C 2_1
INJECTOR 1
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.57.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P026212 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.57.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.57.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY OF INJECTOR HIGH SIDE CONTROL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 1 injector connector (C 2_1) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the Voltage between pin 1 of C 2_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 4
•  Replace injector 4 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to battery of injector 1 control circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC25.html
11.11 P0A2212— Generator Load Sensor Circuit - Short Circuit To Battery During Engine Run Condition
11.11.1 ALTERNATOR
The alternator converts mechanical energy from the drive belt into electric energy to charge the battery and supply power to each electrical consumer of the vehicle. It uses the regulator which has three diodes and consists of delta stator, rectifier bridge, slip ring, and brush. The current load condition of the alternator input is available to EMS ECU from ignition ON. This is a PWM signal based on which the engines idle fuelling is controlled. At ignition ON and engine stop condition , the PWM value of the alternator is kept to a predefined value
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine not running
•  PWM signal from alternator is 2% to 98%
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Battery voltage < 14.5 V
•  PWM signal from alternator is lesser than 2%
DTC REACTIONS
•  Check Engine Lamp ON
•  Default Generator load value (95%) is used
HEALING CONDITION
•  Battery voltage < 14.5 V
•  PWM signal from alternator is more than 2%
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Short to positive in alternator PWM signal wire
•  Open in alternator PWM signal wire
•  Loose / Damaged wiring harness connector
•  Faulty alternator
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.11.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.11.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.11.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU
89
PWM SIGNAL
C 44
ALTERNATOR
2
PWM SIGNAL
11.11.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P0A2212 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.11.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.11.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK PWM SIGNAL WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Alternator connector (C 44) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU connector ( C 8K) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 44 and pin 89 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the open circuit in alternator PWM signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK PWM SIGNAL WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO POSITIVE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Alternator connector (C 44) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU connector ( C 8K) DISCONNECTED
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 2 of C 44 and body ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the alternator with a new one
•  If the DTC still present , replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to positive in alternator PWM signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC250.html
11.58 P026512—Cylinder 2 Injector High Side — Short Circuit To Battery
11.58.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 2 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine is running
•  Short to battery detected in injector 2 high side control pin
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine check lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 2 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 2 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 2 high side control wire short to battery
•  Faulty injector 2
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.58.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.58.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.58.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
22
HIGH
23
LOW
C 3_1
INJECTOR 2
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.58.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P026512 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.58.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.58.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY OF INJECTOR HIGH SIDE CONTROL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 2 injector connector (C 3_1) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the Voltage between pin 1 of C 3_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 2
•  Replace injector 2 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to battery of injector 2 control circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC251.html
11.59 P026812—Cylinder 3 Injector High Side — Short Circuit To Battery
11.59.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 3 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine is running
•  Short to battery detected in injector 3 high side control pin
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine check lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 3 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 3 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 3 high side control wire short to battery
•  Faulty injector 3
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.59.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.59.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.59.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
64
HIGH
65
LOW
C 4_1
INJECTOR 3
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.59.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P026812 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.59.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.59.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY OF INJECTOR HIGH SIDE CONTROL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 3 injector connector (C 4_1) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the Voltage between pin 1 of C 4_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 3
•  Replace injector 3 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to battery of injector 3 control circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC252.html
11.60 P027112—Cylinder 4 Injector High Side — Short Circuit To Battery
11.60.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 4 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine is running
•  Short to battery detected in injector 4 high side control pin
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine check lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 4 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 4 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 4 high side control wire short to battery
•  Faulty injector 4
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.60.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.60.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.60.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
43
HIGH
44
LOW
C 5_1
INJECTOR 4
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.60.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P027112 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.60.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.60.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY OF INJECTOR HIGH SIDE CONTROL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 4 injector connector (C 5_1) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the Voltage between pin 1 of C 5_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 4
•  Replace injector 4 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to battery of injector 4 control circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC253.html
11.61 P026112—Cylinder 1 Injector Low Side — Short Circuit To Battery
11.61.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 1 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine is running
•  Short to battery detected in injector 1 low side control pin
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 1 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 1 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 1 low side control wire short to battery
•  Faulty injector 1
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.61.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.61.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.61.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
85
HIGH
86
LOW
C 2_1
INJECTOR 1
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.61.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P026112 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.61.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.61.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY OF INJECTOR LOW SIDE CONTROL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 1 injector connector (C 2_1) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the Voltage between pin 2 of C 2_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 1
•  Replace injector 1 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to battery of injector 1 control circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC254.html
11.62 P026412—Cylinder 2 Injector Low Side — Short Circuit To Battery
11.62.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 2 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine is running
•  Short to battery detected in injector 2 low side control pin
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 2 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 2 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 2 low side control wire short to battery
•  Faulty injector 2
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.62.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.62.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.62.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
22
HIGH
23
LOW
C 3_1
INJECTOR 2
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.62.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P026412 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.62.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.62.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY OF INJECTOR LOW SIDE CONTROL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 2 injector connector (C 3_1) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the Voltage between pin 2 of C 3_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 2
•  Replace injector 2 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to battery of injector 2 control circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC255.html
11.63 P026712—Cylinder 3 Injector Low Side — Short Circuit To Battery
11.63.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 3 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine is running
•  Short to battery detected in injector 3 low side control pin
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 3 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 3 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 3 low side control wire short to battery
•  Faulty injector 3
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.63.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.63.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.63.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
64
HIGH
65
LOW
C 4_1
INJECTOR 3
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.63.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P026712 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.63.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.63.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY OF INJECTOR LOW SIDE CONTROL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 3 injector connector (C 4_1) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the Voltage between pin 2 of C 4_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 3
•  Replace injector 3 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to battery of injector 3 control circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC256.html
11.64 P027012—Cylinder 4 Injector Low Side — Short Circuit To Battery
11.64.1 INJECTOR
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. Both high and low side of the injectors are controlled by EMS ECU. The EMS ECU continuously monitors the low side and high side of the injector for any fault.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Injects fuel based on the air flow calculated by EMS ECU
•  The control signals of the injector 4 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine is running
•  Short to battery detected in injector 4 low side control pin
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 4 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 4 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Injector 4 low side control wire short to battery
•  Faulty injector 4
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.64.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.64.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.64.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
43
HIGH
44
LOW
C 5_1
INJECTOR 4
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.64.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P027012 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.64.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.64.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY OF INJECTOR LOW SIDE CONTROL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Cylinder 4 injector connector (C 5_1) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the Voltage between pin 2 of C 5_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of injector 4
•  Replace injector 4 with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to battery of injector 4 control circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC257.html
11.65 P011800—Coolant Temperature Sensor - SRC High (OC/SCB)
11.65.1 COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Coolant temperature sensor continuously monitors the engine temperature and sends the signal to EMS ECU. Coolant temperature sensor is an NTC type where the resistance decreases with increase in temperature & vice versa
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  The measured output voltage value of the coolant temperature sensor is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  Raw voltage of engine coolant temperature sensor signal is greater than 4.85 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Coolant temperature tell tale ON
•  Engine speed is limited to 1500 rpm
•  Torque is limited to 150 Nm
•  High speed fan will be ON during engine running
•  Coolant temperature substitute model value is used
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Catalyst monitoring inhibited
•  Lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Fuel system diagnosis inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Coolant temperature sensor signal wire short circuit to battery
•  Coolant temperature sensor signal wire open circuit
•  Coolant temperature sensor ground wire open circuit
•  Faulty coolant temperature sensor
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.65.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.65.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.65.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
38
SIGNAL
36
GROUND
C 21
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1
SIGNAL
2
GROUND
11.65.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P011800 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.65.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.65.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Coolant temperature sensor connector (C 21) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 21 and pin 38 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the open circuit in coolant temperature sensor signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Coolant temperature sensor connector (C 21) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 1 of C 21 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Examine the short circuit to battery in coolant temperature sensor signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Coolant temperature sensor connector (C 21) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 21 and pin 36 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Internal short/ open in coolant temperature sensor
•  Replace the sensor with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the open circuit in coolant temperature sensor ground wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC258.html
11.66 P011700—Coolant Temperature Sensor - SRC Low (SCG)
11.66.1 COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Coolant temperature sensor continuously monitors the engine temperature and sends the signal to EMS ECU. Coolant temperature sensor is an NTC type where the resistance decreases with increase in temperature & vice versa
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  The measured output voltage value of the coolant temperature sensor is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16 V
•  Raw voltage of engine coolant temperature sensor signal is lesser than 0.2 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Coolant temperature tell tale ON
•  Engine speed is limited to 1500 rpm
•  Torque is limited to 150 Nm
•  High speed fan will be ON during engine running
•  Coolant temperature substitute model value is used
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Catalyst monitoring inhibited
•  Lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Fuel system diagnosis inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Coolant temperature sensor signal wire short to ground
•  Faulty Coolant temperature sensor
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.66.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.66.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.66.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
38
SIGNAL
36
GROUND
C 21
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1
SIGNAL
2
GROUND
11.66.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P011700 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.66.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.66.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Coolant temperature sensor connector (C 21) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 21 and battery ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 & 2 of C 21
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Internal short/ open in coolant temperature sensor
•  Replace the sensor with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to ground in coolant temperature sensor signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC259.html
11.81 P210000— Throttle Actuator — Open Circuit
11.81.1 ELECTRONIC THROTTLE ACTUATOR
Electronic throttle actuator consists of throttle body , throttle valve , throttle control motor and throttle position sensor .The throttle control motor is a DC motor which opens and closes the throttle valve and is controlled by EMS ECU. The opening and closing angle of the throttle valve is detected by two throttle position sensors .
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running
•  Based on the inputs from the accelerator pedal, engine coolant temperature and other sensors, EMS ECU controls the throttle valve movement.
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9–16V
•  Open circuit detected in the throttle actuator control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Lambda plausibility diagnosis inhibited
•  CAT monitoring disabled
•  Fuel system diagnosis inhibited
•  Misfire monitoring disabled
•  Start stop function disabled
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Open circuit in Throttle actuator wires
•  Faulty throttle valve
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.81.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.81.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.81.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
1
THROTTLE + ve
2
THROTTLE – ve
C 152
THROTTLE ACTUATOR
2
THROTTLE + ve
1
THROTTLE – ve
11.81.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P210000 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.81.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.81.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK THROTTLE ACTUATOR MOTOR WIRES FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Throttle actuator connector (C 152)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 152 and pin 1 of C 134A
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 152 and pin 2 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect throttle actuator motor failure
•  Replace Throttle actuator with new one
•  Check and verify for any new DTC’s
•  Examine the open circuit in throttle actuator motor wires
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC26.html
11.12 P044400— Canister Purge Valve — Open Circuit
11.12.1  CANISTER PURGE VALVE
Purge valve is installed to the vacuum line between the canister and intake manifold and opens or closes the vacuum line in relation to the engine load. The Purge valve is operated by the engine ECU and opens the vacuum line between the canister and intake manifold when the engine reaches normal operating temperature or exceeds the idle speed. This makes the fuel evaporative gas stored in the canister is drawn into the combustion chamber via the intake manifold
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Based on the inputs like coolant temperature, engine rpm, canister load and lambda correction, EMS ECU actuates the canister purge valve .
•  No malfunction detected by EMS ECU in the control circuit of canister purge valve
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running
•  Open circuit detected in Canister purge valve control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON in 3rd driving cycle
•  Canister purging is disabled
•  Canister purge valve remains closed
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Open circuit in canister purge valve signal wire
•  Faulty canister purge valve
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.12.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.12.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.12.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU
56
SIGNAL
C 23
CANISTER PURGE VALVE
2
SIGNAL
1
SUPPLY
11.12.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P044400 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.12.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.12.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK CANISTER PURGE VALVE SUPPLY WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Ensure fuse F2 (10A) is intact and properly functioning
•  Disconnect canister purge valve connector (C 23)
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 1 of C 23 and body ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = Battery voltage
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the open circuit of canister purge valve power wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2– CHECK CANISTER PURGE VALVE CONTROL WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect canister purge valve connector (C 23)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 8K)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 23 and pin 56 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal short/open in canister purge valve solenoid
•  Replace the canister purge valve with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the open circuit of canister purge valve control wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC260.html
11.82 P210198— Throttle Actuator — Over Temperature Error
11.82.1 ELECTRONIC THROTTLE ACTUATOR
Electronic throttle actuator consists of throttle body , throttle valve , throttle control motor and throttle position sensor .The throttle control motor is a DC motor which opens and closes the throttle valve and is controlled by EMS ECU. The opening and closing angle of the throttle valve is detected by two throttle position sensors .
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running
•  Based on the inputs from the accelerator pedal, engine coolant temperature and other sensors, EMS ECU controls the throttle valve movement .
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9–16V
•  Engine running
•  Overheating detected in EMS ECU power stage of throttle actuator
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Lambda plausibility diagnosis inhibited
•  CAT monitoring disabled
•  Fuel system diagnosis inhibited
•  Misfire monitoring disabled
•  Start stop function disabled
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.82.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P210198 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.82.3  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.82.4 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CLEAR THE DTC
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition On
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and navigate to EMS ECU
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Using the diagnostic tool, try to clear the DTC
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  DTC cleared
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure the DTC is not re-appearing
•  If the DTC is re-appearing, replace the EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check for any new DTCs
•  Replace the EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check for any new DTCs
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC261.html
11.83 P210200— Throttle Actuator — Short Circuit To Ground / Short Circuit To Battery
11.83.1 ELECTRONIC THROTTLE ACTUATOR
Electronic throttle actuator consists of throttle body , throttle valve , throttle control motor and throttle position sensor .The throttle control motor is a DC motor which opens and closes the throttle valve and is controlled by EMS ECU. The opening and closing angle of the throttle valve is detected by two throttle position sensors .
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running
•  Based on the inputs from the accelerator pedal, engine coolant temperature and other sensors, EMS ECU controls the throttle valve movement .
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9–16V
•  Short circuit detected in the throttle actuator motor control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Lambda plausibility diagnosis inhibited
•  CAT monitoring disabled
•  Fuel system diagnosis inhibited
•  Misfire monitoring disabled
•  Start stop function disabled
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Short to ground in throttle actuator motor circuit
•  Short to battery in throttle actuator motor circuit
•  Faulty throttle valve
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.83.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.83.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.83.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
1
THROTTLE + ve
2
THROTTLE – ve
C 152
THROTTLE ACTUATOR
2
THROTTLE + ve
1
THROTTLE – ve
11.83.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P210200 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.83.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.83.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK THROTTLE ACTUATOR MOTOR WIRES FOR SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Throttle actuator connector (C 152)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 152 and battery ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 152 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the short to ground in throttle actuator motor wires
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2– CHECK THROTTLE ACTUATOR MOTOR WIRES FOR SHORT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Throttle actuator connector (C 152)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 1 of C 152 and battery ground
•  Measure the voltage between pin 2 of C 152 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of throttle actuator motor
•  Replace Throttle actuator with new one
•  Check and verify for any new DTC’s
•  Examine the short to battery in throttle actuator motor wires
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC262.html
11.84 P211802—Throttle Actuator — PWM Out Of Range_1
11.84.1 ELECTRONIC THROTTLE ACTUATOR
Electronic throttle actuator consists of throttle body , throttle valve , throttle control motor and throttle position sensor .The throttle control motor is a DC motor which opens and closes the throttle valve and is controlled by EMS ECU. The opening and closing angle of the throttle valve is detected by two throttle position sensors .
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running
•  Based on the inputs from the accelerator pedal, engine coolant temperature and other sensors, EMS ECU controls the throttle valve movement .
•  EMS ECU receives the throttle angle from throttle position sensors and are with in the valid range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9–16V
•  Throttle actuator is not deactivated
•  No other throttle errors present
•  PWM output stuck at 90 % in the throttle actuator control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Lambda plausibility diagnosis inhibited
•  CAT monitoring disabled
•  Fuel system diagnosis inhibited
•  Misfire monitoring disabled
•  Start stop function disabled
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Faulty throttle valve
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.84.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P211802 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.84.3  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.84.4 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK THROTTLE FLAP
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Throttle actuator connector (C 152)
•  Removed Throttle assembly
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check throttle body for contamination by foreign material, corrosion and damage
•  Check for stuck by carbon
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Good condition
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the Throttle body
•  If the problem is still present, replace the EMS ECU
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Clean the throttle body by using petrol
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC263.html
11.85 P211803—Throttle Actuator — PWM Out Of Range_2
11.85.1 ELECTRONIC THROTTLE ACTUATOR
Electronic throttle actuator consists of throttle body , throttle valve , throttle control motor and throttle position sensor .The throttle control motor is a DC motor which opens and closes the throttle valve and is controlled by EMS ECU. The opening and closing angle of the throttle valve is detected by two throttle position sensors .
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Based on the inputs from the accelerator pedal, engine coolant temperature and other sensors, EMS ECU controls the throttle valve movement .
•  EMS ECU receives the throttle angle from throttle position sensors and are with in the valid range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Throttle actuator is not deactivated
•  No other throttle errors present
•  PWM output stuck at 90 % in the throttle actuator control circuit
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Lambda plausibility diagnosis inhibited
•  CAT monitoring disabled
•  Fuel system diagnosis inhibited
•  Misfire monitoring disabled
•  Start stop function disabled
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Faulty throttle valve
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.85.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P211803 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.85.3  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.85.4 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK THROTTLE FLAP
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Throttle actuator connector (C 152)
•  Removed Throttle assembly
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check throttle body for contamination by foreign material, corrosion and damage
•  Check for stuck by carbon
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Good condition
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the Throttle body
•  If the problem is still present, replace the EMS ECU
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Clean the throttle body by using petrol
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC264.html
11.86 P012300— Throttle Position Sensor 1 — Signal Voltage Above Maximum Limit (SCP)
11.86.1 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1
Throttle position sensor senses the position of the Throttle valve and sends the information to EMS ECU.
Signal from Throttle position sensor is used by the EMS ECU to understand
•  Exact position of the throttle valve
•  Throttle valve response analysis & self calibration
•  Throttle Valve mechanical faults etc.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Based on the inputs from the accelerator pedal, engine coolant temperature and other sensors, EMS ECU controls the throttle valve movement .
•  EMS ECU receives the throttle angle from throttle position sensors and are with in the valid range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Throttle control active
•  Raw voltage of throttle position sensor 1 signal is greater than 4.8 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Lambda plausibility diagnosis inhibited
•  CAT monitoring disabled
•  Fuel system diagnosis inhibited
•  Misfire monitoring disabled
•  Start stop function disabled
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Throttle position sensor 1 supply wire short to battery
•  Throttle position sensor 1 signal wire short to battery
•  Throttle position sensor 1 signal wire short to supply wire
•  Throttle position sensor 1 ground wire open
•  Faulty throttle assembly
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.86.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.86.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.86.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
16
SUPPLY
100
SIGNAL 1
37
SIGNAL 2
101
GROUND
C 152
THROTTLE ACTUATOR
5
SUPPLY
6
SIGNAL 1
4
SIGNAL 2
3
GROUND
11.86.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P012300 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.86.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.86.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Throttle actuator connector (C 152)
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 5 of C 152 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 5 ± 0.25 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the short to battery in throttle position sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL 1 WIRE FOR SHORT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Throttle actuator connector (C 152)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 6 of C 152 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Examine the short to battery in throttle position sensor signal 1 wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL 1 WIRE SHORT TO SUPPLY WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Throttle actuator connector (C 152)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 5 & pin 6 of C 152
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Examine throttle position sensor signal 1 wire and supply wire for short circuit with each other
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4 – CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Throttle actuator connector (C 152)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 3 of C 152 and pin 101 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Examine throttle position sensor ground wire open
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 5 – CHECK THROTTLE FLAP
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Throttle actuator connector (C 152)
•  Removed Throttle assembly
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check throttle body for contamination by foreign material, corrosion and damage
•  Check for stuck by carbon
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Good condition
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the Throttle body
•  If the problem is still present, replace the EMS ECU
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Clean the throttle body by using petrol
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC265.html
11.87 P012200— Throttle Position Sensor 1 — Signal Voltage Below Minimum Limit (OC/SCG)
11.87.1 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1
Throttle position sensor senses the position of the Throttle valve and sends the information to EMS ECU.
Signal from Throttle position sensor is used by the EMS ECU to understand
•  Exact position of the throttle valve
•  Throttle valve response analysis & self calibration
•  Throttle Valve mechanical faults etc.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Based on the inputs from the accelerator pedal, engine coolant temperature and other sensors, EMS ECU controls the throttle valve movement .
•  EMS ECU receives the throttle angle from throttle position sensors and are with in the valid range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Throttle control active
•  Raw voltage of throttle position sensor 1 signal is lesser than 0.2 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Lambda plausibility diagnosis inhibited
•  CAT monitoring disabled
•  Fuel system diagnosis inhibited
•  Misfire monitoring disabled
•  Start stop function disabled
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Throttle position sensor 1 supply wire open
•  Throttle position sensor 1 supply wire short to ground
•  Throttle position sensor 1 signal wire open
•  Throttle position sensor 1 signal wire short to ground
•  Faulty throttle assembly
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.87.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.87.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.87.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
16
SUPPLY
100
SIGNAL 1
37
SIGNAL 2
101
GROUND
C 152
THROTTLE ACTUATOR
5
SUPPLY
6
SIGNAL 1
4
SIGNAL 2
3
GROUND
11.87.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P012200 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.87.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.87.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE VOLTAGE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Throttle actuator connector (C 152)
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 5 of C 152 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 5 ± 0.25 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  GO TO STEP 2
STEP 2 – CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Throttle actuator connector (C 152)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 5 of C 152 and battery ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 5 and pin 3 of C 152
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Examine throttle position sensor supply wire for open circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL 1 WIRE FOR SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Throttle actuator connector (C 152)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 6 of C 152 and battery ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 6 and pin 3 of C 152
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Examine the short to ground in throttle position sensor signal 1 wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4 – CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL 1 WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Throttle actuator connector (C 152)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 6 of C 152 & pin 100 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Examine throttle position sensor signal 1 wire for open circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 5 – CHECK THROTTLE FLAP
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Throttle actuator connector (C 152)
•  Removed Throttle assembly
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check throttle body for contamination by foreign material, corrosion and damage
•  Check for stuck by carbon
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Good condition
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the Throttle body
•  If the problem is still present, replace the EMS ECU
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Clean the throttle body by using petrol
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC266.html
11.88 P022300— Throttle Position Sensor 2— Signal Voltage Above Maximum Limit (SCP)
11.88.1 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2
Throttle position sensor senses the position of the Throttle valve and sends the information to EMS ECU.
Signal from Throttle position sensor is used by the EMS ECU to understand
•  Exact position of the throttle valve
•  Throttle valve response analysis & self calibration
•  Throttle Valve mechanical faults etc.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Based on the inputs from the accelerator pedal, engine coolant temperature and other sensors, EMS ECU controls the throttle valve movement .
•  EMS ECU receives the throttle angle from throttle position sensors and are with in the valid range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Throttle control active
•  Raw voltage of throttle position sensor 2 signal is greater than 4.8 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Lambda plausibility diagnosis inhibited
•  CAT monitoring disabled
•  Fuel system diagnosis inhibited
•  Misfire monitoring disabled
•  Start stop function disabled
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Throttle position sensor 2 supply wire short to battery
•  Throttle position sensor 2 signal wire short to battery
•  Throttle position sensor 2 signal wire short to supply wire
•  Throttle position sensor 2 ground wire open
•  Faulty throttle assembly
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.88.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.88.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.88.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
16
SUPPLY
100
SIGNAL 1
37
SIGNAL 2
101
GROUND
C 152
THROTTLE ACTUATOR
5
SUPPLY
6
SIGNAL 1
4
SIGNAL 2
3
GROUND
11.88.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P022300 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.88.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.88.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Throttle actuator connector (C 152)
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 5 of C 152 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 5 ± 0.25 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the short to battery in throttle position sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL 2 WIRE FOR SHORT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Throttle actuator connector (C 152)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 4 of C 152 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Examine the short to battery in throttle position sensor signal 2 wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL 2 WIRE SHORT TO SUPPLY WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Throttle actuator connector (C 152)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 4 & pin 5 of C 152
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Examine throttle position sensor signal 2 wire and supply wire for short circuit with each other
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4 – CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Throttle actuator connector (C 152)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 3 of C 152 and pin 101 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Examine throttle actuator position sensor ground wire open
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 5 – CHECK THROTTLE FLAP
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Throttle actuator connector (C 152)
•  Removed Throttle assembly
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check throttle body for contamination by foreign material, corrosion and damage
•  Check for stuck by carbon
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Good condition
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the Throttle body
•  If the problem is still present, replace the EMS ECU
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Clean the throttle body by using petrol
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC267.html
11.89 P022200— Throttle Position Sensor 2— Signal Voltage Below Minimum Limit (OC/SCG)
11.89.1 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2
Throttle position sensor senses the position of the Throttle valve and sends the information to EMS ECU.
Signal from Throttle position sensor is used by the EMS ECU to understand
•  Exact position of the throttle valve
•  Throttle valve response analysis & self calibration
•  Throttle Valve mechanical faults etc.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Based on the inputs from the accelerator pedal, engine coolant temperature and other sensors, EMS ECU controls the throttle valve movement .
•  EMS ECU receives the throttle angle from throttle position sensors and are with in the valid range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Throttle control active
•  Raw voltage of throttle position sensor 2 signal is lesser than 0.2 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Lambda plausibility diagnosis inhibited
•  CAT monitoring disabled
•  Fuel system diagnosis inhibited
•  Misfire monitoring disabled
•  Start stop function disabled
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Throttle position sensor 2 supply wire open
•  Throttle position sensor 2 supply wire short to ground
•  Throttle position sensor 2 signal wire open
•  Throttle position sensor 2 signal wire short to ground
•  Faulty throttle assembly
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.89.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.89.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.89.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
16
SUPPLY
100
SIGNAL 1
37
SIGNAL 2
101
GROUND
C 152
THROTTLE ACTUATOR
5
SUPPLY
6
SIGNAL 1
4
SIGNAL 2
3
GROUND
11.89.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P022200 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.89.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.89.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE VOLTAGE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Throttle actuator connector (C 152)
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 5 of C 152 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 5 ± 0.25 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  GO TO STEP 2
STEP 2 – CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Throttle actuator connector (C 152)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 5 of C 152 and battery ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 5 and pin 3 of C 152
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Examine throttle position sensor supply wire for open circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL 2 WIRE FOR SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Throttle actuator connector (C 152)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 4 of C 152 and battery ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 4 and pin 3 of C 152
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Examine the short to ground in throttle position sensor signal 2 wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4 – CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL 2 WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Throttle actuator connector (C 152)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 4 of C 152 & pin 37 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Examine throttle position sensor signal 2 wire for open circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 5 – CHECK THROTTLE FLAP
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Throttle actuator connector (C 152)
•  STEP
•  Removed Throttle assembly
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check throttle body for contamination by foreign material, corrosion and damage
•  Check for stuck by carbon
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Good condition
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the Throttle body
•  If the problem is still present, replace the EMS ECU
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Clean the throttle body by using petrol
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC268.html
11.90 P211874—Throttle Actuator — Control Deviation Error
11.90.1 ELECTRONIC THROTTLE ACTUATOR
Electronic throttle actuator consists of throttle body , throttle valve , throttle control motor and throttle position sensor .The throttle control motor is a DC motor which opens and closes the throttle valve and is controlled by EMS ECU. The opening and closing angle of the throttle valve is detected by two throttle position sensors .
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running
•  Based on the inputs from the accelerator pedal, engine coolant temperature and other sensors, EMS ECU controls the throttle valve movement .
•  EMS ECU receives the throttle angle from throttle position sensors and are with in the valid range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Throttle control active
•  Error is detected if the throttle set point and actual value is higher than a threshold calibrated based on throttle set point
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Lambda plausibility diagnosis inhibited
•  CAT monitoring disabled
•  Fuel system diagnosis inhibited
•  Misfire monitoring disabled
•  Start stop function disabled
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Faulty wiring harness
•  Faulty throttle valve
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.90.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P211874 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.90.3  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.90.4 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR DTC’S
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
•  Connect i-SMART and navigate to EMS ECU
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check for the following presence of following DTCs
–  P2100–00 — Throttle actuator - Open Circuit
–  P2102–00 — Throttle actuator - Short Circuit to ground/Short circuit to positive
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  DTC’s Not present
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Follow the respective diagnostic procedures
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK THROTTLE FLAP
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Throttle actuator connector (C 152)
•  Removed Throttle assembly
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check throttle body for contamination by foreign material, corrosion and damage
•  Check for stuck by carbon
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Good condition
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the Throttle body
•  If the problem is still present, replace the EMS ECU
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Clean the throttle body by using petrol
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC269.html
11.91 P213500— Throttle Position Sensor — TPS Sensor 1 & TPS Sensor 2 Correlation Failure
11.91.1 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Throttle position sensor senses the position of the Throttle valve and sends the information to EMS ECU. Signal from Throttle position sensor is used by the EMS ECU to understand
•  Exact position of the throttle valve
•  Throttle valve response analysis & self calibration
•  Throttle Valve mechanical faults etc.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine running
•  Based on the inputs from the accelerator pedal, engine coolant temperature and other sensors, EMS ECU controls the throttle valve movement .
•  EMS ECU receives the throttle angle from throttle position sensors and are with in the valid range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Throttle control active
•  TPS_RATIO error detected
•  Error is detected if the difference between throttle position 1 and 2 is greater than 7 deg
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Lambda plausibility diagnosis inhibited
•  CAT monitoring disabled
•  Fuel system diagnosis inhibited
•  Misfire monitoring disabled
•  Start stop function disabled
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Throttle position sensor signal wires short circuit with each other
•  Faulty throttle assembly
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.91.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.91.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.91.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
16
SUPPLY
100
SIGNAL 1
37
SIGNAL 2
101
GROUND
C 152
THROTTLE ACTUATOR
5
SUPPLY
6
SIGNAL 1
4
SIGNAL 2
3
GROUND
11.91.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P213500 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.91.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.91.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR SHORT CIRCUIT BETWEEN TPS1 & TPS2 SIGNAL WIRES
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Throttle actuator connector (C 152)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 4 & 6 of C 152
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine throttle actuator signal wires for short circuit with each other
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK THROTTLE FLAP
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Throttle actuator connector (C 152)
•  Removed Throttle assembly
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check throttle body for contamination by foreign material, corrosion and damage
•  Check for stuck by carbon
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Good condition
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the Throttle body
•  If the problem is still present, replace the EMS ECU
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Clean the throttle body by using petrol
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC27.html
11.13 P045800— Canister Purge Valve — Short Circuit To Ground
11.13.1  CANISTER PURGE VALVE
Purge valve is installed to the vacuum line between the canister and intake manifold and opens or closes the vacuum line in relation to the engine load. The Purge valve is operated by the engine ECU and opens the vacuum line between the canister and intake manifold when the engine reaches normal operating temperature or exceeds the idle speed. This makes the fuel evaporative gas stored in the canister is drawn into the combustion chamber via the intake manifold
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Based on the inputs like coolant temperature, engine rpm, canister load and lambda correction, EMS ECU actuates the canister purge valve .
•  No malfunction detected by EMS ECU in the control circuit of canister purge valve
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running
•  Short circuit to ground detected in Canister purge valve control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON in 3rd driving cycle
•  Canister purging is disabled
•  Lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Fuse F2 (10A) blown ((Incase of Supply wire short to ground)
•  Canister purge valve remains closed (Incase of Supply wire open)
•  Canister purge valve always open (Incase of Signal wire short to ground)
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Canister purge valve supply wire open
•  Canister purge valve supply wire short to ground
•  Canister purge valve signal wire short circuit to ground
•  Faulty canister purge valve
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.13.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.13.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.13.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU
56
SIGNAL
C 23
CANISTER PURGE VALVE
2
SIGNAL
1
SUPPLY
11.13.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P045800 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.13.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.13.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK CANISTER PURGE VALVE SUPPLY VOLTAGE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect canister purge valve connector (C 23)
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 1 of C 23 and body ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = Battery voltage
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine open circuit or short to ground of canister purge valve supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK CANISTER PURGE VALVE SIGNAL WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect canister purge valve connector (C 23)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 8K)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 23 and body ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal short/open in canister purge valve solenoid
•  Replace the canister purge valve with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to ground of canister purge valve signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC270.html
11.132 P011300— Intake Manifold Air Temperature Sensor— Signal Voltage Above Maximum Limit (OC/SCP)
11.132.1 INTAKE MANIFOLD AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
The T-MAP is installed to the top of the intake manifold and equipped with the pressure sensor and temperature sensor. Based on the input from temperature sensor EMS ECU precisely calculates the density of the intake air .
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  The measured output voltage value of the intake manifold temperature sensor is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  Raw voltage of intake manifold temperature sensor signal is greater than 4.93 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Intake air temp substitute model used
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Intake manifold temperature sensor signal wire short circuit to battery
•  Intake manifold temperature sensor signal wire open circuit
•  Intake manifold temperature sensor ground wire open circuit
•  Faulty intake manifold temperature sensor
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.132.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.132.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.132.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
10
SIGNAL
80
GROUND
C 158
INTAKE MANIFOLD AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
2
SIGNAL
1
GROUND
11.132.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P011300 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.132.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.132.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK INTAKE MANIFOLD TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  T-MAP sensor connector (C 158) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 158 and pin 10 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the open circuit in intake manifold temperature sensor signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK INTAKE MANIFOLD TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  T-MAP sensor connector (C 158) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 2 of C 158 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Examine the short circuit to battery in intake manifold temperature sensor signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK INTAKE MANIFOLD TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  T-MAP sensor connector (C 158) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 158 and pin 80 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect failure of intake manifold pressure sensor
•  Replace the intake manifold pressure sensor with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the open circuit in intake manifold temperature sensor ground wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC271.html
11.133 P007300—Ambient Air Temperature Sensor— Signal Voltage Above Maximum Limit (OC/SCP)
11.133.1 AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Ambient temperature sensor is mounted near the front carrier assembly . This sensor continuously monitors the outside temperature and sends the signal to EMS ECU. Ambient temperature sensor is an NTC type where the resistance decreases with increase in temperature & viceversa
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  During ignition ON , the measured output voltage value of the Ambient temperature sensor is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  Raw voltage of Ambient temperature sensor signal is greater than 4.9 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Ambient air temp substitute model used
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Ambient temperature sensor signal wire short circuit to battery
•  Ambient temperature sensor signal wire open circuit
•  Ambient temperature sensor ground wire open circuit
•  Faulty Ambient temperature sensor
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.133.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.133.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.133.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU K
14
SIGNAL
31
GROUND
C 128
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1
GROUND
2
SIGNAL
11.133.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P007300 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.133.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.133.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
•  Ambient temperature sensor connector (C 128) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 128 and pin 14 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the open circuit in Ambient temperature sensor signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
•  Ambient temperature sensor connector (C 128) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 128 and pin 31 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Examine the open circuit in Ambient temperature sensor ground wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
•  Ambient temperature sensor connector (C 128) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 2 of C 128 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of ambient temperature sensor
•  Replace the sensor with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to battery in Ambient temperature sensor signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC272.html
11.134 P009800—Boost Air Temperature Sensor— Signal Voltage Above Maximum Limit (OC/SCP)
11.134.1 BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
The Boost pressure is mounted on the intercooler outlet hose and equipped with the pressure sensor and temperature sensor. Based on the input from temperature sensor EMS ECU precisely calculates the density of the intake air .
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  During ignition ON , the measured output voltage value of the boost temperature sensor is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  Raw voltage of Boost temperature sensor signal is greater than 4.93 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Boost temperature substitute model used
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Boost temperature sensor signal wire short circuit to battery
•  Boost temperature sensor signal wire open circuit
•  Boost temperature sensor ground wire open circuit
•  Faulty Boost temperature sensor
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.134.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.134.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.134.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
11
SIGNAL
14
GROUND
C 88
BOOST TEMPERATURE SENSOR
2
SIGNAL
1
GROUND
11.134.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P009800 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.134.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.134.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK BOOST TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Boost temperature sensor connector (C 88) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 88 and pin 11 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the open circuit in Boost temperature sensor signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK BOOST TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Boost temperature sensor connector (C 88) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 88 and pin 14 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Examine the open circuit in Boost temperature sensor ground wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK BOOST TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Boost temperature sensor connector (C 88) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 2 of C 88 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of Boost temperature sensor
•  Replace the Boost temperature sensor with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to battery in Boost temperature sensor signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC273.html
11.135 P011200—Intake Manifold Air Temperature Sensor — Signal Voltage Below Minimum Limit (SCG)
11.135.1 INTAKE MANIFOLD AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
The T-MAP is installed to the top of the intake manifold and equipped with the pressure sensor and temperature sensor. Based on the input from temperature sensor EMS ECU precisely calculates the density of the intake air .
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  During ignition ON , the measured output voltage value of the intake manifold temperature sensor is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  Raw voltage of intake manifold temperature sensor signal is lesser than 0.21 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  TMAP substitute value is used
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Intake manifold temperature sensor signal wire short circuit to ground
•  Faulty intake manifold temperature sensor
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.135.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.135.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.135.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
10
SIGNAL
80
GROUND
C 158
INTAKE MANIFOLD TEMPERATURE SENSOR
2
SIGNAL
1
GROUND
11.135.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P011200 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.135.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.135.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK INTAKE MANIFOLD TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Intake manifold temperature sensor connector (C 158) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 158 and battery ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 & 2 of C 158
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of intake manifold temperature sensor
•  Replace the intake manifold temperature sensor with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to ground in intake manifold temperature sensor signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC274.html
11.136 P007200—Ambient Air Temperature Sensor — Signal Voltage Below Minimum Limit (SCG)
11.136.1 AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Ambient temperature sensor is mounted near the front carrier assembly . This sensor continuously monitors the outside temperature and sends the signal to EMS ECU. Ambient temperature sensor is an NTC type where the resistance decreases with increase in temperature & viceversa
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  During ignition ON , the measured output voltage value of the ambient temperature sensor is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  Raw voltage of ambient temperature sensor signal is lesser than 0.1 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Ambient temperature substitute value is used
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Ambient temperature sensor signal wire short circuit to ground
•  Faulty ambient temperature sensor
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.136.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.136.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.136.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU K
14
SIGNAL
31
GROUND
C 128
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
2
SIGNAL
1
GROUND
11.136.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P007200 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.136.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.136.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
•  Ambient temperature sensor connector (C 128) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 128 and battery ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 & 1 of C 128
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect ambient temperature sensor failure
•  Replace the ambient temperature sensor with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to ground in ambient temperature sensor signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC275.html
11.137 P009700—Boost Air Temperature Sensor — Signal Voltage Below Minimum Limit (SCG)
11.137.1 BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
The Boost pressure is mounted on the intercooler outlet hose and equipped with the pressure sensor and temperature sensor. Based on the input from temperature sensor EMS ECU precisely calculates the density of the intake air .
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  The measured output voltage value of the Boost temperature sensor is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  Raw voltage of boost temperature sensor signal lesser than 0.21 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Boost temperature substitute value is used
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Boost temperature sensor signal wire short circuit to ground
•  Faulty Boost temperature sensor
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.137.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.137.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.137.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
11
SIGNAL
14
GROUND
C 88
BOOST TEMPERATURE SENSOR
2
SIGNAL
1
GROUND
11.137.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P009700 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.137.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.137.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK BOOST TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Boost temperature sensor connector (C 88) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 88 and battery ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 & 2 of C 88
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect boost temperature sensor failure
•  Replace the sensor with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to ground in boost temperature sensor signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC276.html
11.138 P056300—Battery Voltage Above Maximum Limit (Index 0)
11.138.1 BATTERY VOLTAGE
EMS ECU continuously monitors the battery voltage. The normal operating voltage for EMS ECU is 9 –16 V. If the voltage supplied via main relay is greater than the valid range, then this DTC gets registered
.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU receives a supply voltage of 9V –16V
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  The supply voltage to EMS ECU via main relay is more than 16V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Any fuse or actuator could get damaged
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Incorrect battery
•  Faulty charging system
11.138.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P056300 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.138.3  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.138.4 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK BATTERY SPECIFICATION
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check the battery make and specifications. For additional information refer repair manual
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Battery specifications is OK
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Replace the battery with correct specification one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
•  Start the engine and make it run at high idle
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between battery positive and battery negative terminals
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage < 15 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Try to clear the DTC 3 times
•  If DTC is still active, replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check for any new DTCs
•  Examine the charging system for malfunction
•  Replace the faulty component
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC277.html
11.139 P056301—Battery Voltage Above Maximum Limit (Index 1)
11.139.1 BATTERY VOLTAGE
EMS ECU continuously monitors the battery voltage. The normal operating voltage for EMS ECU is 9 –16 V. If the voltage via ignition supply is greater than the valid range, then DTC gets registered
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU receives a supply voltage of 9V –16V
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  The ignition supply voltage to EMS ECU is more than 16V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Any fuse or actuator could get damaged
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Incorrect battery
•  Faulty charging system
11.139.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P056301 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.139.3  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.139.4 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK BATTERY SPECIFICATION
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check the battery make and specifications. For additional information refer repair manual
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Battery specifications is OK
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Replace the battery with correct specification one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
•  Start the engine and make it run at high idle
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between battery positive and battery negative terminals
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage < 15 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Try to clear the DTC 3 times
•  If DTC is still active, replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check for any new DTCs
•  Examine the charging system for malfunction
•  Replace the faulty component
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC278.html
11.142 P011400—Intake Manifold Air Temperature Sensor — Intermittent Signal Error
11.142.1 INTAKE MANIFOLD AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
The T-MAP is installed to the top of the intake manifold and equipped with the pressure sensor and temperature sensor. Based on the input from temperature sensor EMS ECU precisely calculates the density of the intake air .
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  The measured output voltage value of the intake manifold temperature sensor is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  The measured output voltage value of the intake manifold temperature sensor is out of range
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Intake air temperature substitute model used
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Intake manifold temperature sensor wires open
•  Short to battery of Intake manifold temperature sensor wires
•  Faulty Intake manifold temperature sensor
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.142.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.142.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.142.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
10
SIGNAL
80
GROUND
C 158
INTAKE MANIFOLD TEMPERATURE SENSOR
2
SIGNAL
1
GROUND
11.142.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P011400 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.142.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.142.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK INTAKE MANIFOLD TEMPERATURE SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Intake manifold temperature sensor connector (C 158) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 2 of C 158 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the short circuit to battery in intake manifold temperature sensor signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK INTAKE MANIFOLD TEMPERATURE SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO SUPPLY WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Intake manifold temperature sensor connector (C 158) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 and 3 of C 158
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Examine intake manifold temperature sensor signal wire short to supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN INTAKE MANIFOLD TEMPERATURE WIRES
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Intake manifold temperature sensor connector (C 158) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 158 and pin 10 of C 134A
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 158 and pin 80 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect intake manifold temperature sensor failure
•  Replace the sensor with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine intake manifold temperature sensor wires open circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC279.html
11.143 P007400—Ambient Air Temperature Sensor — Intermittent Signal Error
11.143.1 AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Ambient temperature sensor is mounted near the front carrier assembly . This sensor continuously monitors the outside temperature and sends the signal to EMS ECU. Ambient temperature sensor is an NTC type where the resistance decreases with increase in temperature & viceversa
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  The measured output voltage value of the ambient temperature sensor is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  The measured output voltage value of the ambient temperature sensor is out of range
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Ambient temperature substitute model used
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Ambient temperature sensor wires open
•  Short to battery of Ambient temperature sensor wires
•  Faulty Ambient temperature sensor
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.143.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.143.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.143.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU K
14
SIGNAL
31
GROUND
C 128
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
2
SIGNAL
1
GROUND
11.143.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P007400 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.143.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.143.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
•  Ambient temperature sensor connector (C 128) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 2 of C 128 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the short circuit to battery in ambient temperature sensor signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN INTAKE MANIFOLD TEMPERATURE WIRES
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
•  Ambient temperature sensor connector (C 128) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 128 and pin 31 of C 8K
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 128 and pin 14 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect ambient temperature sensor failure
•  Replace the sensor with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine Ambient temperature sensor wires open circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC28.html
11.14 P045900— Canister Purge Valve — Short Circuit To Battery
11.14.1  CANISTER PURGE VALVE
Purge valve is installed to the vacuum line between the canister and intake manifold and opens or closes the vacuum line in relation to the engine load. The Purge valve is operated by the engine ECU and opens the vacuum line between the canister and intake manifold when the engine reaches normal operating temperature or exceeds the idle speed. This makes the fuel evaporative gas stored in the canister is drawn into the combustion chamber via the intake manifold
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Based on the inputs like coolant temperature, engine rpm, canister load and lambda correction, EMS ECU actuates the canister purge valve .
•  No malfunction detected by EMS ECU in the control circuit of canister purge valve
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running
•  Short circuit to battery detected in Canister purge valve control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON in 3rd driving cycle
•  Canister purging is disabled
•  Canister purge valve remains closed
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Canister purge valve signal wire short circuit to battery
•  Canister purge valve signal wire short circuit to supply wire
•  Faulty Canister purge valve
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.14.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.14.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.14.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU
56
SIGNAL
C 23
CANISTER PURGE VALVE
2
SIGNAL
1
SUPPLY
11.14.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P045900 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.14.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.14.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK CANISTER PURGE VALVE CONTROL WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect canister purge valve connector (C 23)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 8K)
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 2 of C 23 and body ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the short circuit to battery of canister purge valve control wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK CANISTER PURGE VALVE SIGNAL WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO SUPPLY WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect canister purge valve connector (C 23)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 8K)
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 and pin 1 of C 23
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal short/open in canister purge valve solenoid
•  Replace the canister purge valve with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit between supply wire and signal wire of canister purge valve
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC280.html
11.144 P009900—Boost Air Temperature Sensor — Intermittent Signal Error
11.144.1 BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
The Boost pressure is mounted on the intercooler outlet hose and equipped with the pressure sensor and temperature sensor. Based on the input from temperature sensor EMS ECU precisely calculates the density of the intake air .
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  The measured output voltage value of the boost air temperature sensor is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  The measured output voltage value of the boost air temperature sensor is out of range
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Boost air temperature substitute model used
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Boost temperature sensor wires open
•  Short to battery of Boost temperature sensor wires
•  Faulty Boost temperature sensor
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.144.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.144.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.144.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
11
SIGNAL
14
GROUND
C 88
BOOST TEMPERATURE SENSOR
2
SIGNAL
1
GROUND
11.144.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P009900 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.144.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.144.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK BOOST TEMPERATURE SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Intake manifold temperature sensor connector (C 88) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 2 of C 88 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the short circuit to battery in Boost temperature sensor signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK BOOST TEMPERATURE SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO SUPPLY WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Boost temperature sensor connector (C 88) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 and 3 of C 88
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Examine boost temperature sensor signal wire short to supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN BOOST TEMPERATURE SENSOR WIRES
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Boost temperature sensor connector (C 88) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 88 and pin 11 of C 134A
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 88 and pin 14 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect Boost temperature sensor failure
•  Replace the sensor with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine Boost temperature sensor wires open circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC281.html
11.145 P064300—Sensor Reference Voltage “A” Circuit High/Short To Battery
11.145.1 SENSOR SUPPLY POWER STAGES
EMS ECU has 4 power stages
•  Power supply stage A, supplies to:
–  Throttle position sensor 1 & 2
–  Oil pressure sensor
–  Rail Pressure sensor
–  Intake camshaft sensor
–  Accelerator pedal sensor (APP1)
–  AC pressure sensor
•  Power supply stage B, supplies to:
–  Gear Neutral sensor
–  Exhaust camshaft sensor
–  Boost Pressure sensor
–  Manifold pressure sensor
–  Crank position sensor
•  Power supply stage C, supplies to:
–  Accelerator pedal sensor (APP2)
•  Power supply stage D, supplies to:
–  eVGT Turbo charger actuator position sensor
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  No error found in power supply stage A
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  Error is detected when power supply stage Avoltage is greater than 5.5 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine check lamp ON
•  Sensors associated with sensor supply voltage source A will not work properly
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Lambda adaptation disabled
•  lambda plausibility diagnosis disabled
•  CAT monitoring disabled
•  Fuel system diagnosis disabled
•  Misfire monitoring disabled
•  Start stop function disabled
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Short to battery in TPS supply wire
•  Short to battery in APP1 supply wire
•  Short to battery in Oil pressure sensor supply wire
•  Short to battery in Rail pressure sensor supply wire
•  Short to battery in AC pressure sensor supply wire
•  Short to battery in intake camshaft sensor supply wire
•  Faulty Throttle position sensor 1 & 2
•  Faulty Oil pressure sensor
•  Faulty Rail Pressure sensor
•  Faulty Intake camshaft sensor
•  Faulty APP1 sensor
•  Faulty AC pressure sensor
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.145.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.145.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
11.145.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
 
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
16
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY
19
OIL PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY
57
RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY
75
INTAKE CAMSHAFT SENSOR SUPPLY
C 8K
EMS ECU K
24
APP1 SENSOR SUPPLY
58
CLUTCH POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY
65
AC PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY
C 152
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL
5
SUPPLY
C 14
OIL PRESSURE SENSOR
B
SUPPLY
C 7_1
RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR
3
SUPPLY
C 217
INTAKE CAMSHAFT SENSOR
3
SUPPLY
C 86
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1
SUPPLY
C 87
CLUTCH POSITION SENSOR
4
SUPPLY
C 127
AC PRESSURE SENSOR
1
SUPPLY
11.145.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P064300 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.145.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.145.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT TO POSITIVE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Electronic throttle control connector (C 152) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 5 of C 152 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the short circuit to battery in throttle position sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2– CHECK OIL PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT TO POSITIVE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Oil pressure sensor connector (C 14) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin B of C 14 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Examine the short circuit to battery in oil pressure sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3– CHECK RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT TO POSITIVE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Rail pressure sensor connector (C 7_1) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 3 of C 7_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Examine the short circuit to battery in rail pressure sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4– CHECK INTAKE CAMSHAFT SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT TO POSITIVE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Intake camshaft sensor connector (C 217) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 3 of C 217 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Examine the short circuit to battery in intake camshaft sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 5– CHECK APP1 SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT TO POSITIVE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
•  Accelerator pedal position sensor connector (C 86) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 1 of C 86 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 6
•  Examine the short circuit to battery in APP1 sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 6– CHECK AC PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT TO POSITIVE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
•  AC pressure sensor connector (C 127) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 1 of C 127 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 8
•  Examine the short circuit to battery in AC pressure sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 8 – IDENTIFY THE FAULTY COMPONENT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
•  Connect diagnostic tool and navigate to EMS ECU
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Disconnect the following components one at a time and check whether DTC is getting cleared/healed
–  Electronic throttle control
–  Oil pressure sensor
–  Rail pressure sensor
–  Intake camshaft sensor
–  Accelerator pedal position sensor
–  AC pressure sensor
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  DTC cleared
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  If the DTC got cleared after disconnecting a sensor, it indicates that the sensor is faulty. Replace it with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Replace the EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check for any new DTC’s
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC282.html
11.146 P065300—Sensor Reference Voltage “B” Circuit High/Short To Battery
11.146.1 SENSOR SUPPLY POWER STAGES
EMS ECU has 4 power stages
•  Power supply stage A, supplies to:
–  Throttle position sensor 1 & 2
–  Oil pressure sensor
–  Rail Pressure sensor
–  Intake camshaft sensor
–  Accelerator pedal sensor (APP1)
–  AC pressure sensor
•  Power supply stage B, supplies to:
–  Gear Neutral sensor
–  Exhaust camshaft sensor
–  Boost Pressure sensor
–  Manifold pressure sensor
–  Crank position sensor
•  Power supply stage C, supplies to:
–  Accelerator pedal sensor (APP2)
•  Power supply stage D, supplies to:
–  eVGT actuator position sensor
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  No error found in power supply stage B
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  Error is detected when power supply stage B voltage is greater than 5.5 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine check lamp ON
•  Sensors associated with sensor supply voltage source B will not work properly
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Lambda adaptation disabled
•  lambda plausibility diagnosis disabled
•  CAT monitoring disabled
•  Fuel system diagnosis disabled
•  Misfire monitoring disabled
•  Start stop function disabled
•  Turbocharger control disabled
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Short to battery in Gear Neutral sensor supply wire
•  Short to battery in Exhaust camshaft sensor supply wire
•  Short to battery in Boost Pressure sensor supply wire
•  Short to battery in Manifold pressure sensor supply wire
•  Short to battery in Crank position sensor supply wire
•  Faulty Gear Neutral sensor
•  Faulty Exhaust camshaft sensor
•  Faulty Boost Pressure sensor
•  Faulty Manifold pressure sensor
•  Faulty Crank position sensor
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.146.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.146.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
11.146.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
33
GEAR NEUTRAL SENSOR
52
EXHAUST CAM SHAFT SENSOR
55
BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR
56
MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR
96
CRANK POSITION SENSOR
C 529
GEAR NEUTRAL SENSOR
3
SUPPLY
C 218
EXHAUST CAM SHAFT SENSOR
1
SUPPLY
C 88
BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR
3
SUPPLY
C 158
TMAP SENSOR
3
SUPPLY
C 17
CRANK POSITION SENSOR
3
SUPPLY
11.146.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P065300 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.146.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.146.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK GEAR NEUTRAL SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT TO POSITIVE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Gear neutral sensor connector (C 529) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 3 of C 529 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the short circuit to battery in Gear neutral sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2– CHECK EXHAUST CAMSHAFT SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT TO POSITIVE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Exhaust camshaft sensor connector (C 218) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 1 of C 218 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Examine the short circuit to battery in Exhaust camshaft sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3– CHECK BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT TO POSITIVE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Boost pressure sensor connector (C 88) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 3 of C 88 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Examine the short circuit to battery in boost pressure sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4– CHECK MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT TO POSITIVE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  T-MAP sensor connector (C 158) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 3 of C 158 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Examine the short circuit to battery in T-MAP sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 5– CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT TO POSITIVE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
•  Crankshaft position sensor connector (C 17) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 3 of C 17 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 6
•  Examine the short circuit to battery in crankshaft position sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 6 – IDENTIFY THE FAULTY COMPONENT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
•  Connect diagnostic tool and navigate to EMS ECU
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Disconnect the following components one at a time and check whether DTC is getting cleared/healed
–  Gear Neutral sensor
–  Exhaust camshaft sensor
–  Boost Pressure sensor
–  Manifold pressure sensor
–  Crank position sensor
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  DTC cleared
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  If the DTC got cleared after disconnecting a sensor, it indicates that the sensor is faulty. Replace it with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Replace the EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check for any new DTC’s
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC283.html
11.147 P069900—Sensor Reference Voltage “C” Circuit High/Short To Battery
11.147.1 SENSOR SUPPLY POWER STAGES
EMS ECU has 4 power stages
•  Power supply stage A supplies to:
–  Throttle position sensor 1 & 2
–  Oil pressure sensor
–  Rail Pressure sensor
–  Intake camshaft sensor
–  Accelerator pedal sensor (APP1)
–  AC pressure sensor
•  Power supply stage B supplies to:
–  Gear Neutral sensor
–  Exhaust camshaft sensor
–  Boost Pressure sensor
–  Manifold pressure sensor
–  Crank position sensor
•  Power supply stage C supplies to:
–  Accelerator pedal sensor (APP2)
•  Power supply stage D supplies to:
–  eVGT actuator position sensor
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  No error found in power supply stage C
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  Error is detected when power supply stage C voltage is greater than 5.5 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine check lamp ON
•  Sensors associated with sensor supply voltage source C will not work properly
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Lambda adaptation disabled
•  lambda plausibility diagnosis disabled
•  CAT monitoring disabled
•  Fuel system diagnosis disabled
•  Misfire monitoring disabled
•  Start stop function disabled
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Short to battery in Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP2) supply wire
•  Faulty Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP2)
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.147.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.147.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.147.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU K
12
APP2 SUPPLY
C 86
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
4
APP2 SUPPLY
11.147.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P069900 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.147.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.147.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK ACCELERATOR POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT TO POSITIVE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
•  Accelerator position sensor connector (C 86) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 4 of C 86K and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Disconnect Accelerator position sensor and check whether check whether DTC is getting cleared/healed
•  If the DTC got cleared after disconnecting a sensor, it indicates that the sensor is faulty. Replace it with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to battery in Accelerator position sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC284.html
11.148 P06A500—Sensor Reference Voltage “D” Circuit High/Short To Battery
11.148.1 SENSOR SUPPLY POWER STAGES
EMS ECU has 4 power stages
•  Power supply stage A supplies to:
–  Throttle position sensor 1 & 2
–  Oil pressure sensor
–  Rail Pressure sensor
–  Intake camshaft sensor
–  Accelerator pedal sensor (APP1)
–  AC pressure sensor
•  Power supply stage B supplies to:
–  Gear Neutral sensor
–  Exhaust camshaft sensor
–  Boost Pressure sensor
–  Manifold pressure sensor
–  Crank position sensor
•  Power supply stage C supplies to:
–  Accelerator pedal sensor (APP2)
•  Power supply stage D supplies to:
–  eVGT actuator position sensor
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  No error found in power supply stage D
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  Error is detected when power supply stage D voltage is greater than 5.5 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine check lamp ON
•  Sensors associated with sensor supply voltage source D will not work properly
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Lambda adaptation disabled
•  lambda plausibility diagnosis disabled
•  CAT monitoring disabled
•  Fuel system diagnosis disabled
•  Misfire monitoring disabled
•  Start stop function disabled
•  Turbocharger control disabled
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Short to battery in eVGT actuator position sensor supply wire
•  Faulty eVGT actuator position sensor
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.148.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.148.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.148.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
78
EVGT POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY
C 18_1
TURBOCHARGER ACTUATOR POSITION SENSOR
4
EVGT POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY
11.148.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P06A500 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.148.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.148.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK EVGT POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  eVGT actuator position sensor connector (C 18_1) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 4 of C 18_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the short circuit to battery in eVGT actuator position sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2– CHECK EVGT POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT TO IGNITION SUPPLY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  eVGT actuator position sensor connector (C 18_1) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 4 of C 18_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 5 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Disconnect eVGT actuator position sensor and check whether DTC is getting cleared/healed
•  If the DTC got cleared after disconnecting a sensor, it indicates that the sensor is faulty. Replace it with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to battery in eVGT actuator position sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC285.html
11.149 P064200—Sensor Reference Voltage “A” Circuit Low/Short To Ground
11.149.1 SENSOR SUPPLY POWER STAGES
EMS ECU has 4 power stages
•  Power supply stage A, supplies to:
–  Throttle position sensor 1 & 2
–  Oil pressure sensor
–  Rail Pressure sensor
–  Intake camshaft sensor
–  Accelerator pedal sensor (APP1)
–  AC pressure sensor
•  Power supply stage B, supplies to:
–  Gear Neutral sensor
–  Exhaust camshaft sensor
–  Boost Pressure sensor
–  Manifold pressure sensor
–  Crank position sensor
•  Power supply stage C, supplies to:
–  Accelerator pedal sensor (APP2)
•  Power supply stage D, supplies to:
–  eVGT actuator position sensor
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  No error found in power supply stage A
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  Error is detected when power supply stage A voltage is less than 4.5 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine check lamp ON
•  Sensors associated with sensor supply voltage source A will not work properly
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Lambda adaptation disabled
•  lambda plausibility diagnosis disabled
•  CAT monitoring disabled
•  Fuel system diagnosis disabled
•  Misfire monitoring disabled
•  Start stop function disabled
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Short to ground in TPS supply wire
•  Short to ground in APP1 supply wire
•  Short to ground in Oil pressure sensor supply wire
•  Short to ground in Rail pressure sensor supply wire
•  Short to ground in AC pressure sensor supply wire
•  Short to ground in intake camshaft sensor supply wire
•  Faulty Throttle position sensor 1 & 2
•  Faulty Oil pressure sensor
•  Faulty Rail Pressure sensor
•  Faulty Intake camshaft sensor
•  Faulty APP1 sensor
•  Faulty AC pressure sensor
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.149.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.149.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
11.149.4 
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
 
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
16
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY
19
OIL PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY
57
RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY
75
INTAKE CAMSHAFT SENSOR SUPPLY
C 8K
EMS ECU K
24
APP1 SENSOR SUPPLY
58
CLUTCH POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY
65
AC PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY
C 152
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL
5
SUPPLY
C 14
OIL PRESSURE SENSOR
B
SUPPLY
C 7_1
RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR
3
SUPPLY
C 217
INTAKE CAMSHAFT SENSOR
3
SUPPLY
C 86
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1
SUPPLY
C 87
CLUTCH POSITION SENSOR
4
SUPPLY
C 127
AC PRESSURE SENSOR
1
SUPPLY
11.149.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P064200 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.149.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.149.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Electronic throttle control connector (C 152) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 5 of C 152 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the short circuit to ground in throttle position sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2– CHECK OIL PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Oil pressure sensor connector (C 14) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin B of C 16 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Examine the short circuit to ground in oil pressure sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3– CHECK RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Rail pressure sensor connector (C 7_1) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 3 of C 7_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Examine the short circuit to ground in rail pressure sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4– CHECK INTAKE CAMSHAFT SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Intake camshaft sensor connector (C 217) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 3 of C 217 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Examine the short circuit to ground in intake camshaft sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 5– CHECK APP1 SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
•  Accelerator pedal position sensor connector (C 86) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 86 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 6
•  Examine the short circuit to ground in APP1 sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 6– CHECK AC PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
•  AC pressure sensor connector (C 127) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 127 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 8
•  Examine the short circuit to ground in AC Pressure sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 8 – IDENTIFY THE FAULTY COMPONENT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
•  Connect diagnostic tool and navigate to EMS ECU
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Disconnect the following components one at a time and check whether DTC is getting cleared/healed
–  Electronic throttle control
–  Oil pressure sensor
–  Rail pressure sensor
–  Intake camshaft sensor
–  Accelerator pedal position sensor
–  AC pressure sensor
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  DTC cleared
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  If the DTC got cleared after disconnecting a sensor, it indicates that the sensor is faulty. Replace it with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Replace the EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check for any new DTC’s
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC286.html
11.150 P065200—Sensor Reference Voltage “B” Circuit Low/Short To Ground
11.150.1 SENSOR SUPPLY POWER STAGES
EMS ECU has 4 power stages
•  Power supply stage A, supplies to:
–  Throttle position sensor 1 & 2
–  Oil pressure sensor
–  Rail Pressure sensor
–  Intake camshaft sensor
–  Accelerator pedal sensor (APP1)
–  AC pressure sensor
•  Power supply stage B, supplies to:
–  Gear Neutral sensor
–  Exhaust camshaft sensor
–  Boost Pressure sensor
–  Manifold pressure sensor
–  Crank position sensor
•  Power supply stage C, supplies to:
–  Accelerator pedal sensor (APP2)
•  Power supply stage D, supplies to:
–  eVGT actuator position sensor
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  No error found in power supply stage B
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  Error is detected when power supply stage B voltage is less than 4.5 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine check lamp ON
•  Sensors associated with sensor supply voltage source B will not work properly
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Lambda adaptation disabled
•  lambda plausibility diagnosis disabled
•  CAT monitoring disabled
•  Fuel system diagnosis disabled
•  Misfire monitoring disabled
•  Start stop function disabled
•  Turbocharger control disabled
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Short to ground in Gear Neutral sensor supply wire
•  Short to ground in Exhaust camshaft sensor supply wire
•  Short to ground in Boost Pressure sensor supply wire
•  Short to ground in Manifold pressure sensor supply wire
•  Short to ground in Crank position sensor supply wire
•  Faulty Gear Neutral sensor
•  Faulty Exhaust camshaft sensor
•  Faulty Boost Pressure sensor
•  Faulty Manifold pressure sensor
•  Faulty Crank position sensor
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.150.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.150.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
11.150.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
33
GEAR NEUTRAL SENSOR
52
EXHAUST CAM SHAFT SENSOR
55
BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR
56
MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR
96
CRANK POSITION SENSOR
C 529
GEAR NEUTRAL SENSOR
3
SUPPLY
C 218
EXHAUST CAM SHAFT SENSOR
1
SUPPLY
C 88
BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR
3
SUPPLY
C 158
TMAP SENSOR
3
SUPPLY
C 17
CRANK POSITION SENSOR
3
SUPPLY
11.150.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P065200 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.150.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.150.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK GEAR NEUTRAL SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Gear neutral sensor connector (C 529) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 3 of C 529 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the short circuit to ground in Gear neutral sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2– CHECK EXHAUST CAMSHAFT SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Exhaust camshaft sensor connector (C 218) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 218 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Examine the short circuit to ground in Exhaust camshaft sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3– CHECK BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Boost pressure sensor connector (C 88) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 3 of C 88 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Examine the short circuit to ground in boost pressure sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4– CHECK MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  T-MAP sensor connector (C 158) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 3 of C 158 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Examine the short circuit to ground in T-MAP sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 5– CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
•  Crankshaft position sensor connector (C 17) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 3 of C 17 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 6
•  Examine the short circuit to ground in crankshaft position sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 6 – IDENTIFY THE FAULTY COMPONENT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
•  Connect diagnostic tool and navigate to EMS ECU
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Disconnect the following components one at a time and check whether DTC is getting cleared/healed
–  Gear Neutral sensor
–  Exhaust camshaft sensor
–  Boost Pressure sensor
–  Manifold pressure sensor
–  Crank position sensor
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  DTC cleared
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  If the DTC got cleared after disconnecting a sensor, it indicates that the sensor is faulty. Replace it with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Replace the EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check for any new DTC’s
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC287.html
11.151 P069800—Sensor Reference Voltage “C” Circuit Low/Short To Ground
11.151.1 SENSOR SUPPLY POWER STAGES
EMS ECU has 4 power stages
•  Power supply stage A supplies to:
–  Throttle position sensor 1 & 2
–  Oil pressure sensor
–  Rail Pressure sensor
–  Intake camshaft sensor
–  Accelerator pedal sensor (APP1)
–  AC pressure sensor
•  Power supply stage B supplies to:
–  Gear Neutral sensor
–  Exhaust camshaft sensor
–  Boost Pressure sensor
–  Manifold pressure sensor
–  Crank position sensor
•  Power supply stage C supplies to:
–  Accelerator pedal sensor (APP2)
•  Power supply stage D supplies to:
–  eVGT actuator position sensor
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  No error found in power supply stage C
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  Error is detected when power supply stage C voltage is less than 4.5 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine check lamp ON
•  Sensors associated with sensor supply voltage source C will not work properly
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Lambda adaptation disabled
•  lambda plausibility diagnosis disabled
•  CAT monitoring disabled
•  Fuel system diagnosis disabled
•  Misfire monitoring disabled
•  Start stop function disabled
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Short to ground in Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP2) supply wire
•  Faulty Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP2)
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.151.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.151.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.151.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU K
12
APP2 SUPPLY
C 86
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
4
APP2 SUPPLY
11.151.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P069800 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.151.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.151.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK ACCELERATOR POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
•  Accelerator position sensor connector (C 86) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the ground between pin 4 of C 86 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Disconnect Accelerator position sensor and check whether check whether DTC is getting cleared/healed
•  If the DTC got cleared after disconnecting a sensor, it indicates that the sensor is faulty. Replace it with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to ground in Accelerator position sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC288.html
11.152 P06A400—Sensor Reference Voltage “D” Circuit Low/Short To Ground
11.152.1 SENSOR SUPPLY POWER STAGES
EMS ECU has 4 power stages
•  Power supply stage A supplies to:
–  Throttle position sensor 1 & 2
–  Oil pressure sensor
–  Rail Pressure sensor
–  Intake camshaft sensor
–  Accelerator pedal sensor (APP1)
–  AC pressure sensor
•  Power supply stage B supplies to:
–  Gear Neutral sensor
–  Exhaust camshaft sensor
–  Boost Pressure sensor
–  Manifold pressure sensor
–  Crank position sensor
•  Power supply stage C supplies to:
–  Accelerator pedal sensor (APP2)
•  Power supply stage D supplies to:
–  eVGT actuator position sensor
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  No error found in power supply stage D
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  Error is detected when power supply stage D voltage is less than 4.5 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine check lamp ON
•  Sensors associated with sensor supply voltage source D will not work properly
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Lambda adaptation disabled
•  lambda plausibility diagnosis disabled
•  CAT monitoring disabled
•  Fuel system diagnosis disabled
•  Misfire monitoring disabled
•  Start stop function disabled
•  Turbocharger control disabled
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Short to ground in eVGT actuator position sensor supply wire
•  Faulty eVGT actuator position sensor
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.152.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.152.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.152.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
78
EVGT POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY
C 18_1
TURBOCHARGER ACTUATOR POSITION SENSOR
4
EVGT POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY
11.152.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P06A400 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.152.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.152.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK EVGT ACTUATOR POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU Wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  eVGT actuator position sensor connector (C 18_1) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 4 of C 18_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Disconnect eVGT actuator position sensor and check whether check whether DTC is getting cleared/healed
•  If the DTC got cleared after disconnecting a sensor, it indicates that the sensor is faulty. Replace it with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to ground in eVGT actuator position sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_C105DWheelSpeedSensorOhmicOpenFailu-206D0FC29.html
11.15 P048013— Low Speed Fan relay/ Radiator PWM Controlled Fan - Open Load
11.15.1  COOLING FAN
EMS ECU controls the cooling fan relay to turn ON the cooling fan. Based on the input from coolant temperature & refrigerant pressure sensors, EMS ECU turns on the low speed fan relay
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  No malfunction detected by EMS ECU in the cooling fan control
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9–16V
•  Open circuit detected in cooling fan control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  Cooling fan will not run in low speed
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Open circuit in cooling fan relay control wire
•  Faulty Cooling fan
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.15.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.15.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.15.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU K- CONNECTOR
57
CONTROL SIGNAL
C 144
BEC
9
CONTROL SIGNAL
11.15.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P048013 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.15.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.15.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR OPEN CIRCUIT IN COOLING FAN RELAY SIGNAL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Disconnect low speed cooling fan relay (R15)
•  EMS ECU connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 166 of C 144 and pin 57 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace low speed cooling fan relay with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If DTC still exists, replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine open circuit in low speed cooling fan relay control wire
•  Replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_EDC17C53E-IVVehicles-DD607EDB.html
8.1 EMS POWER SUPPLY
PKE VARIANTS
Graphic
NON-PKE VARIANTS
Graphic
File: null_EDC17C53E-IVVehicles-DD607EDB1.html
8.2 EMS ACTUATORS
Graphic
File: null_EDC17C53E-IVVehicles-DD607EDB2.html
8.3 EMS RELAYS
AX7 L VARIANT
Graphic
AX 7 , AX 5 , AX3 VARIANTS
Graphic
File: null_EDC17C53E-IVVehicles-DD607EDB3.html
8.4 EMS SENSORS
Graphic
File: null_EDC17C53E-IVVehicles-DD607EDB4.html
8.5 EMS SWITCHES
AT VARIANTS
Graphic
File: null_P0033-13TURBOCHARGERBYPASSVALVEOPEN-4BF89534.html
11.18 P003313— Turbocharger Bypass Valve — Open Circuit
11.18.1 TURBOCHARGER BYPASS VALVE
A Turbocharger bypass valve (Dump valve), also known as a pressure relief valve, is an electric actuated valve designed to release pressure in the intake system of a turbocharged vehicle when the throttle is lifted or closed. This air pressure is re-circulated back into the non-pressurized end of the intake (before the turbo) . Turbo bypass valve is used to prevent compressor surge and throttle flap.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Engine is running
•  The activation of the bypass valve must lead to a smooth decrease of the pressure upstream throttle.
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running condition
•  Open circuit detected in Dump Valve actuator control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Turbocharger protection is active
•  Dump valve remains closed
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Turbocharger bypass valve signal wire open
•  Faulty turbo bypass valve
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.18.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.18.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.18.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
6
SIGNAL
C 354_1
TURBO RECIRCULATION VALVE
1
SIGNAL
2
SUPPLY
11.18.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P0033-13 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.18.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.18.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK BYPASS (DUMP) VALVE SUPPLY WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Check condition of fuse F47 (10A)
•  Turbo bypass valve connector (C 354_1) DISCONNECTED
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 2 of C 354_1 and body ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = Battery voltage
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the open circuit in the bypass (dump) valve supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK BYPASS (DUMP) VALVE SIGNAL WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Turbo bypass valve connector (C 354_1) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 354_1 and pin 6 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the turbocharger with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC still present , replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Examine the open circuit in the turbo bypass (dump) valve signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_P060C-F4EMS-SafetyFunction-ResetSaf-C30E07C041.html
12.54 U173100—Alternator Message Timeout Error/ Alternator LIN Connector Open Circuit
12.54.1 IBS & ALTERNATOR LIN
The Intelligent Battery Sensor (IBS), alternator & EMS ECU are connected in a LIN BUS. The alternator charging mode is decided by the IBS and communicated to the alternator on the LIN BUS.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9–16V
•  No IBS or Alternator error detected by EMS ECU on LIN BUS
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9–16V
•  EMS ECU detects alternator communication error on LIN BUS
DTC REACTIONS
•  Battery Telltale ON during engine ON
•  Alternator will go to emergency start mode
–  When engine speed in idle rpm, Battery will not be charged
–  When engine speed increases above 1050 rpm, Battery will charge at 13.8 V
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Alternator connector open
•  Open circuit in IEM LIN wire
•  Faulty IBS
12.54.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
12.54.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
12.54.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU K
48
LIN
C 832
IBS
1
LIN
2
SUPPLY
C 52
ALTERNATOR
1
LIN
C 555
DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR
8
LIN
12.54.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record DTC with freeze frame, environmental data and clear
•  Turn OFF ignition, then turn ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if U173100 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problems
12.54.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.54.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK ALTERNATOR CONNECTOR
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Ensure alternator connector C 52 is properly connected
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Alternator connector intact
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Check for any damages in the alternator connector
•  Replace the wiring harness if required
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN LIN WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Disconnect IBS wiring harness connector (C 832)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU K wiring harness connector (C 8K)
•  Disconnect alternator wiring harness connector (C 52)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 52 and pin 48 of C 8K
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 52 and pin 1 of C 832
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect IBS or alternator failure
•  Replace IBS with a new one first and check if DTC is re-occuring
•  If DTC still exists, replace alternator with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Suspect open circuit in LIN wire
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_P060C-F4EMS-SafetyFunction-ResetSaf-C30E07C042.html
12.55 U173000—IBS message timeout error /IBS connector open circuit
12.55.1 IBS & ALTERNATOR LIN
The Intelligent Battery Sensor (IBS), alternator & EMS ECU are connected in a LIN BUS. The alternator charging mode is decided by the IBS and communicated to the alternator on the LIN BUS.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9–16V
•  No IBS or Alternator error detected by EMS ECU on LIN BUS
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9–16V
•  EMS ECU detects IBS communication error on LIN BUS
DTC REACTIONS
•  Battery Telltale ON during engine ON
•  Battery will not charge
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  IBS connector open
•  Open circuit in IEM LIN wire
•  Faulty IBS
12.55.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
12.55.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
12.55.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU K
48
LIN
C 832
IBS
1
LIN
2
SUPPLY
C 52
ALTERNATOR
1
LIN
C 555
DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR
8
LIN
12.55.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record DTC with freeze frame, environmental data and clear
•  Turn OFF ignition, then turn ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if U173000 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problems
12.55.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.55.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK IBS CONNECTOR
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Ensure IBS connector C 832 is properly connected
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  IBS connector intact
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Check for any damages in the IBS connector
•  Ensure proper fitment of battery negative terminal
•  Replace the wiring harness if required
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK IBS SUPPLY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn ignition OFF
•  Check the condition of the fuse (F4–5A). Replace if found open.
•  Disconnect IBS wiring harness connector (C 832)
•  Turn ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure voltage between pin 2 of C 832 and ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = Battery Voltage
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  GO TO STEP 3
STEP 3 — CHECK IBS SUPPLY WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn ignition OFF
•  Disconnect IBS wiring harness connector (C 832)
•  Disconnect battery negative and positive terminals
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure resistance between pin 2 of C 832 and disconnected battery positive terminal
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Examine open circuit in IBS supply wire
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4 — CHECK IBS SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn ignition OFF
•  Disconnect IBS wiring harness connector (C 832)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure resistance between pin 2 of C 832 and ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Examine short circuit to ground in IBS supply wire
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 5 – CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN LIN WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Disconnect IBS wiring harness connector (C 832)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU K wiring harness connector (C 8K)
•  Disconnect alternator wiring harness connector (C 52)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 832 and pin 48 of C 8K
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 832 and pin 1 of C 52
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect IBS or alternator failure
•  Replace IBS with a new one first and check if DTC is re-occuring
•  If DTC still exists, replace alternator with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Suspect open circuit in LIN wire
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_P060C-F4EMS-SafetyFunction-ResetSaf-C30E07C043.html
12.56 U170101—LIN network line SCB/SCG
12.56.1 IBS & ALTERNATOR LIN
The Intelligent Battery Sensor (IBS), alternator & EMS ECU are connected in a LIN BUS. The alternator charging mode is decided by the IBS and communicated to the alternator on the LIN BUS.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9–16V
•  No IBS or Alternator error detected by EMS ECU on LIN BUS
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9–16V
•  EMS ECU detects LIN wire short to battery or short to ground error on LIN BUS
DTC REACTIONS
•  Battery Telltale ON during engine ON
•  Alternator will go to emergency start mode
–  When engine speed in idle rpm, Battery will not be charged
–  When engine speed increases above 1050 rpm, Battery will charge at 13.8 V
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  LIN wire short circuit to ground
•  LIN wire short circuit to battery
•  Faulty IBS
12.56.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
12.56.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
12.56.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU K
48
LIN
C 832
IBS
1
LIN
2
SUPPLY
C 52
ALTERNATOR
1
LIN
C 555
DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR
8
LIN
12.56.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record DTC with freeze frame, environmental data and clear
•  Turn OFF ignition, then turn ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if U170101 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problems
12.56.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.56.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK LIN WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Disconnect IBS wiring harness connector (C 832)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU K wiring harness connector (C 8K)
•  Disconnect alternator wiring harness connector (C 52)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure resistance between pin 1 of C 832 and ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine short circuit to ground in IBS supply wire
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 — CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT BETWEEN IBS SUPPLY WIRE AND LIN WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn ignition OFF
•  Disconnect IBS wiring harness connector (C 832)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure resistance between pin 1 & pin 2 of C 832
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Examine short circuit between LIN wire and IBS supply wire
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 — CHECK LIN WIRE SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn ignition OFF
•  Disconnect IBS wiring harness connector (C 832)
•  Turn ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure voltage between pin 1 of C 832 and ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect IBS or alternator failure
•  Replace IBS with a new one first and check if DTC is re-occuring
•  If DTC still exists, replace alternator with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine short circuit to battery of LIN wire
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_P060C-F4EMS-SafetyFunction-ResetSaf-C30E07C044.html
12.57 U173001—Alternator Mode Invalid Signal Error
12.57.1 IBS & ALTERNATOR LIN
The Intelligent Battery Sensor (IBS), alternator & EMS ECU are connected in a LIN BUS. The alternator charging mode is decided by the IBS and communicated to the alternator on the LIN BUS.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9–16V
•  No IBS or Alternator error detected by EMS ECU on LIN BUS
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9–16V
•  Invalid signal of alternator mode sent to EMS ECU
DTC REACTIONS
•  Battery Telltale ON
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Faulty IBS
12.57.2 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – PERFORM BATTERY RESET
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Perform battery reset
•  Ensure proper fitment of battery negative and positive terminals
•  Ignition ON
•  Connect diagnostic tool and check DTC
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  DTC status changed from current to healed
•  Battery telltale turned OFF in engine ON condition
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Ensure DTC is not repeated again
•  Suspect IBS failure
•  Replace IBS with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC still present, contact TEKline for further assist
File: null_P060C-F4EMS-SafetyFunction-ResetSaf-C30E07C045.html
12.58 U173002—Battery charge signal invalid signal error
12.58.1 IBS & ALTERNATOR LIN
The Intelligent Battery Sensor (IBS), alternator & EMS ECU are connected in a LIN BUS. The alternator charging mode is decided by the IBS and communicated to the alternator on the LIN BUS.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9–16V
•  No IBS or Alternator error detected by EMS ECU on LIN BUS
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9–16V
•  Invalid signal of Battery charge sent to EMS ECU
DTC REACTIONS
•  Battery Telltale ON
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Faulty IBS
12.58.2 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – PERFORM BATTERY RESET
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Perform battery reset
•  Ensure proper fitment of battery negative and positive terminals
•  Ignition ON
•  Connect diagnostic tool and check DTC
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  DTC status changed from current to healed
•  Battery telltale turned OFF in engine ON condition
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Ensure DTC is not repeated again
•  Suspect IBS failure
•  Replace IBS with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC still present, contact TEKline for further assist
File: null_P060C-F4EMS-SafetyFunction-ResetSaf-C30E07C046.html
12.59 U170201—LIN Wakeup Error
12.59.1 IBS & ALTERNATOR LIN
The Intelligent Battery Sensor (IBS), alternator & EMS ECU are connected in a LIN BUS. The alternator charging mode is decided by the IBS and communicated to the alternator on the LIN BUS.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU receives LIN messages from IBS & Alternator
•  No IBS or Alternator error detected by EMS ECU on LIN BUS
•  EMS ECU communicates to the IBS and smart alternator
•  IBS & smart alternator acknowledge the request from the EMS ECU
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU is unable to communicate to the IBS and smart alternator
DTC REACTIONS
•  Battery Telltale ON during engine ON
•  Alternator will go to emergency start mode
–  When engine speed in idle rpm, Battery will not be charged
–  When engine speed increases above 1050 rpm, Battery will charge at 13.8 V
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Both alternator & IBS connector disconnected
•  Open circuit in LIN wire
•  Faulty IBS
•  Faulty Alternator
•  Faulty EMS ECU
12.59.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
12.59.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
12.59.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU K
48
LIN
C 832
IBS
1
LIN
2
SUPPLY
C 52
ALTERNATOR
1
LIN
C 555
DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR
8
LIN
12.59.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record DTC with freeze frame, environmental data and clear
•  Turn OFF ignition, then turn ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if U170101 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problems
12.59.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.59.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK IBS & ALTERNATOR CONNECTOR
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Ensure IBS connector C 832 is properly connected
•  Ensure Alternator connector C 52 is properly connected
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Both connectors intact
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Check for any damages in the IBS & Alternator connector
•  Ensure proper fitment of battery negative terminal
•  Replace the wiring harness if required
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2– CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN LIN WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Disconnect IBS wiring harness connector (C 832)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU K wiring harness connector (C 8K)
•  Disconnect alternator wiring harness connector (C 52)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 832 and pin 48 of C 8K
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 832 and pin 1 of C 52
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect IBS or alternator failure
•  Replace IBS with a new one first and check if DTC is re-occuring
•  If DTC still exists, replace alternator with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Suspect open circuit in LIN wire
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_P064611ACRELAYSHORTCIRCUITTOGROUND-C28DC030.html
11.2 P06A100 — AC Compressor Relay — Short Circuit To Ground
11.2.1 AC COMPRESSOR RELAY
The AC compressor is controlled by the EMS ECU with the feedback of the temperature sensing unit in the HVAC system and pressure sensor measuring the pressure of the refrigerant flow in the air conditioning circuit. The EMS monitor the status of compressor clutch relay actuator for monitoring hardware errors such as short circuit to battery, short circuit to ground and open load
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage between 9 to 16 V
•  EMS ECU switches ON the compressor once it receives AC switch ON signal
•  No malfunction detected by EMS ECU in the AC compressor power circuit
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage between 9 to 16 V
•  Short circuit to ground detected in AC compressor relay control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  AC compressor clutch always engaged
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Short circuit to ground in AC compressor relay control wire
•  Faulty AC compressor relay
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.2.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.2.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
11.2.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
 
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU CONNECTOR
52
AC COMPRESSOR RELAY SIGNAL
11.2.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P06A100 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.2.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.2.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK THE FUNCTIONING OF AC COMPRESSOR RELAY
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Ensure AC compressor relay is fixed properly in the connector of relay box
•  Disconnect AC compressor relay
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check the functioning of relay by supplying 12V to terminal 86 and ground to terminal 85
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Audible click sound
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Replace AC compressor relay with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND OF RELAY SIGNAL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Disconnect EMS ECU wiring harness connector (C 8K)
•  Disconnect AC compressor relay
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure resistance between pin 52 of C 8K and ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect EMS ECU failure
•  Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check and verify for any DTC
•  Examine short circuit to ground of AC compressor relay signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_P064611ACRELAYSHORTCIRCUITTOGROUND-C28DC0301.html
11.105 P069500 — Intercooler Fan Relay — Short Circuit To Ground
11.105.1 INTERCOOLER RELAY
The intercooler fan is controlled by EMS ECU to cool the charged air which passes through the intercooler.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  No malfunction detected by EMS ECU in the control circuit of intercooler fan relay
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  Short to ground detected in the control circuit of intercooler fan relay
DTC REACTIONS
•  Check Engine lamp ON
•  Intercooler fan always ON
•  Turbocharger protection active
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Short circuit to ground in intercooler fan relay control wire
•  Faulty intercooler fan relay
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.105.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.105.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.105.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
   
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
28
INTERCOOLER RELAY SIGNAL
C 144
BEC
24
CONTROL SIGNAL
11.105.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P069500 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.105.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.105.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK THE FUNCTIONING OF INTERCOOLER FAN RELAY
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Ensure Intercooler fan relay is fixed properly in the connector of relay box
•  Disconnect Intercooler fan relay
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check the functioning of Intercooler fan relay by supplying 12V to pin 23 of C 144 and ground to pin 24 of C 144
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Audible click sound
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Replace Intercooler fan relay with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND OF INTERCOOLER FAN RELAY SIGNAL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Disconnect EMS ECU wiring harness connector (C 134A)
•  Disconnect Intercooler fan
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure resistance between pin 28 of C 134A and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect EMS ECU failure
•  Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check and verify for any DTC
•  Examine short circuit to ground of Intercooler fan relay signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_P064611ACRELAYSHORTCIRCUITTOGROUND-C28DC03010.html
11.114 P212700 —Accelerator Pedal Sensor 2— Signal Voltage Below Minimum Limit (OC/SCG)
11.114.1 ACCELERATOR PEDAL SENSOR
A potentiometer type accelerator pedal sensor is used in this vehicle. Accelerator pedal sensor send information about the accelerator pedal travel to EMS ECU. This is known as “drive-by-wire”. Accelerator pedal sensor assembly consists of 2 sensors inside, APP1 & APP2. A second (redundant) sensor is incorporated for diagnosis purpose and for use in case of malfunction
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  The measured output voltage value of the accelerator pedal module sensor 2 is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  The output voltage signal received from the accelerator pedal module sensor 2 is lesser than 0.14 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine speed is limited to 2500 rpm
•  Cruise control disabled
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  APP2 supply wire open
•  APP2 signal wire open
•  APP2 supply wire short circuit with ground
•  APP2 signal wire short to ground
•  Faulty accelerator pedal module
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.114.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.114.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.114.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU K
24
APP1 SUPPLY
28
APP1 SIGNAL
29
APP1 GROUND
12
APP2 SUPPLY
34
APP2 SIGNAL
9
APP2 GROUND
C 86
APP1
1
SUPPLY
2
SIGNAL
3
GROUND
APP2
4
SUPPLY
5
SIGNAL
6
GROUND
11.114.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P212700 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.114.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.114.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – MEASURE APP 2 SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE VOLTAGE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Accelerator pedal wiring harness connector (C 86) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 4 of C 86 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 5 ± 0.25 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  GO TO STEP 2
STEP 2 – CHECK APP2 SUPPLY WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Accelerator pedal wiring harness connector (C 86) DISCONNECTED
•  Disconnect the EMS ECU connector (C 8K)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 4 of C 86 and pin 12 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Suspect open circuit in APP2 supply wire
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK APP2 SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT WITH GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Accelerator pedal wiring harness connector (C 86) DISCONNECTED
•  Disconnect the EMS ECU connector (C 8K)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 4 of C 86 and battery ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 4 & pin 3 of C 86
•  Measure the resistance between pin 4 & pin 6 of C 86
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Suspect APP2 supply wire for short circuit with ground
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4 – CHECK APP2 SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Accelerator pedal wiring harness connector (C 86) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU wiring harness connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 5 of C 86 and pin 34 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance <1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Examine for open circuit in APP2 sensor signal wire
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 5 – CHECK SHORT TO GROUND OF APP2 SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Accelerator pedal wiring harness connector (C 86) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU wiring harness connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 5 of C 86 and battery ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 5 & pin 3 of C 86
•  Measure the resistance between pin 5 & pin 6 of C 86
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the APS with a new one
•  Clear and verify the DTC
•  If the DTC is still present, replace the EMS ECU with a new one if the DTC is still present
•  Check for any new DTCs
•  Examine the short circuit of APP2 sensor signal wire with ground
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_P064611ACRELAYSHORTCIRCUITTOGROUND-C28DC03011.html
11.115 P213800 —Accelerator Pedal Sensor — Plausibility Error Between APP Signal1 And Signal2
11.115.1 ACCELERATOR PEDAL SENSOR
A potentiometer type accelerator pedal sensor is used in this vehicle. Accelerator pedal sensor send information about the accelerator pedal travel to EMS ECU. This is known as “drive-by-wire”. Accelerator pedal sensor assembly consists of 2 sensors inside, APP1 & APP2. A second (redundant) sensor is incorporated for diagnosis purpose and for use in case of malfunction
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU compares both APP1 and APP2 signals and the difference is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  The difference between APP1 and APP2 signals is more than the maximum range
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine speed is limited to 2500 rpm
•  Cruise control disabled
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Short circuit between APP1 & APP2 signal wires
•  APP1 & APP2 signal wires short to battery supply
•  Faulty accelerator pedal module
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.115.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.115.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.115.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU K
24
APP1 SUPPLY
28
APP1 SIGNAL
29
APP1 GROUND
12
APP2 SUPPLY
34
APP2 SIGNAL
9
APP2 GROUND
C 86
APP1
1
SUPPLY
2
SIGNAL
3
GROUND
APP2
4
SUPPLY
5
SIGNAL
6
GROUND
11.115.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P213800 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.115.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.115.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK APP 1 AND APP 2 SENSOR SIGNAL WIRES SHORT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Disconnect accelerator pedal connector (C 86)
•  Disconnect the EMS ECU connector (C 8K)
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 2 of C 86 & battery ground
•  Measure the voltage between pin 5 of C 86 & battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Suspect accelerator pedal signal wires short to battery supply
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK APP1 AND APP2 SENSOR SIGNAL WIRES FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Disconnect accelerator pedal connector (C 86)
•  Disconnect the EMS ECU connector (C 8K)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 86 and 28 of C 8K
•  Measure the resistance between pin 5 of C 86 and 34 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Suspect accelerator pedal signal wires for open circuit
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT BETWEEN SIGNAL WIRES OF APP 1 & APP 2
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Disconnect accelerator pedal connector (C 86)
•  Disconnect the EMS ECU connector (C 8K)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 & 5 of C 86
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace accelerator pedal with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC still present , Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check for any new DTCs
•  Examine the short circuit between APP 1 and APP 2 sensor signal wires
•  Identify and replace the defective wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_P064611ACRELAYSHORTCIRCUITTOGROUND-C28DC03012.html
11.116 P068500 — EMS ECU Main Relay — Open Circuit
11.116.1 EMS ECU MAIN RELAY
Main relay is located in the engine compartment fuse box . It controls the battery supply voltage to EMS ECU and many other actuators. Main relay is energized by EMS ECU after getting the ignition input.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU checks the main relay actuation time during initialization and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  Open circuit detected in EMS ECU main relay control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  Check Engine Lamp ON
•  OBD Lamp ON
•  Engine will shutoff, if running
•  Engine will not start
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Open in EMS ECU main relay control circuit
•  Faulty EMS ECU main relay
•  Faulty EMS ECU
•  This DTC’s may be viewed in the diagnostic tool in healed condition only
11.116.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
PKE VARIANTS
Graphic
NON-PKE VARIANTS
Graphic
11.116.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.116.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
   
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU K CONNECTOR
55
EMS ECU MAIN RELAY SIGNAL
C 144
BEC
161
CONTROL SIGNAL
11.116.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P068500 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.116.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.116.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK THE FUNCTIONING OF EMS ECU MAIN RELAY
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Ensure EMS ECU main relay is fixed properly in the connector of relay box
•  Disconnect EMS ECU main relay (R14)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check the functioning of relay by supplying 12V to pin 157 of C 144 and ground to pin 161 of C 144
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Audible click sound
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Replace EMS ECU main relay with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK FOR OPEN CIRCUIT OF EMS ECU MAIN RELAY SUPPLY WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU wiring harness connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
•  Disconnect EMS ECU main relay (R14)
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure voltage between g to pin 157 of C 144 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = Battery Voltage
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Examine for open circuit of EMS ECU main relay supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK FOR OPEN CIRCUIT OF EMS ECU MAIN RELAY SIGNAL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU wiring harness connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
•  Disconnect EMS ECU main relay (R14)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure resistance between to pin 161 of C 144 and pin 55 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect EMS ECU failure
•  Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check and verify for any DTC
•  Examine for open circuit of EMS ECU main relay signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_P064611ACRELAYSHORTCIRCUITTOGROUND-C28DC03013.html
11.117 P068700 — EMS ECU Main Relay — Short Circuit To Battery
11.117.1 EMS ECU MAIN RELAY
Main relay is located in the engine compartment fuse box . It controls the battery supply voltage to EMS ECU and many other actuators. Main relay is energized by EMS ECU after getting the ignition input.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU checks the main relay actuation time during initialization and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  Short circuit to battery detected in EMS ECU main relay control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  Check Engine Lamp ON
•  OBD Lamp ON
•  Engine will shutoff, if running
•  Engine will not start
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Short circuit to ground in EMS ECU main relay control circuit
•  Faulty EMS ECU main relay
•  Faulty EMS ECU
•  This DTC’s may be viewed in the diagnostic tool in healed condition only
11.117.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
PKE VARIANTS
Graphic
NON-PKE VARIANTS
Graphic
11.117.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.117.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU K CONNECTOR
55
EMS ECU MAIN RELAY SIGNAL
C 144
BEC
161
CONTROL SIGNAL
11.117.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P068700 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.117.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.117.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK THE FUNCTIONING OF EMS ECU MAIN RELAY
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Ensure EMS ECU main relay is fixed properly in the connector of relay box
•  Disconnect EMS ECU main relay (R 14)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check the functioning of relay by supplying 12V to pin 157 of C 144 and ground to pin 161 of C 144
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Audible click sound
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Replace EMS ECU main relay with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY OF EMS ECU MAIN RELAY SIGNAL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU wiring harness connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU main relay DISCONNECTED
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure voltage between pin 55 of C 8K and ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace EMS ECU main relay with a new one
•  If DTC still exists, Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Examine short circuit to battery of EMS ECU main relay signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_P064611ACRELAYSHORTCIRCUITTOGROUND-C28DC03014.html
11.118 P068573 — EMS ECU Main Relay Plausibility Diagnosis — Main Relay Stucked In Closed Position
11.118.1 EMS ECU MAIN RELAY
Main relay is located in the engine compartment fuse box . It controls the battery supply voltage to EMS ECU and many other actuators. Main relay is energized by EMS ECU after getting the ignition input.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU checks the main relay actuation time during initialization and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  Short circuit to ground detected in EMS ECU main relay control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD Lamp ON
•  Check Engine Lamp ON
•  No deviation in engine operation
•  EMS ECU never goes to sleep mode
•  Battery may drain due to continuous power supply
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Short circuit to ground in EMS ECU main relay control circuit
•  Faulty EMS ECU main relay
•  Faulty EMS ECU
•  This DTC’s may be viewed in the diagnostic tool in healed condition only
11.118.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
PKE VARIANTS
Graphic
NON-PKE VARIANTS
Graphic
11.118.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.118.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU K CONNECTOR
55
EMS ECU MAIN RELAY SIGNAL
C 144
BEC
161
CONTROL SIGNAL
11.118.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P068573 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.118.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.118.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK THE FUNCTIONING OF EMS ECU MAIN RELAY
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Ensure EMS ECU main relay is fixed properly in the connector of relay box
•  Disconnect EMS ECU main relay (R 14)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check the functioning of relay by supplying 12V to pin 157 of C 144 and ground to pin 161 of C 144
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Audible click sound
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Replace EMS ECU main relay with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND OF RELAY SIGNAL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Disconnect EMS ECU wiring harness connector (C 8K)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU main relay (R14)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure resistance between pin 55 of C 8K and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect EMS ECU failure
•  Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check and verify for any DTC
•  Examine short circuit to ground of EMS ECU main relay signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_P064611ACRELAYSHORTCIRCUITTOGROUND-C28DC03015.html
11.119 P007813 — Exhaust VVT Solenoid Valve Actuator— Open Circuit
11.119.1 VARIABLE CAM PHASER
Variable cam phaser manages the opening and closing of both intake and exhaust valves by rotating the camshaft slightly from its initial orientation, which results in the camshaft timing being advanced or retarded. Variable valve timing (VVT) system consists of solenoid proportional Oil Control Valve which is controlled by the duty cycle of EMS ECU. The control signal applied to the respective OCV solenoid regulates the oil pressure to the variable cam phaser (VVT actuator).
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  No malfunction detected by EMS ECU in the control circuit of variable cam phaser solenoid valve
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  Open circuit detected in Exhaust VVT solenoid valve control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Intake and exhaust VVT actuators deactivated
•  Engine speed is limited to 4000 rpm
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Open circuit in Exhaust VVT solenoid valve signal wire
•  Open circuit in Exhaust VVT solenoid valve supply wire
•  Faulty VVT actuator
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.119.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.119.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.119.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
4
CONTROL SIGNAL
C 10
VVT — EXHAUST
1
SUPPLY
2
CONTROL SIGNAL
11.119.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P007813 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.119.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.119.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK EXHAUST VVT SUPPLY WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Check condition of Fuse F2 (10A)
•  VVT exhaust connector (C 10) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 1 of C 10 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = Battery voltage
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the open circuit in VVT exhaust supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK EXHAUST VVT CONTROL SIGNAL WIRE OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  VVT exhaust connector (C 10) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure resistance between pin 4 of C 134A and pin 2 of C 10
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal short/open in exhaust variable cam phaser solenoid
•  Replace the VVT exhaust with a new one.
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the open circuit in VVT exhaust control signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_P064611ACRELAYSHORTCIRCUITTOGROUND-C28DC03016.html
11.120 P007513 — Intake VVT Solenoid Valve Actuator — Open Circuit
11.120.1 VARIABLE CAM PHASER
Variable cam phaser manages the opening and closing of both intake and exhaust valves by rotating the camshaft slightly from its initial orientation, which results in the camshaft timing being advanced or retarded. Variable valve timing (VVT) system consists of solenoid proportional Oil Control Valve which is controlled by the duty cycle of EMS ECU. The control signal applied to the respective OCV solenoid regulates the oil pressure to the variable cam phaser (VVT actuator).
.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  No malfunction detected by EMS ECU in the control circuit of variable cam phaser solenoid valve
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  Open circuit detected in intake VVT solenoid valve control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Intake and exhaust VVT actuators deactivated
•  Engine speed is limited to 4000 rpm
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Open circuit in intake VVT solenoid valve control circuit
•  Open circuit in intake VVT solenoid valve supply wire
•  Faulty intake VVT actuator
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.120.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.120.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.120.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
3
CONTROL SIGNAL
C 9
VVT — INTAKE
1
SUPPLY
2
CONTROL SIGNAL
11.120.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P007513 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.120.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.120.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK INTAKE VVT CONTROL SIGNAL WIRE OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  VVT intake connector (C 9) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure resistance between pin 3 of C 134A and pin 2 of C 9
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal short/open in intake variable cam phaser solenoid
•  Replace the VVT intake with a new one.
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the open circuit in VVT intake control signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_P064611ACRELAYSHORTCIRCUITTOGROUND-C28DC03017.html
11.121 P007900 — Exhaust VVT Solenoid Valve Actuator — Short Circuit To Ground
11.121.1 VARIABLE CAM PHASER
Variable cam phaser manages the opening and closing of both intake and exhaust valves by rotating the camshaft slightly from its initial orientation, which results in the camshaft timing being advanced or retarded.Variable valve timing (VVT) system consists of solenoid proportional Oil Control Valve which is controlled by the duty cycle of EMS ECU. The control signal applied to the respective OCV solenoid regulates the oil pressure to the variable cam phaser (VVT actuator).
.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  No malfunction detected by EMS ECU in the control circuit of variable cam phaser solenoid valve
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  Short circuit to ground detected in Exhaust VVT solenoid valve control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Intake and exhaust VVT actuators deactivated
•  Engine speed is limited to 4000 rpm
•  Exhaust VVT moves to fully open position resulting in idle instability and bad drivability
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Short circuit to ground in Exhaust VVT solenoid valve control circuit
•  Faulty VVT actuator
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.121.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.121.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.121.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
4
CONTROL SIGNAL
C 10
VVT — EXHAUST
1
SUPPLY
2
CONTROL SIGNAL
11.121.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P007900 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.121.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.121.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK EXHAUST VVT SUPPLY WIRE VOLTAGE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Check condition of Fuse F2 (10A)
•  VVT exhaust connector (C 10) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 1 of C 10 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = Battery voltage
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the open circuit or short to ground in VVT exhaust supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK EXHAUST VVT CONTROL SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  VVT exhaust connector (C 10) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 10 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal short/open in exhaust variable camphaser valve solenoid
•  Replace the VVT exhaust with a new one.
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short to ground in VVT exhaust control signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_P064611ACRELAYSHORTCIRCUITTOGROUND-C28DC03018.html
11.122 P007600 — Intake VVT Solenoid Valve Actuator — Short Circuit To Ground
11.122.1 VARIABLE CAM PHASER
Variable cam phaser manages the opening and closing of both intake and exhaust valves by rotating the camshaft slightly from its initial orientation, which results in the camshaft timing being advanced or retarded. Variable valve timing (VVT) system consists of solenoid proportional Oil Control Valve which is controlled by the duty cycle of EMS ECU. The control signal applied to the respective OCV solenoid regulates the oil pressure to the variable cam phaser (VVT actuator).
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  No malfunction detected by EMS ECU in the control circuit of intake variable cam phaser solenoid valve
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  Short circuit to ground detected in intake variable camphaser solenoid valve control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Intake and exhaust VVT actuators deactivated
•  Engine speed is limited to 4000 rpm
•  Intake VVT moves to fully open position resulting in idle instability and bad drivability
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Short circuit to ground in intake variable camphaser solenoid valve control circuit
•  Faulty intake variable camphaser actuator
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.122.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.122.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.122.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
3
CONTROL SIGNAL
C 9
VVT — INTAKE
1
SUPPLY
2
CONTROL SIGNAL
11.122.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P007600 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.122.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.122.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK INTAKE VVT SUPPLY WIRE VOLTAGE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Check condition of Fuse F2 (10A)
•  VVT intake connector (C 9) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 1 of C 9 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = Battery voltage
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the open circuit or short to ground in VVT intake supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK INTAKE VVT CONTROL SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Intake VVT connector (C 9) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 9 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal short/open in intake VVT solenoid
•  Replace the VVT intake with a new one.
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short to ground in VVT intake control signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_P064611ACRELAYSHORTCIRCUITTOGROUND-C28DC03019.html
11.123 P008000 — Exhaust VVT Solenoid Valve Actuator — Short Circuit To Battery
11.123.1 VARIABLE CAM PHASER
Variable cam phaser manages the opening and closing of both intake and exhaust valves by rotating the camshaft slightly from its initial orientation, which results in the camshaft timing being advanced or retarded. Variable valve timing (VVT) system consists of solenoid proportional Oil Control Valve which is controlled by the duty cycle of EMS ECU. The control signal applied to the respective OCV solenoid regulates the oil pressure to the variable cam phaser (VVT actuator).
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  No malfunction detected by EMS ECU in the control circuit of intake variable cam phaser solenoid valve
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  Short circuit to battery detected in Exhaust VVT solenoid valve control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Intake and exhaust VVT actuators deactivated
•  Engine speed is limited to 4000 rpm
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Short circuit to battery in Exhaust VVT solenoid valve control circuit
•  Faulty VVT actuator
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.123.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.123.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.123.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
8
CONTROL SIGNAL
C 10
VVT — EXHAUST
1
SUPPLY
2
CONTROL SIGNAL
11.123.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P008000 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.123.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.123.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK EXHAUST VVT CONTROL SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  VVT exhaust connector (C 10) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 2 of C 10 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal short/open in exhaust VVT solenoid
•  Replace the VVT exhaust with a new one.
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short to battery in exhaust VVT control signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_P064611ACRELAYSHORTCIRCUITTOGROUND-C28DC0302.html
11.106 P069600 — Intercooler Fan Relay — Short Circuit To Battery
11.106.1 INTERCOOLER FAN RELAY
The intercooler fan is controlled by EMS ECU to cool the charged air which passes through the intercooler.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  No malfunction detected by EMS ECU in the control circuit of intercooler fan relay
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  Short to positive detected in the control circuit of intercooler fan relay
DTC REACTIONS
•  Check Engine lamp ON
•  Intercooler fan will not work
•  Turbocharger protection active
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Intercooler fan relay control wire short circuit to positive
•  Faulty intercooler fan relay
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.106.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.106.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.106.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
28
INTERCOOLER RELAY SIGNAL
BEC
24
CONTROL SIGNAL
11.106.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P069600 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.106.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.106.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK THE FUNCTIONING OF INTERCOOLER FAN RELAY
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Ensure intercooler fan relay is fixed properly in the connector of relay box
•  Disconnect intercooler fan relay
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check the functioning of Intercooler fan relay by supplying 12V to pin 23 of C 144 and ground to pin 24 of C 144
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Audible click sound
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Replace intercooler fan relay with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY OF INTERCOOLER FAN RELAY CONTROL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Disconnect EMS ECU wiring harness connector (C 134A)
•  Disconnect intercooler fan relay (R6)
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure voltage between pin 28 of C 134A and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect EMS ECU failure
•  Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check and verify for any DTC
•  Examine short circuit to battery of intercooler fan relay control wire
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_P064611ACRELAYSHORTCIRCUITTOGROUND-C28DC03020.html
11.124 P007700 — Intake VVT Solenoid Valve Actuator — Short Circuit To Battery
11.124.1 VARIABLE CAM PHASER
Variable cam phaser manages the opening and closing of both intake and exhaust valves by rotating the camshaft slightly from its initial orientation, which results in the camshaft timing being advanced or retarded. Variable valve timing (VVT) system consists of solenoid proportional Oil Control Valve which is controlled by the duty cycle of EMS ECU. The control signal applied to the respective OCV solenoid regulates the oil pressure to the variable cam phaser (VVT actuator).
.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  No malfunction detected by EMS ECU in the control circuit of intake variable cam phaser solenoid valve
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  Short circuit to battery detected in intake VVT solenoid valve control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Intake and exhaust VVT actuators deactivated
•  Engine speed is limited to 4000 rpm
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Short circuit to battery in intake VVT solenoid valve control circuit
•  Faulty VVT actuator
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.124.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.124.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.124.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
3
CONTROL SIGNAL
C 9
VVT — INTAKE
1
SUPPLY
2
CONTROL SIGNAL
11.124.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P007700 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.124.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.124.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK INTAKE VVT CONTROL SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  VVT intake connector (C 9) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 2 of C 9 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal short/open in intake VVT solenoid
•  Replace the VVT exhaust with a new one.
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short to battery in intake VVT control signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_P064611ACRELAYSHORTCIRCUITTOGROUND-C28DC0303.html
11.107 P06DA00 — Variable Oil Pump Actuator — Open Circuit
11.107.1 VARIABLE OIL PUMP
Variable oil pump fitted on the engine oil sump consists of a solenoid which adjusts the amount of oil discharged and closes at a predetermined engine rpm. Variable oil pump actuator controls the discharge of variable oil pump as per the engine requirements.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  No malfunction detected by EMS ECU in the control circuit of variable pump actuator
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  Open circuit detected in the control circuit of Variable oil pump actuator
DTC REACTIONS
•  Check Engine lamp ON
•  Variable oil pump actuator control shutoff
•  Solenoid valve remains open
•  Variable oil Pump runs in low pressure mode
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Variable oil pump actuator signal wire open circuit
•  Faulty Variable oil pump
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.107.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.107.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.107.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
8
VARIABLE OIL PUMP SIGNAL
C 351
VARIABLE OIL PUMP ACTUATOR
1
SIGNAL
2
SUPPLY
11.107.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P06DA00 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.107.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.107.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK VARIABLE OIL PUMP ACTUATOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Check the condition of the Fuse F2 (10 A)
•  Variable Oil pump actuator connector (C 351) DISCONNECTED
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 2 of C 351 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = Battery voltage
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the open circuit in variable oil pump actuator supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK VARIABLE OIL PUMP ACTUATOR CONTROL SIGNAL WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Variable Oil Pump actuator connector (C 351) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 8 of C 134A and pin 1 of C 351
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect variable oil pump actuator failure
•  Replace the variable oil pump actuator with a new one.
•  If the DTC still present , replace EMS ECU with a new one.
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the open circuit in variable oil pump actuator control wire
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_P064611ACRELAYSHORTCIRCUITTOGROUND-C28DC0304.html
11.108 P06DB00 — Variable Oil Pump Actuator Control — Short Circuit To Ground
11.108.1 VARIABLE OIL PUMP
Variable oil pump fitted on the engine oil sump consists of a solenoid which adjusts the amount of oil discharged and closes at a predetermined engine rpm. Variable oil pump actuator controls the discharge of variable oil pump as per the engine requirements.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  No malfunction detected by EMS ECU in the control circuit of variable pump actuator
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  Short circuit to ground detected in the control circuit of Variable oil pump actuator
DTC REACTIONS
•  Check Engine lamp ON
•  Variable oil pump actuator control shutoff
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Fuse F27 (10A) blown (Incase of Supply wire short to ground)
•  Variable oil pump solenoid valve remains open — Pump runs in low pressure mode(Incase of Supply wire open)
•  Variable oil pump solenoid valve always closed — pump runs in high pressure mode (Incase of Signal wire short to ground)
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Variable oil pump actuator supply wire short circuit to ground
•  Variable oil pump actuator supply wire open
•  Variable oil pump actuator signal wire short circuit to ground
•  Faulty Variable oil pump
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.108.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.108.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.108.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
8
VARIABLE OIL PUMP SIGNAL
C 351
VARIABLE OIL PUMP ACTUATOR
1
SIGNAL
2
SUPPLY
11.108.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P06DB00 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.108.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.108.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK VARIABLE OIL PUMP ACTUATOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Variable Oil pump actuator connector (C 351) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 2 of C 351 and body ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = Battery voltage
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine open circuit or short to ground of variable oil pump actuator supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK VARIABLE OIL PUMP ACTUATOR SIGNAL WIRE SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Variable Oil pump actuator connector (C 351) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 351 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect variable oil pump actuator failure
•  Replace the variable oil pump actuator with a new one.
•  If the DTC still present , replace EMS ECU with a new one.
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to ground in variable oil pump actuator signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_P064611ACRELAYSHORTCIRCUITTOGROUND-C28DC0305.html
11.109 P06DC00 — Variable Oil Pump Actuator Control — Short Circuit To Positive
11.109.1 VARIABLE OIL PUMP
Variable oil pump fitted on the engine oil sump consists of a solenoid which adjusts the amount of oil discharged and closes at a predetermined engine rpm. Variable oil pump actuator controls the discharge of variable oil pump as per the engine requirements.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  No malfunction detected by EMS ECU in the control circuit of variable pump actuator
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  Short circuit to battery detected in Variable oil pump actuator control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  Check Engine lamp ON
•  Variable oil pump actuator control shutoff
•  Solenoid valve remains open
•  Variable oil Pump runs in low pressure mode
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Variable oil pump actuator control wire short circuit to battery
•  Faulty Variable oil pump
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.109.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.109.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.109.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
   
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
8
VARIABLE OIL PUMP SIGNAL
C 351
VARIABLE OIL PUMP ACTUATOR
1
SIGNAL
2
SUPPLY
11.109.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P06DC00 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.109.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.109.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– CHECK VARIABLE OIL PUMP ACTUATOR SIGNAL WIRE SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Variable Oil pump actuator connector (C 351) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 1 of C 351 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect variable oil pump actuator failure
•  Replace the variable oil pump actuator with a new one.
•  If the DTC still present , replace EMS ECU with a new one.
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to battery in variable oil pump actuator supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_P064611ACRELAYSHORTCIRCUITTOGROUND-C28DC0306.html
11.110 P229900 — Accelerator Pedal Sensor And Brake Switch Plausibility Error
11.110.1 ACCELERATOR PEDAL PLAUSIBILITY CHECK
EMS ECU checks the signal from accelerator pedal sensor for any plausibility error by comparing it with the brake switch signal. If the accelerator pedal and brake inputs are available at EMS ECU simultaneously, then a plausibility error is registered
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  No plausibility error detected between accelerator pedal and brake input
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine speed > 1000 rpm
•  Vehicle speed > 1 kmph
•  Accelerator pedal and brake inputs are available at EMS ECU simultaneously
•  Accelerator pedal stuck (more than 0%) and then brake pedal is pressed
DTC REACTIONS
•  Check Engine lamp ON
•  No accelerator pedal response
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Driver braking with foot on accelerator pedal
•  Improper mounting of accelerator pedal
•  Improper adjustment of brake switch
•  Sticky accelerator pedal
11.110.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P229900 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.110.3  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.110.4 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and navigate to EMS ECU > LIVE DATA
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Press and release the accelerator pedal & check the accelerator pedal travel (%)value in live data
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  When the accelerator pedal is released, Accelerator pedal position = 0%
•  When the accelerator pedal is fully pressed, Accelerator pedal position = 100 %
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Replace the accelerator pedal assembly with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – PERFORM BRAKE SWITCH ADJUSTMENT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Perform brake switch adjustment. For additional information, refer repair manual
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Brake switch adjustment completed successfully
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Check with the driver of the vehicle regarding driving pattern, inform driver to not press accelerator while pressing brake pedal. Proceed to next step if driver’s driving pattern is okay
•  Check and ensure proper mounting of accelerator and brake pedal assembly
•  Check the accelerator pedal for sticky operation. If found sticky, then replace the accelerator pedal assembly with a new one
•  Inspect the brake switch for sticky operation. If found sticky, replace the switch with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKliner for further assistance
•  Rectify the concern and complete brake switch adjustment
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_P064611ACRELAYSHORTCIRCUITTOGROUND-C28DC0307.html
11.111 P212300 —Accelerator Pedal Sensor 1 — Signal Voltage Above Maximum Limit (SCP)
11.111.1 ACCELERATOR PEDAL SENSOR
A potentiometer type accelerator pedal sensor is used in this vehicle. Accelerator pedal sensor send information about the accelerator pedal travel to EMS ECU. This is known as “drive-by-wire”. Accelerator pedal sensor assembly consists of 2 sensors inside, APP1 & APP2. A second (redundant) sensor is incorporated for diagnosis purpose and for use in case of malfunction
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  The measured output voltage value of the accelerator pedal module sensor 1 is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  The output voltage signal received from the accelerator pedal module sensor 1 is greater than 4.6 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine speed is limited to 2500 rpm
•  cruise control disabled
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  APP1 supply wire short circuit with battery supply
•  APP1 signal wire short circuit with battery supply
•  APP1 ground wire open
•  APP1 supply and signal wires short
•  Signal wires of APP1 & APP2 short
•  Signal wire of APP1 short circuit with supply wire of APP2
•  APP1 ground wire short circuit with battery supply
•  Faulty accelerator pedal module
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.111.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.111.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.111.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU K
24
APP1 SUPPLY
28
APP1 SIGNAL
29
APP1 GROUND
12
APP2 SUPPLY
34
APP2 SIGNAL
9
APP2 GROUND
C 86
APP1
1
SUPPLY
2
SIGNAL
3
GROUND
APP2
4
SUPPLY
5
SIGNAL
6
GROUND
11.111.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P212300 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.111.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.111.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK APP 1 SENSOR GROUND WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Accelerator pedal wiring harness connector (C 86) disconnected
•  EMS ECU connector (C 8K) disconnected
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 3 of C 86 & pin 29 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the open circuit of APP1 ground wire
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK FOR SHORT CIRCUIT BETWEEN APP1 SUPPLY & SIGNAL WIRES
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Accelerator pedal wiring harness connector (C 86) disconnected
•  EMS ECU connector (C 8K) disconnected
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 & pin 2 of C 86
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Examine short circuit between APP1 supply and signal wire
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK FOR SHORT CIRCUIT BETWEEN SIGNAL WIRES OF APP1 & APP2
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Accelerator pedal wiring harness connector (C 86) disconnected
•  EMS ECU connector (C 8) disconnected
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 & pin 5 of C 86
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Examine short circuit between the signal wires of APP1 & APP2
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4 – CHECK APP1 SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT WITH BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Accelerator pedal wiring harness connector (C 86) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 1 of C 86 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 5 ± 0.25 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Examine APP1 sensor supply wire for short circuit with battery supply
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 5 – CHECK APP1 SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT WITH BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Accelerator pedal wiring harness connector (C 86) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU wiring harness connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 2 of C 86 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 6
•  Examine APP1 sensor signal wire for short circuit with battery supply
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 6 – CHECK APP1 SENSOR GROUND WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT WITH BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Accelerator pedal wiring harness connector (C 86) DISCONNECTED
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 3 of C 86 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the accelerator pedal assembly with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, replace the EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check for any new DTCs
•  Examine APP1 sensor ground wire for short circuit with battery supply
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_P064611ACRELAYSHORTCIRCUITTOGROUND-C28DC0308.html
11.112 P212800 —Accelerator Pedal Sensor 2— Signal Voltage Above Maximum Limit (SCP)
11.112.1 ACCELERATOR PEDAL SENSOR
A potentiometer type accelerator pedal sensor is used in this vehicle. Accelerator pedal sensor send information about the accelerator pedal travel to EMS ECU. This is known as “drive-by-wire”. Accelerator pedal sensor assembly consists of 2 sensors inside, APP1 & APP2. A second (redundant) sensor is incorporated for diagnosis purpose and for use in case of malfunction
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  The measured output voltage value of the accelerator pedal module sensor 2 is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  The output voltage signal received from the accelerator pedal module sensor 2 is greater than 2.48 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine speed is limited to 2500 rpm
•  cruise control disabled
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  APP2 ground wire open
•  APP2 signal wire short with APP1 supply
•  APP2 supply and signal wires short
•  APP2 signal wire short circuit with battery supply
•  APP2 ground wire short circuit with battery supply
•  APP2 supply wire short circuit with battery supply
•  Faulty accelerator pedal module
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.112.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.112.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.112.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU K
24
APP1 SUPPLY
28
APP1 SIGNAL
29
APP1 GROUND
12
APP2 SUPPLY
34
APP2 SIGNAL
9
APP2 GROUND
C 86
APP1
1
SUPPLY
2
SIGNAL
3
GROUND
APP2
4
SUPPLY
5
SIGNAL
6
GROUND
11.112.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P212800 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.112.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.112.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK APP 2 SENSOR GROUND WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Accelerator pedal wiring harness connector (C 86) disconnected
•  EMS ECU connector (C 8K) disconnected
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 6 of C 86 & pin 9 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the open circuit of APP2 ground wire
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK FOR SHORT CIRCUIT BETWEEN APP2 SUPPLY & SIGNAL WIRES
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Accelerator pedal wiring harness connector (C 86) disconnected
•  EMS ECU connector (C 8K) disconnected
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 4 & pin 5 of C 86
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Examine short circuit between APP2 supply and signal wire
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK FOR SHORT CIRCUIT BETWEEN SIGNAL WIRES OF APP1 & APP2
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Accelerator pedal wiring harness connector (C 86) disconnected
•  EMS ECU connector (C 8K) disconnected
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 & pin 5 of C 86
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Examine short circuit between the signal wires of APP1 & APP2
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4 – CHECK APP2 SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT WITH BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Accelerator pedal wiring harness connector (C 86) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 4 of C 86 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 5 ± 0.25 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Examine APP2 sensor supply wire for short circuit with battery supply
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 5 – CHECK APP2 SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT WITH BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Accelerator pedal wiring harness connector (C 86) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU wiring harness connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 5 of C 86 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 6
•  Examine APP2 sensor signal wire for short circuit with battery supply
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 6 – CHECK APP2 SENSOR GROUND WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT WITH BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Accelerator pedal wiring harness connector (C 86) DISCONNECTED
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 6 of C 86 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the accelerator pedal assembly with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, replace the EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check for any new DTCs
•  Examine APP2 sensor ground wire for short circuit with battery supply
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_P064611ACRELAYSHORTCIRCUITTOGROUND-C28DC0309.html
11.113 P212200 —Accelerator Pedal Sensor 1 — Signal Voltage Below Minimum Limit (OC/SCG)
11.113.1 ACCELERATOR PEDAL SENSOR
A potentiometer type accelerator pedal sensor is used in this vehicle. Accelerator pedal sensor send information about the accelerator pedal travel to EMS ECU. This is known as “drive-by-wire”. Accelerator pedal sensor assembly consists of 2 sensors inside, APP1 & APP2. A second (redundant) sensor is incorporated for diagnosis purpose and for use in case of malfunction
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  The measured output voltage value of the accelerator pedal module sensor 1 is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  The output voltage signal received from the accelerator pedal module sensor 2 is lesser than 0.44 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine speed is limited to 2500 rpm
•  cruise control disabled
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  APP1 supply wire open
•  APP1 signal wire open
•  APP1 supply wire short circuit with ground
•  APP1 signal wire short to ground
•  Faulty accelerator pedal module
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.113.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.113.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.113.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU K
24
APP1 SUPPLY
28
APP1 SIGNAL
29
APP1 GROUND
12
APP2 SUPPLY
34
APP2 SIGNAL
9
APP2 GROUND
C 86
APP1
1
SUPPLY
2
SIGNAL
3
GROUND
APP2
4
SUPPLY
5
SIGNAL
6
GROUND
11.113.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P212200 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.113.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.113.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – MEASURE APP 1 SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE VOLTAGE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Accelerator pedal wiring harness connector (C 86) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 1 of C 86 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 5 ± 0.25 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  GO TO STEP 2
STEP 2 – CHECK APP1 SUPPLY WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Accelerator pedal wiring harness connector (C 86) DISCONNECTED
•  Disconnect the EMS ECU connector (C 8k)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 86 and pin 24 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Suspect open circuit in APP1 supply wire
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK APP1 SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT WITH GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Accelerator pedal wiring harness connector (C 86) DISCONNECTED
•  Disconnect the EMS ECU connector (C 8K)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 86 and battery ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 & pin 3 of C 86
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 & pin 6 of C 86
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Suspect APP1 supply wire for short circuit with ground
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4 – CHECK APP1 SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Accelerator pedal wiring harness connector (C 86) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU wiring harness connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 86 and pin 28 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance <1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Examine for open circuit in APP1 sensor signal wire
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 5 – CHECK SHORT TO GROUND OF APP1 SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Accelerator pedal wiring harness connector (C 86) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU wiring harness connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 86 and battery ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 & pin 3 of C 86
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 & pin 6 of C 86
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the accelerator pedal sensor with a new one
•  Clear and verify the DTC
•  If the DTC is still present, replace the EMS ECU with a new one if the DTC is still present
•  Check for any new DTCs
•  Examine the short circuit of APP1 sensor signal wire with ground
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_P064712ACRELAYSHORTCIRCUITTOBATTERY-FC62C54F.html
11.3 P06A200 — AC Compressor Relay — Short Circuit To Battery
11.3.1 AC COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
The AC compressor is controlled by the EMS ECU with the feedback of the temperature sensing unit in the HVAC system and pressure sensor measuring the pressure of the refrigerant flow in the air conditioning circuit. The EMS monitor the status of compressor clutch relay actuator for monitoring hardware errors such as short circuit to battery, short circuit to ground and open load
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage between 9 to 16 V
•  EMS ECU switches ON the compressor once it receives AC switch ON signal
•  No malfunction detected by EMS ECU in the AC compressor power circuit
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage between 9 to 16 V
•  Short circuit to battery detected in AC compressor relay control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  A/C compressor always disengaged
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Short circuit to battery in AC compressor relay signal wire
•  Faulty AC compressor relay
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.3.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.3.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
11.3.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
 
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU CONNECTOR
52
AC COMPRESSOR RELAY SIGNAL
11.3.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P06A200 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.3.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.3.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY OF AC COMPRESSOR RELAY SIGNAL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU wiring harness connector (C 8) DISCONNECTED
•  AC compressor relay DISCONNECTED
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure voltage between pin 52 of C 8 and ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace AC compressor relay with a new one
•  If DTC still exists, Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Examine short circuit to battery of AC compressor relay signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_P124FDFCISSETIFTHEBATTERYVOLTAGEEXC-96487C0E.html
11.140 P056200 — Battery Voltage Below Minimum Limit (Index 0)
11.140.1 BATTERY
EMS ECU continuously monitors the battery voltage. The normal operating voltage for EMS ECU is 9 – 16 V. If the voltage via main relay is lesser than the valid range, then this DTC gets registered.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU receives a supply voltage between 9 – 16 V
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  The main relay supply voltage to EMS ECU is less than 9V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Check engine lamp ON
•  Prolonged engine cranking
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Faulty battery
•  Faulty charging system
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.140.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
PKE VARIANTS
Graphic
NON-PKE VARIANTS
Graphic
11.140.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
11.140.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
 
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU K
86
BATTERY
3
MAIN RELAY POWER 1
5
MAIN RELAY POWER 2
6
MAIN RELAY POWER 3
50
IGNITION
1
GROUND
2
GROUND 1
4
GROUND 2
11.140.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record DTC with freeze frame, environmental data and clear
•  Run the vehicle for 3 driving cycles
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P056200 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.140.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.140.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between battery positive and battery negative post
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 12 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Charge or replace the battery
•  Check and confirm the proper functioning of charging system
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN EMS ECU SUPPLY WIRES FOR SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery negative & positive terminals
•  Fuses F6 (5A), F20 (40A), F1 (30) are OK
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 8K)
•  Remove EMS ECU main relay
•  Disconnect ignition switch connector (C 102)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between 6 of C 8K & battery ground
•  Measure the resistance between 5 of C 8K & battery ground
•  Measure the resistance between 3 of C 8K & battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Examine short circuit in EMS ECU relay supply wires
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT OF EMS ECU GROUND WIRES
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 8K)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 8K and ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 8K and ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 4 of C 8K and ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check and verify for any new DTC
•  Examine the open circuit of EMS ECU ground wires
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_P124FDFCISSETIFTHEBATTERYVOLTAGEEXC-96487C0E1.html
11.141 P056201 — Battery Voltage Below Minimum Limit (Index 1)
11.141.1 BATTERY
EMS ECU continuously monitors the battery voltage. The normal operating voltage for EMS ECU is 9 – 16 V. If the voltage via ignition supply is lesser than the valid range, then DTC gets registered.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU receives a supply voltage between 9 – 16 V
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  The Ignition supply voltage to EMS ECU is less than 9V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Prolonged engine cranking
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Faulty battery
•  Faulty charging system
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.141.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
PKE VARIANTS
Graphic
NON-PKE VARIANTS
Graphic
11.141.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
11.141.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
 
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU K
86
BATTERY
3
MAIN RELAY POWER 1
5
MAIN RELAY POWER 2
6
MAIN RELAY POWER 3
50
IGNITION
1
GROUND
2
GROUND 1
4
GROUND 2
11.141.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record DTC with freeze frame, environmental data and clear
•  Run the vehicle for 3 driving cycles
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P056200 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.141.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.141.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between battery positive and battery negative post
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 12 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Charge or replace the battery
•  Check and confirm the proper functioning of charging system
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN EMS ECU IGNITION SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery negative & positive terminals
•  Fuses F46 (5A), F35(10A), F42 (60A), F27 (10A)are OK
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 8K)
•  Remove EMS ECU main relay
•  Disconnect ignition switch connector (C 102)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between 50 of C 8K & battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Examine short circuit in EMS ECU ignition supply wires
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT OF EMS ECU GROUND WIRES
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 8)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 8K and ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 8K and ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 4 of C 8K and ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check and verify for any new DTC
•  Examine the open circuit of EMS ECU ground wires
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_P2300-00CYLINDER1IGNITIONCOILSHORTC-4BFF47F5.html
11.25 P230000—Cylinder 1 Ignition Coil — Short Circuit To Ground
11.25.1 IGNITION COIL
Ignition coil is an induction coil that transforms the battery’s voltage to thousands of voltage to create an electric spark in the spark plug to ignite the fuel
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running
•  The control signal of the ignition coil 1 is monitored and is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine is running
•  Ignition activated
•  Short to ground detected in Ignition coil 1 control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Ignition Coil at Cylinder 1 disabled
•  Fuel injection at Cylinder 1 inhibited
•  Misfire detection inhibited
•  lambda adaptation inhibited
•  Catalyst and Lambda monitoring inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Ignition coil 1 signal wire short circuit to ground
•  Faulty Ignition coil 1
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.25.1.1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.25.2 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.25.3 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU
93
SIGNAL
C 11_1
IGNITION COIL 1
2
GROUND
1
SUPPLY
3
SIGNAL
11.25.4 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the i-SMART diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if P230000 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.25.5  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.25.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK IGNITION COIL 1 SIGNAL WIRE FOR SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Check condition of Ignition coil 1 connector for proper fixing
•  Ignition coil 1 wiring harness connector (C 11_1) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 3 of C 11_1 and ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance= ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of ignition coil
•  Replace Ignition coil 1 with a new one
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine short to ground of ignition coil 1 signal circuit
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_U100100MESSAGETIMEOUT-EMS-3B9B3D59.html
12.39 U100400 — MBFM Message Timeout Error
12.39.1 MBFM MESSAGE TIME OUT
EMS ECU monitor the inter-message time period between the sequential reception of each non key message from the MBFM . If there is a time out for non key message, MBFM time out is registered.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Non key messages are received by respective ECUs within the programmed time limit
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Non key messages are not received by respective ECUs within the specified time limit
DTC REACTIONS
•  Nil
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent.
•  Ignition cycle. Fault will be healed, 30 seconds after ignition cycle reset
•  Loose connection on connectors
•  CAN wires faulty
•  MBFM faulty or incorrect dataset
12.39.2  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Loosened connectors
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.39.3 DTC CHECKING & DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CLEAR THE DTC
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF and then ON, wait for 30 seconds.
•  Connect diagnostic tool and navigate to EMS ECU
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Try to clear the DTC using diagnostic tool
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  DTC cleared
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Diagnostics completed ( System OK)
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure the DTC is not re-appearing
•  Examine correct installation of MBFM and EMS ECU connectors and cables. Correct if found faulty
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still not getting cleared, Connect diagnostic tool and verify the DATASET ID and model codes are correct in MBFM & EMS ECU. For additional information contact the respective TEKliner.
•  Flash the ECUs with correct DATASET if found in-correct.
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, check CAN line for faulty. Rectify the issue in CAN if found any
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Replace the MBFM if the same DTC is present in other ECU’s also
•  Replace the EMS ECU if this DTC is present only in EMS ECU
File: null_U100200ATTCUMessageTimeout-04CB5AD5.html
12.40 U100200 — AT TCU Message Timeout
12.40.1 CAN MESSAGE TIME-OUT
EMS ECU monitor the inter-message time period between the sequential reception of each non key message from the AT TCU. If there is a time out for non key message, AT TCU time out is registered.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU monitors the CAN message from AT TCU
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU does not receive the non-key message from AT TCU
DTC REACTIONS
•  ACC disabled
HEALING CONDITION
•  DTC will heal after fault absent
•  Loose connection on connectors
•  CAN wires faulty
•  AT TCU faulty or incorrect dataset
12.40.2  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Loosened connectors
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.40.3 DTC CHECKING & DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CLEAR THE DTC
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF and then ON, wait for 30 seconds.
•  Connect diagnostic tool and navigate to EMS ECU
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Try to clear the DTC using diagnostic tool
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  DTC cleared
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Diagnostics completed ( System OK)
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure the DTC is not re-appearing
•  Examine correct installation of AT TCU and EMS ECU connectors and cables. Correct if found faulty
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still not getting cleared, Connect diagnostic tool and verify the DATASET ID and model codes are correct in AT TCU & EMS ECU. For additional information contact the respective TEKliner.
•  Flash the ECUs with correct DATASET if found in-correct.
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, check CAN line for faulty. Rectify the issue in CAN if found any
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Replace the AT TCU if the same DTC is present in other ECU’s also
•  Replace the EMS ECU if this DTC is present only in EMS ECU
File: null_U100200ATTCUMessageTimeout-04CB5AD51.html
12.41 U101300 — DATC/ETC Message Timeout
12.41.1 CAN MESSAGE TIME-OUT
EMS ECU monitor the inter-message time period between the sequential reception of each non key message from the DATC/ETC ECU. If there is a time out for non key message, DATC/ETC ECU time out is registered.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU monitors the CAN message from DATC/ETC ECU
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU does not receive the non-key message from DATC/ETC ECU
DTC REACTIONS
•  ACC disabled
HEALING CONDITION
•  DTC will heal after fault absent
•  Loose connection on connectors
•  CAN wires faulty
•  DATC/ETC ECU faulty or incorrect dataset
12.41.2  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Loosened connectors
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.41.3 DTC CHECKING & DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CLEAR THE DTC
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF and then ON, wait for 30 seconds.
•  Connect diagnostic tool and navigate to EMS ECU
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Try to clear the DTC using diagnostic tool
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  DTC cleared
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Diagnostics completed ( System OK)
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure the DTC is not re-appearing
•  Examine correct installation of DATC/ETC ECU and EMS ECU connectors and cables. Correct if found faulty
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still not getting cleared, Connect diagnostic tool and verify the DATASET ID and model codes are correct in DATC/ETC ECU & EMS ECU. For additional information contact the respective TEKline.
•  Flash the ECUs with correct DATASET if found in-correct.
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, check CAN line for faulty. Rectify the issue in CAN if found any
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Replace the DATC/ETC ECU if the same DTC is present in other ECU’s also
•  Replace the EMS ECU if this DTC is present only in EMS ECU
File: null_U100200ATTCUMessageTimeout-04CB5AD52.html
12.42 U111000 — EPS SAS1 Message Timeout Error
12.42.1 CAN MESSAGE TIME-OUT
EMS ECU monitor the inter-message time period between the sequential reception of each non key message from the EPS ECU. If there is a time out for non key message, EPS ECU time out is registered.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU monitors the CAN message from EPS ECU
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU does not receive the non-key message from EPS ECU
DTC REACTIONS
•  ACC disabled
HEALING CONDITION
•  DTC will heal after fault absent
•  Loose connection on connectors
•  Faulty Steering Angle Sensor
•  CAN wires faulty
•  EPS ECU faulty or incorrect dataset
12.42.2  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Loosened connectors
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.42.3 DTC CHECKING & DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CLEAR THE DTC
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF and then ON, wait for 30 seconds.
•  Connect diagnostic tool and navigate to EMS ECU
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Try to clear the DTC using diagnostic tool
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  DTC cleared
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Diagnostics completed ( System OK)
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure the DTC is not re-appearing
•  Examine correct installation of EPS ECU and EMS ECU connectors and cables. Correct if found faulty
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still not getting cleared, Connect diagnostic tool and verify the DATASET ID and model codes are correct in EPS ECU & EMS ECU. For additional information contact the respective TEKline.
•  Flash the ECUs with correct DATASET if found in-correct.
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, check CAN line for faulty. Rectify the issue in CAN if found any
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Replace the EPS ECU if the same DTC is present in other ECU’s also
•  Replace the EMS ECU if this DTC is present only in EMS ECU
File: null_U100300ABSESPMessageTimeout-04CBA9DC.html
12.37 U100300 — ABS/ESP Message Timeout
12.37.1 ESP MESSAGE TIME OUT
EMS ECU monitors inter-message time period between the sequential reception of each non key message from ESP EHCU. If there is a time-out of the non key message, ESP EHCU message time-out DTC is registered.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Non key messages are received by respective ECUs within the programmed time limit
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Non key messages are not received by respective ECUs within the specified time limit
DTC REACTIONS
•  Nil
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent.
•  Ignition cycle. Fault will be healed, 30 seconds after ignition cycle reset
•  Loose connection on connectors
•  CAN wires faulty
•  ESP EHCU faulty or incorrect dataset
12.37.2  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Loosened connectors
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.37.3 DTC CHECKING & DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CLEAR THE DTC
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF and then ON, wait for 30 seconds.
•  Connect diagnostic tool and navigate to EMS ECU
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Try to clear the DTC using diagnostic tool
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  DTC cleared
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Diagnostics completed ( System OK)
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure the DTC is not re-appearing
•  Examine correct installation of ESP EHCU and EMS ECU connectors and cables. Correct if found faulty
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still not getting cleared, Connect diagnostic tool and verify the DATASET ID and model codes are correct in ESP EHCU & EMS ECU. For additional information contact the respective TEKliner.
•  Flash the ECUs with correct DATASET if found in-correct.
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, check CAN line for faulty. Rectify the issue in CAN if found any
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Replace the ESP EHCU if the same DTC is present in other ECU’s also
•  Replace the EMS ECU if this DTC is present only in EMS ECU
File: null_U100500SilverBoxMessageTimeout-04CCE487.html
12.38 U100500 — Silver Box Message Timeout Error
12.38.1 SILVER BOX MESSAGE TIME OUT
EMS ECU monitors inter-message time period between the sequential reception of each non key message from Silver Box. If there is a time-out of the non key message, Silver Box message time-out DTC is registered.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Non key messages are received by respective ECUs within the programmed time limit
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Non key messages are not received by respective ECUs within the specified time limit
DTC REACTIONS
•  Nil
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent.
•  Ignition cycle. Fault will be healed, 30 seconds after ignition cycle reset
•  Loose connection on connectors
•  CAN wires faulty
•  Silver Box faulty or incorrect dataset
12.38.2  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Loosened connectors
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.38.3 DTC CHECKING & DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CLEAR THE DTC
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF and then ON, wait for 30 seconds.
•  Connect diagnostic tool and navigate to Silver Box
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Try to clear the DTC using diagnostic tool
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  DTC cleared
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Diagnostics completed ( System OK)
•  Drive the vehicle for a few kilometers and ensure the DTC is not re-appearing
•  Examine correct installation of Silver Box and EMS ECU connectors and cables. Correct if found faulty
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still not getting cleared, Connect diagnostic tool and verify the DATASET ID and model codes are correct in Silver Box & EMS ECU. For additional information contact the respective TEKliner.
•  Flash the ECUs with correct DATASET if found in-correct.
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, check CAN line for faulty. Rectify the issue in CAN if found any
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Replace the Silver Box if the same DTC is present in other ECU’s also
•  Replace the EMS ECU if this DTC is present only in EMS ECU
File: null_U110200TCU5-NODEABSENTERROR-48D6D350.html
12.5 U110200 — AT TCU Node Absent
12.5.1 TCU/AMT NODE ABSENT
ECUs monitor the presence of AT TCU in the network by monitoring the key message from the AT TCU. If there is a time out of this key message, it is meant that the AT TCU who transmits the key message is absent.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9.5V - 15.5 V
•  Key message received within the calibrated time period
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9.5V - 15.5 V
•  Time out on the Key message
DTC REACTIONS
•  Nil
HEALING CONDITION
•  Key message received within the calibrated time period
•  Fault will be healed, 30 seconds after ignition cycle reset
•  Flashing error
•  Incorrect/absent variant code
•  Open CAN wires
•  Open/short AT TCU ignition power supply
•  Open/short AT TCU battery power wire
•  Open AT TCU ground
•  Malfunctioning AT TCU
12.5.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
12.5.3 AT TCU POWER SUPPLY
VEHICLES WITH — PKE
Graphic
VEHICLES WITHOUT — PKE
Graphic
12.5.4 POWER TRAIN CAN LAYOUT
MGM VEHICLES
GASOLINE
Graphic
NON MGM VEHICLES
Graphic
12.5.5 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
12.5.6 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 169
AT TCU
11
IGNITION SUPPLY
1
BATTERY SUPPLY
6
CAN LOW
14
CAN HIGH
9
GROUND
C 8K
EMS ECU
76
CAN LOW
75
CAN HIGH
12.5.7 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  continue with diagnostic procedure if U110200 is still present
12.5.8  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
•  If the DTC appears in the HEALED state immediately after flashing AT TCU. Clear the DTCs registered in EMS ECU
•  If the DTC appears in the PRESENT state immediately after flashing EMS ECU, re-flash the EMS ECU using latest Flashing tool
•  If the DTC is still present, follow the diagnostic procedure as below

Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.5.9 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK CONNECTIVITY OF AT TCU WITH THE DIAGNOSTIC TOOL
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and check communication with AT TCU
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Communication should happen
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  GO TO STEP 3
STEP 2 – CHECK IF AT TCU NODE ABSENT DTC IS PRESENT IN OTHER ECUs
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and check if DTC U110200 is present in other ECUs
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  DTC is not present in other ECUs
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Flash the EMS ECU with the latest flashing tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Flash the AT TCU with the latest flashing tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK AT TCU IGNITION SUPPLY & BATTERY SUPPLY WIRES FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Battery negative and positive terminals disconnected
•  Check and ensure fuses F45 (5A), F35 (10A), F11 (15A),are OK
•  Disconnect AT TCU connector (C 169)
•  Disconnect connector (C 72_H)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 11 of C 169 & pin B2 of C72_H
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 169 & disconnected battery positive terminal
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Examine open circuit in AT TCU ignition/ battery supply wires
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4 – CHECK SILVER BOX IGNITION SUPPLY WIRE & BATTERY SUPPLY WIRES FOR SHORT CIRCUIT WITH GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Battery negative and positive terminals disconnected
•  Check and ensure fuses F45 (5A), F35 (10A), F11 (15A),are OK
•  Disconnect AT TCU connector (C 169)
•  Disconnect connector (C 72_H)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 11 of C 169 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 169 & ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Examine AT TCU ignition/battery supply wires for short circuit with ground
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 5 – CHECK AT TCU GROUND WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition turned OFF
•  Disconnect AT TCU connector (C 169)
•  Disconnect ground terminal (G 8_1)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 9 of C 169 & G 8_1
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 6 — for vehicles without MGM
•  GO TO STEP 8 — for vehicles with MGM
•  Examine open circuit in AT TCU ground wires
•  Identify and replace the defective wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 6 – CHECK RESISTANCE BETWEEN CAN LOW AND CAN HIGH OF EMS ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Check and ensure variant / feature code is written in the ECU
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Disconnect connector (C 8K)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 75 & pin 76 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60 ± 10Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 7
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Check for loose EMS ECU & AT TCU connectors
•  Check AT TCU & EMS ECU pins for any damage
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Check for AT TCU node absent DTC in other ECUs
•  Replace the EMS ECU if the DTC is still present only in EMS ECU
STEP 7 – CHECK CAN HIGH AND LOW CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN EMS ECU & AT TCU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Disconnect AT TCU connector (C 169)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 8K)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 14 of C 169 & pin 75 of C 8K
•  Measure the resistance between pin 6 of C 169 & pin 76 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Replace the IP fuse box with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, replace the ECU based on notice provided below
•  If the DTC is present in other ECUs also, then replace the AT TCU with a new one
•  Replace the EMS ECU if the DTC is still present only in EMS ECU
•  Examine open circuit in CAN wires between AT TCU & EMS ECU
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 8 – CHECK CAN HIGH AND LOW RESISTANCE AT TCU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Disconnect AT TCU connector (C 169)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 14 & 6 of C 169
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60±10 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 9
•  Examine power train CAN BUS connectors & inter-connectors for loose connection
•  Examine power train CAN BUS connector, inter-connector & ECUs for pin damage and back-out
STEP 9 – CHECK CAN HIGH AND LOW CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN AT TCU & EMS ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Disconnect AT TCU connector (C 169)
•  Disconnect connector (C 8K)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 14 of C 169 & pin 75 of C 8K
•  Measure the resistance between pin 6 of C 169 & pin 76 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Replace the IP fuse box with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, replace the ECU based on notice provided below
•  If the DTC is present in other ECUs also, then replace the AT TCU with a new one
•  Replace the EMS ECU if the DTC is still present only in EMS ECU
•  Examine open circuit in CAN wires between AT TCU & EMS ECU
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_U110300ABSESPNodeAbsent-04CB0EA4.html
12.6 U110300 — ABS/ESP Node Absent
12.6.1 CAN NODE ABSENT
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU monitors the periodic CAN messages from the ABS/ESP EHCU
•  EMS ECU receives periodic CAN messages from the ABS/ESP EHCU
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU does not receive any periodic CAN messages from the ABS/ESP EHCU
DTC REACTIONS
•  ABS/ESP lamp ON in Instrument Cluster
•  ABS/ESP will not function
•  Vehicle speed will not be displayed in cluster
•  Torque limitation active
•  ACC disabled
HEALING CONDITION
•  DTC will heal after fault absent
•  Open circuit in vehicle CAN high or CAN low wires
•  Open circuit in ABS/ESP EHCU supply
•  Open circuit in ABS/ESP EHCU ground
•  Faulty ABS/ESP EHCU
12.6.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
Graphic
12.6.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
12.6.4 CONNECTOR VIEW & INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 578
ABS/ESP EHCU
1
BATTERY SUPPLY
30
BATTERY SUPPLY
36
IGNITION SUPPLY
5
CAN HIGH
19
CAN LOW
14
GROUND
46
GROUND
C 8K
EMS ECU K
76
CAN LOW
75
CAN HIGH
12.6.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  If the DTC appears in the HEALED state immediately after flashing ABS/ESP. Clear the DTCs registered in EMS ECU
•  If the DTC appears in the PRESENT state immediately after flashing EMS ECU, re-flash the EMS ECU using latest i-FLASH
•  If the DTC is still present, check for intermittent problems and follow the diagnostic procedure as below
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record DTC with freeze frame, environmental data and clear
•  Turn OFF ignition, then turn ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if U110300 is present
12.6.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.6.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK CONNECTIVITY OF ABS/ESP WITH DIAGNOSTIC TOOL
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Connect the i-SMART and check communication with ABS/ESP
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  i-SMART should connect with ABS/ESP
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  GO TO STEP 3
STEP 2 – CHECK IF ABS/ESP NODE ABSENT (U110300) IS PRESENT IN OTHER ECUs
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Connect the i-SMART and check if U110300 is present in other ECUs
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  DTC is not present in other ECUs
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Flash the EMS ECU with the latest i-FLASH
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Flash ABS/ESP with the latest i-FLASH
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK ABS/ESP SUPPLY VOLTAGE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Check the condition of the following fuses
–  40A fuse F18
–  40A fuse F16
•  ABS/ESP wiring harness connector (C 578) DISCONNECTED
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 1 of C 578 and ground
•  Measure the voltage between pin 30 of C 578 and ground
•  Measure the voltage between pin 36 of C 578 and ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = V Batt
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Suspect short to ground or open circuit of ABS/ESP supply wires
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4 – CHECK ABS/ESP GROUND WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  ABS/ESP wiring harness connector (C 578) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 14 of C 578 and ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 46 of C 578 and ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Suspect open circuit of ABS/ESP ground wire
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 5 – CHECK RESISTANCE BETWEEN ABS/ESP CAN HIGH AND CAN LOW
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  ABS/ESP wiring harness connector (C 578) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 19 and 5 of C 578
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60±5Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If DTC still exists, suspect faulty ABS/ESP EHCU
•  Replace the ABS/ESP EHCU with a new one
•  Check if you are able to connect to EMS ECU using i-SMART
•  GO TO STEP 6
STEP 6 – CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN CAN HIGH & CAN LOW BETWEEN EMS ECU & ABS/ESP EHCU
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU wiring harness connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
•  ABS/ESP EHCU wiring harness connector (C 578) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 75 of C 8K and pin 5 of C 578
•  Measure the resistance between pin 76 of C 8K and pin 19 of C 578
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect EMS ECU failure
•  Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Examine the open circuit of CAN HIGH/LOW wires between EMS ECU & ABS/ESP EHCU
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_U110400NODEABSENT-MBFM-3B9B4E21.html
12.3 U110400 — MBFM Node Absent
12.3.1 MBFM NODE ABSENT
All ECUs monitor presence of MBFM in the network by monitoring key message from MBFM. If there is a time out of this key message, it is meant that the MBFM transmitting key message is absent.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9.5V - 15.5 V
•  All ECUs in the network receive their respective key messages from MBFM through CAN in the calibrated time
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9.5V - 15.5 V
•  MBFM Key message not received by EMS ECU within the calibrated time limit (1 second)
DTC REACTIONS
•  Nil
HEALING CONDITION
•  MBFM key message is received by EMS ECU within the calibrated time limit
•  Flashing error
•  Incorrect/absent Variant code
•  Open CAN wires
•  Open/Short MBFM ignition power supply
•  Open/Short MBFM battery power wire
•  Open MBFM ground wires
•  Faulty MGM
•  Malfunctioning MBFM
12.3.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
12.3.2.1 MBFM POWER SUPPLY
VEHICLES WITH — PKE





Graphic
VEHICLES WITHOUT — PKE
Graphic
12.3.3 POWER TRAIN CAN LAYOUT
GASOLINE VEHICLES WITH MGM
Graphic
NON MGM VEHICLES
Graphic
12.3.4 BODY CAN LAYOUT
Graphic
12.3.5 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
12.3.6 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 123
MBFM
16
IGNITION SUPPLY
C 316
MBFM
1
GROUND 3
8
BATTERY 1
3
BATTERY 3
4
BATTERY 2
C 120
MBFM
9
BATTERY 4
1
BATTERY 5
3
GROUND 1
5
GROUND 2
C 122
MBFM
52
CAN HIGH
51
CAN LOW
C 608
MBFM
8
CAN HIGH
7
CAN LOW
C 8K
EMS ECU
75
CAN HIGH
76
CAN LOW
C 554
MGM
5
CAN HIGH
6
CAN LOW
12.3.7 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  If the DTC appears in the HEALED state immediately after flashing MBFM. Clear the DTC’s registered in EMS ECU
•  If the DTC appears in the PRESENT state immediately after flashing EMS ECU, re-flash the EMS ECU using latest Flashing tool
•  If the DTC is still present, follow the diagnostic procedure as below
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Check if U110400 is still present
•  If DTC still present, continue with diagnostic procedure.
12.3.8  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.3.9 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
•  Check for BODY CAN BUS OFF DTC in MGM. If this DTC is present in current/healed state, then follow the diagnostic procedure for BODY CAN BUS OFF DTC before proceeding further
•  If MGM node absent DTC “U114D00” is present inside the EMS ECU in healed or other state, then follow the diagnostic procedure for MGM node absent before proceeding with the below steps
•  If DTC “U114D00” is found inside EMS ECU, then check for intermittent problems
STEP 1 – CHECK CONNECTIVITY OF MBFM WITH THE DIAGNOSTIC TOOL
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and check communication with MBFM
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Communication should happen
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  GO TO STEP 3
STEP 2 – CHECK IF MBFM NODE ABSENT DTC IS PRESENT IN OTHER ECUs
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and check if DTC U110400 is present in other ECUs
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  DTC is not present in other ECUs
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Flash the EMS ECU with the latest flashing tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Flash the MBFM with the latest flashing tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK MBFM IGNITION SUPPLY & BATTERY SUPPLY WIRES FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Battery negative and positive terminals disconnected
•  Check and ensure fuses F22 (5A), F42 (60A), F43 (60A), F39 (60A), F41 (60A), F16 (25A), F51 (25A), F17 (30A) F23 (20A), F15 (15A), F27 (10A) are OK
•  Disconnect MBFM connectors (C 123, C 316, C 120 & C 122)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 16 of C 123 & pin A2 of C72_E
•  Measure the resistance between pin 8 of C 316 & disconnected battery positive terminal
•  Measure the resistance between pin 3 of C 316 & disconnected battery positive terminal
•  Measure the resistance between pin 4 of C 316 & disconnected battery positive terminal
•  Measure the resistance between pin 9 of C 120 & disconnected battery positive terminal
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 120 & disconnected battery positive terminal
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Examine open circuit in MBFM ignition/ battery supply wires
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4 – CHECK MBFM IGNITION SUPPLY WIRE & BATTERY SUPPLY WIRES FOR SHORT CIRCUIT WITH GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Battery negative and positive terminals disconnected
•  Check and ensure fuses F22 (5A), F42 (60A), F43 (60A), F39 (60A), F41 (60A), F16 (25A), F51 (25A), F17 (30A) F23 (20A), F15 (15A), F27 (10A) are OK
•  Disconnect MBFM connectors (C 123, C 316, C 120 & C 122)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 16 of C 123 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 8 of C 316 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 3 of C 316 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 4 of C 316 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 9 of C 120 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 120 & ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Examine MBFM ignition/battery supply wires for short circuit with ground
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 5 – CHECK MBFM GROUND WIRES FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  turn the Ignition OFF
•  Disconnect MBFM connectors (C 316 & C 120)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 316 & G 26
•  Measure the resistance between pin 3 of C 120 & G 24
•  Measure the resistance between pin 5 of C 120 & G 24
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 6 — for vehicle without MGM
•  GO TO STEP 8 — for vehicle with MGM
•  Examine open circuit in MBFM ground wires
•  Identify and replace the defective wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 6 – CHECK RESISTANCE BETWEEN CAN LOW AND CAN HIGH OF EMS ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Check and ensure variant / feature code is written in the ECU
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Disconnect connector (C 8K)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 75 & pin 76 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60 ± 10Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 7
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Check for loose EMS ECU & MBFM connectors
•  Check EMS ECU & MBFM pins for any damage
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Check for MBFM node absent DTC in other ECUs
•  Replace the EMS ECU if the DTC is still present only in EMS ECU
STEP 7 – CHECK CAN HIGH AND LOW CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN MBFM & EMS ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Disconnect MBFM connector (C 122)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 8K)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 75 pin of C 8K & Pin 8 of C 608
•  Measure the resistance between pin 76 pin of C 8K & Pin 7 of C 608
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Replace the IP fuse box with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, replace the ECU based on notice provided below
•  If the DTC is present in other ECUs also, then replace the MBFM with a new one
•  Replace the EMS ECU if the DTC is still present only in EMS ECU
•  Examine open circuit in CAN wires between MBFM & EMS ECU
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 8 – CHECK CAN HIGH AND LOW RESISTANCE AT MBFM
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Disconnect MBFM connector (C 122)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 51 & 52 of C 122
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60±10 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 9
•  Examine body CAN BUS connectors & inter-connectors for loose connection
•  Examine body CAN BUS connectors, inter-connectors & ECUs for pin damage and back-outs
STEP 9 – CHECK CAN HIGH AND LOW CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN MBFM & MGM
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Disconnect MBFM connector (C 122)
•  Disconnect MGM connector (C 554)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 52 of C 122 & pin 5 of C 554
•  Measure the resistance between pin 51 of C 122 & pin 6 of C 554
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Replace the IP fuse box with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, replace the ECU based on notice provided below
•  If the DTC is present in other ECUs also, then replace the MBFM with a new one
•  Replace the EMS ECU if the DTC is still present only in EMS ECU
•  Examine open circuit in CAN wires between MBFM & MGM
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_U110500NODEABSENT-IC-6EA53DC9.html
12.4 U110500 — Silver Box Node absent
12.4.1 IC NODE ABSENT
EMS ECU monitor the presence of silver box in the network by monitoring the key message from the silver box. If there is a time out of this key message, it is meant that the silver box transmitting key message is absent.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9.5V - 15.5 V
•  EMS ECU in the network receive key messages from silver box through CAN in the calibrated time
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9.5V - 15.5 V
•  Silver box key message not received by within 1 second
DTC REACTIONS
•  Nil
HEALING CONDITION
•  Silver box key messages received by EMS ECU
•  Open CAN wires
•  Flashing error
•  Incorrect/absent variant code
•  Open/Short silver box ignition power supply
•  Open/Short silver box battery power wire
•  Open silver box ground
•  Faulty MGM
•  Malfunctioning silver box
12.4.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
12.4.2.1 SILVER BOX POWER SUPPLY
VEHICLES WITH — PKE
Graphic
VEHICLES WITHOUT — PKE
Graphic
12.4.3 MULTIMEDIA CAN LAYOUT
Graphic
12.4.4 POWER TRAIN CAN LAYOUT
GASOLINE VEHICLES WITH MGM
Graphic
NON MGM VEHICLES
Graphic
12.4.5 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
12.4.6 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 146
SILVER BOX
12
BATTERY SUPPLY 1
13
BATTERY SUPPLY 2
29
BATTERY SUPPLY 4
28
BATTERY SUPPLY 3
30
IGNITION SUPPLY
25
POWER GROUND 4
26
POWER GROUND 3
10
POWER GROUND 2
9
POWER GROUND 1
C 627
SILVER BOX
17
GROUND
34
GROUND
31
GROUND
10
CAN LOW
30
CAN HIGH
C 554
MGM
3
CAN LOW
4
CAN HIGH
C 8K
EMS ECU
75
CAN HIGH
76
CAN LOW
12.4.7 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  If the DTC appears in the HEALED state immediately after flashing silver box. Clear the DTCs registered in EMS ECU
•  If the DTC appears in the PRESENT state immediately after flashing EMS ECU , re-flash the EMS ECU using latest Flashing tool
•  If the DTC is still present, follow the diagnostic procedure as below
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Check if U110500 is still present
•  If DTC still present, continue with diagnostic procedure.
12.4.8  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.4.9 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
•  Check for MULTIMEDIA CAN BUS OFF DTC in MGM. If this DTC is present in current/healed state, then follow the diagnostic procedure for MULTIMEDIA CAN BUS OFF DTC before proceeding further
•  If MGM node absent DTC “U114D00” is present inside the EMS ECU in healed or other state, then follow the diagnostic procedure for MGM node absent before proceeding with the below steps
•  If DTC “U114D00” is found inside EMS ECU, then check for intermittent problems
STEP 1 – CHECK CONNECTIVITY OF SILVER BOX WITH THE DIAGNOSTIC TOOL
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and check communication with silver box
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Communication should happen
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  GO TO STEP 3
STEP 2 – CHECK IF SILVER BOX NODE ABSENT DTC IS PRESENT IN OTHER ECUs
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and check if DTC U110500 is present in other ECUs
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  DTC is not present in other ECUs
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Flash the EMS ECU with the latest flashing tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Flash the silver box with the latest flashing tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK SILVER BOX ECU IGNITION SUPPLY & BATTERY SUPPLY WIRES FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Battery negative and positive terminals disconnected
•  Check and ensure fuses F14 (15A), F43 (60A), F21 (5A), F42 (60A), F48 (5A) — For Non-PKE Vehiclesare OK
•  Disconnect silver box connectors C 146 & C 627
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 12 of C 146 & disconnected battery positive terminal
•  Measure the resistance between pin 13 of C 146 & disconnected battery positive terminal
•  Measure the resistance between pin 29 of C 146 & disconnected battery positive terminal
•  Measure the resistance between pin 28 of C 146 & disconnected battery positive terminal
•  Measure the resistance between pin 30 of C 146 & pin A5 of C72_E
•  Measure the resistance between pin 14 of C 146 & pin A5 of C72_E
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Examine open circuit in silver box ignition/ battery supply wires
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4 – CHECK SILVER BOX IGNITION SUPPLY WIRE & BATTERY SUPPLY WIRES FOR SHORT CIRCUIT WITH GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Battery negative and positive terminals disconnected
•  Check and ensure fuses F14 (15A), F43 (60A), F21 (5A), F42 (60A) are OK
•  Disconnect silver box connectors C 146 & C 627
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 12 of C 146 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 13 of C 146 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 29 of C 146 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 28 of C 146 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 30 of C 146 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 14 of C 146 & ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Examine silver box ignition/battery supply wires for short circuit with ground
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 5 – CHECK SILVER BOX GROUND WIRES FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition turned OFF
•  Disconnect silver box connectors C 146 & C 627
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 25 of C 146 & G 22
•  Measure the resistance between pin 26 of C 146 & G 22
•  Measure the resistance between pin 10 of C 146 & G 22
•  Measure the resistance between pin 9 of C 146 & G 22
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 6 — for vehicles without MGM
•  GO TO STEP 8 — for vehicles with MGM
•  Examine open circuit in silver box ground wires
•  Identify and replace the defective wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 6 – CHECK RESISTANCE BETWEEN CAN LOW AND CAN HIGH OF EMS ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Check and ensure variant / feature code is written in the ECU
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Disconnect connector (C 8K)
TEST PROCEDURE — (ABS/ESP) EHCU
•  Measure the resistance between pin 75 & pin 76 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60 ± 10Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 7
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Check for loose EMS ECU & silver box connectors
•  Check EMS ECU & silver box pins for any damage
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Check for silver box node absent DTC in other ECUs
•  Replace the EMS ECU if the DTC is still present only in EMS ECU
STEP 7 – CHECK CAN HIGH AND LOW CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN SILVER BOX & EMS ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Disconnect silver box connector (C 627)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 8K)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 30 of C 627 & pin 75 of C 8K
•  Measure the resistance between pin 10 of C 627 & pin 76 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Replace the IP fuse box with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, replace the ECU based on notice provided below
•  If the DTC is present in other ECUs also, then replace the silver box with a new one
•  Replace the EMS ECU if the DTC is still present only in EMS ECU
•  Examine open circuit in CAN wires between silver box & EMS ECU
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 8 – CHECK CAN HIGH AND LOW RESISTANCE AT SILVER BOX
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Disconnect silver box connector (C 627)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 10 & 30 of C 627
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60±10 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 9
•  Examine multimedia CAN BUS connectors & inter-connectors for loose connection
•  Examine multimedia CAN BUS connectors, inter-connectors & ECUs for pin damage and back-out
STEP 9 – CHECK CAN HIGH AND LOW CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN SILVER BOX & MGM
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Disconnect silver box connector (C 627)
•  Disconnect MGM connector (C 554)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 30 of C 627 & pin 4 of C 554
•  Measure the resistance between pin 10 of C 627 & pin 3 of C 554
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Replace the IP fuse box with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, replace the ECU based on notice provided below
•  If the DTC is present in other ECUs also, then replace the silver box with a new one
•  Replace the EMS ECU if the DTC is still present only in EMS ECU
•  Examine open circuit in CAN wires between silver box & MGM
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_U110600AIRBAGSRSNodeAbsent-04CD56A2.html
12.8 U110600 — SRS Node Absent
12.8.1 CAN NODE ABSENT
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU monitors the periodic CAN messages from the AIRBAG/SRS ECU
•  EMS ECU receives periodic CAN messages from the AIRBAG/SRS ECU
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU does not receive any periodic CAN messages from the AIRBAG/SRS ECU
DTC REACTIONS
•  Engine will not shut off during crash event
HEALING CONDITION
•  DTC will heal after fault absent
•  Open circuit in vehicle CAN high or CAN low wires
•  Open circuit in AIRBAG/SRS ECU supply
•  Open circuit in AIRBAG/SRS ECU ground
•  Faulty AIRBAG/SRS ECU
12.8.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
Graphic
12.8.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
12.8.4 CONNECTOR VIEW & INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 191
AIRBAG ECU
10
IGNITION SUPPLY
1
GROUND
30
CAN HIGH
29
CAN LOW
C 8K
EMS ECU K
76
CAN LOW
75
CAN HIGH
12.8.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  If the DTC appears in the HEALED state immediately after flashing AIRBAG/SRS ECU. Clear the DTCs registered in EMS ECU
•  If the DTC appears in the PRESENT state immediately after flashing EMS ECU, re-flash the EMS ECU using latest i-FLASH
•  If the DTC is still present, check for intermittent problems and follow the diagnostic procedure as below
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record DTC with freeze frame, environmental data and clear
•  Turn OFF ignition, then turn ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if U110600 is present
12.8.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.8.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK CONNECTIVITY OF AIRBAG/SRS ECU WITH DIAGNOSTIC TOOL
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Connect the i-SMART and check communication with AIRBAG/SRS ECU
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  i-SMART should connect with AIRBAG/SRS ECU
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  GO TO STEP 3
STEP 2 – CHECK IF AIRBAG/SRS ECU NODE ABSENT (U110600) IS PRESENT IN OTHER ECUs
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Connect the i-SMART and check if U110600 is present in other ECUs
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  DTC is not present in other ECUs
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Flash the EMS ECU with the latest i-FLASH
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Flash AIRBAG/SRS ECU with the latest i-FLASH
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK AIRBAG/SRS ECU SUPPLY VOLTAGE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Check the condition of the following fuses
–  60A Fuse F42
•  AIRBAG/SRS ECU wiring harness connector (C 191) DISCONNECTED
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 10 of C 191 and ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = V Batt
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Suspect short to ground or open circuit of AIRBAG/SRS ECU supply wires
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4 – CHECK AIRBAG/SRS ECU GROUND WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  AIRBAG/SRS ECU wiring harness connector (C 191) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 191 and ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Suspect open circuit of AIRBAG/SRS ECU ground wire
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 5 – CHECK RESISTANCE BETWEEN AIRBAG/SRS ECU CAN HIGH AND CAN LOW
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  AIRBAG/SRS ECU wiring harness connector (C 191) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 29 and 30 of C 191
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60±5Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If DTC still exists, suspect faulty AIRBAG/SRS ECU
•  Replace the AIRBAG/SRS ECU with a new one
•  Check if you are able to connect to EMS ECU using i-SMART
•  GO TO STEP 6
STEP 6 – CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN CAN HIGH & CAN LOW BETWEEN EMS ECU & AIRBAG/SRS ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU wiring harness connector (C 532K) DISCONNECTED
•  AIRBAG/SRS ECU wiring harness connector (C 191) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 77 of C 532K and pin 30 of C 191
•  Measure the resistance between pin 60 of C 532K and pin 29 of C 191
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect EMS ECU failure
•  Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Examine the open circuit of CAN HIGH/LOW wires between EMS ECU & AIRBAG/SRS ECU
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_U110700ITMNodeAbsent-04CD6A27.html
12.12 U110700 — ITM/TC Node Absent
12.12.1 CAN NODE ABSENT
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU monitors the periodic CAN messages from the ITM ECU
•  EMS ECU receives periodic CAN messages from the ITM ECU
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU does not receive any periodic CAN messages from the ITM ECU
DTC REACTIONS
•  ITM lamp ON in Instrument Cluster
•  AWD feature will not function
HEALING CONDITION
•  DTC will heal after fault absent
•  Open circuit in vehicle CAN high or CAN low wires
•  Open circuit in ITM ECU supply
•  Open circuit in ITM ECU ground
•  Faulty ITM ECU
12.12.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
Graphic
12.12.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
12.12.4 CONNECTOR VIEW & INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 196
ITM ECU
13
BATTERY SUPPLY
26
BATTERY SUPPLY
23
IGNITION SUPPLY
8
CAN HIGH
9
CAN LOW
25
GROUND
12
GROUND
C 8K
EMS ECU K
76
CAN LOW
75
CAN HIGH
12.12.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  If the DTC appears in the HEALED state immediately after flashing ITM ECU. Clear the DTCs registered in EMS ECU
•  If the DTC appears in the PRESENT state immediately after flashing EMS ECU, re-flash the EMS ECU using latest i-FLASH
•  If the DTC is still present, check for intermittent problems and follow the diagnostic procedure as below
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record DTC with freeze frame, environmental data and clear
•  Turn OFF ignition, then turn ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if U110700 is present
12.12.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.12.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK CONNECTIVITY OF ITM ECU WITH DIAGNOSTIC TOOL
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Connect the i-SMART and check communication with ITM ECU
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  i-SMART should connect with ITM ECU
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  GO TO STEP 3
STEP 2 – CHECK IF ITM ECU NODE ABSENT (U110700) IS PRESENT IN OTHER ECUs
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Connect the i-SMART and check if U110700 is present in other ECUs
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  DTC is not present in other ECUs
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Flash the EMS ECU with the latest i-FLASH
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Flash ITM ECU with the latest i-FLASH
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK ITM ECU SUPPLY VOLTAGE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Check the condition of the following fuses
–  5A fuse F42
–  15A fuse F10
•  ITM ECU wiring harness connector (C 196) DISCONNECTED
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 13 of C 196 and ground
•  Measure the voltage between pin 26 of C 196 and ground
•  Measure the voltage between pin 23 of C 196 and ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = V Batt
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Suspect short to ground or open circuit of ITM ECU supply wires
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4 – CHECK ITM ECU GROUND WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  ITM ECU wiring harness connector (C 196) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 12 of C 196 and ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 25 of C 196 and ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Suspect open circuit of ITM ECU ground wire
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 5 – CHECK RESISTANCE BETWEEN ITM ECU CAN HIGH AND CAN LOW
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  ITM ECU wiring harness connector (C 196) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 8 and 9 of C 196
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60±5Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If DTC still exists, suspect faulty ITM ECU
•  Replace the ITM ECU with a new one
•  Check if you are able to connect to EMS ECU using i-SMART
•  GO TO STEP 6
STEP 6 – CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN CAN HIGH & CAN LOW BETWEEN EMS ECU & ITM ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU wiring harness connector (C 532K) DISCONNECTED
•  ITM ECU wiring harness connector (C 196) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 77 of C 532K and pin 8 of C 196
•  Measure the resistance between pin 60 of C 532K and pin 9 of C 196
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect EMS ECU failure
•  Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Examine the open circuit of CAN HIGH/LOW wires between EMS ECU & ITM ECU
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_U110800SilverBoxNodeAbsent-04CD7DD9.html
12.9 U113200 — Silver Box MCM Node Absent
12.9.1 MCM NODE ABSENT
EMS ECU monitors the presence of the Silver box ECU in the CAN network by monitoring the key message from the Silver box ECU. If there is a time out of this key message, it is meant that Silver box ECU is absent in the CAN BUS.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9.5V - 15.5 V
•  EMS ECU in the network receive key messages from silver box through CAN in the calibrated time
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9.5V - 15.5 V
•  Silver box key message not received by within 1 second
DTC REACTIONS
•  Nil
HEALING CONDITION
•  Silver box key messages received by EMS ECU
•  Open CAN wires
•  Flashing error
•  Incorrect/absent variant code
•  Open/Short silver box ignition power supply
•  Open/Short silver box battery power wire
•  Open silver box ground
•  Faulty MGM
•  Malfunctioning silver box
12.9.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
12.9.2.1 SILVER BOX POWER SUPPLY
VEHICLES WITH — PKE
Graphic
VEHICLES WITHOUT — PKE
Graphic
12.9.3 MULTIMEDIA CAN LAYOUT
Graphic
12.9.4 POWER TRAIN CAN LAYOUT
GASOLINE VEHICLES WITH MGM
Graphic
NON MGM VEHICLES
Graphic
12.9.5 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
12.9.6 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 146
SILVER BOX
12
BATTERY SUPPLY 1
13
BATTERY SUPPLY 2
29
BATTERY SUPPLY 4
28
BATTERY SUPPLY 3
30
IGNITION SUPPLY
25
POWER GROUND 4
26
POWER GROUND 3
10
POWER GROUND 2
9
POWER GROUND 1
C 627
SILVER BOX
17
GROUND
34
GROUND
31
GROUND
10
CAN LOW
30
CAN HIGH
C 554
MGM
3
CAN LOW
4
CAN HIGH
C 8K
EMS ECU
75
CAN HIGH
76
CAN LOW
12.9.7 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  If the DTC appears in the HEALED state immediately after flashing silver box. Clear the DTCs registered in EMS ECU
•  If the DTC appears in the PRESENT state immediately after flashing EMS ECU , re-flash the EMS ECU using latest Flashing tool
•  If the DTC is still present, follow the diagnostic procedure as below
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Check if U113200 is still present
•  If DTC still present, continue with diagnostic procedure.
12.9.8  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.9.9 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
•  Check for MULTIMEDIA CAN BUS OFF DTC in MGM. If this DTC is present in current/healed state, then follow the diagnostic procedure for MULTIMEDIA CAN BUS OFF DTC before proceeding further
•  If MGM node absent DTC “U114D00” is present inside the EMS ECU in healed or other state, then follow the diagnostic procedure for MGM node absent before proceeding with the below steps
•  If DTC “U114D00” is found inside EMS ECU, then check for intermittent problems
STEP 1 – CHECK CONNECTIVITY OF SILVER BOX WITH THE DIAGNOSTIC TOOL
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and check communication with silver box
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Communication should happen
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  GO TO STEP 3
STEP 2 – CHECK IF SILVER BOX NODE ABSENT DTC IS PRESENT IN OTHER ECUs
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and check if DTC U113200 is present in other ECUs
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  DTC is not present in other ECUs
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Flash the EMS ECU with the latest flashing tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Flash the silver box with the latest flashing tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK SILVER BOX ECU IGNITION SUPPLY & BATTERY SUPPLY WIRES FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Battery negative and positive terminals disconnected
•  Check and ensure fuses F14 (15A), F43 (60A), F21 (5A), F42 (60A), F48 (5A) — For Non-PKE Vehiclesare OK
•  Disconnect silver box connectors C 146 & C 627
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 12 of C 146 & disconnected battery positive terminal
•  Measure the resistance between pin 13 of C 146 & disconnected battery positive terminal
•  Measure the resistance between pin 29 of C 146 & disconnected battery positive terminal
•  Measure the resistance between pin 28 of C 146 & disconnected battery positive terminal
•  Measure the resistance between pin 30 of C 146 & pin A5 of C72_E
•  Measure the resistance between pin 14 of C 146 & pin A5 of C72_E
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Examine open circuit in silver box ignition/ battery supply wires
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4 – CHECK SILVER BOX IGNITION SUPPLY WIRE & BATTERY SUPPLY WIRES FOR SHORT CIRCUIT WITH GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Battery negative and positive terminals disconnected
•  Check and ensure fuses F14 (15A), F43 (60A), F21 (5A), F42 (60A) are OK
•  Disconnect silver box connectors C 146 & C 627
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 12 of C 146 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 13 of C 146 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 29 of C 146 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 28 of C 146 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 30 of C 146 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 14 of C 146 & ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Examine silver box ignition/battery supply wires for short circuit with ground
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 5 – CHECK SILVER BOX GROUND WIRES FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition turned OFF
•  Disconnect silver box connectors C 146 & C 627
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 25 of C 146 & G 22
•  Measure the resistance between pin 26 of C 146 & G 22
•  Measure the resistance between pin 10 of C 146 & G 22
•  Measure the resistance between pin 9 of C 146 & G 22
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 6 — for vehicles without MGM
•  GO TO STEP 8 — for vehicles with MGM
•  Examine open circuit in silver box ground wires
•  Identify and replace the defective wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 6 – CHECK RESISTANCE BETWEEN CAN LOW AND CAN HIGH OF EMS ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Check and ensure variant / feature code is written in the ECU
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Disconnect connector (C 8K)
TEST PROCEDURE — (ABS/ESP) EHCU
•  Measure the resistance between pin 75 & pin 76 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60 ± 10Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 7
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Check for loose EMS ECU & silver box connectors
•  Check EMS ECU & silver box pins for any damage
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Check for silver box node absent DTC in other ECUs
•  Replace the EMS ECU if the DTC is still present only in EMS ECU
STEP 7 – CHECK CAN HIGH AND LOW CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN SILVER BOX & EMS ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Disconnect silver box connector (C 627)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 8K)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 30 of C 627 & pin 75 of C 8K
•  Measure the resistance between pin 10 of C 627 & pin 76 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Replace the IP fuse box with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, replace the ECU based on notice provided below
•  If the DTC is present in other ECUs also, then replace the silver box with a new one
•  Replace the EMS ECU if the DTC is still present only in EMS ECU
•  Examine open circuit in CAN wires between silver box & EMS ECU
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 8 – CHECK CAN HIGH AND LOW RESISTANCE AT SILVER BOX
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Disconnect silver box connector (C 627)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 10 & 30 of C 627
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60±10 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 9
•  Examine multimedia CAN BUS connectors & inter-connectors for loose connection
•  Examine multimedia CAN BUS connectors, inter-connectors & ECUs for pin damage and back-out
STEP 9 – CHECK CAN HIGH AND LOW CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN SILVER BOX & MGM
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Disconnect silver box connector (C 627)
•  Disconnect MGM connector (C 554)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 30 of C 627 & pin 4 of C 554
•  Measure the resistance between pin 10 of C 627 & pin 3 of C 554
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Replace the IP fuse box with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, replace the ECU based on notice provided below
•  If the DTC is present in other ECUs also, then replace the silver box with a new one
•  Replace the EMS ECU if the DTC is still present only in EMS ECU
•  Examine open circuit in CAN wires between silver box & MGM
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_U110800SilverBoxNodeAbsent-04CD7DD91.html
12.10 U110800 — Silver Box Node Absent
12.10.1 IS NODE ABSENT
EMS ECU monitors the presence of the Silver box ECU in the CAN network by monitoring the key message from the Silver box ECU. If there is a time out of this key message, it is meant that Silver box ECU is absent in the CAN BUS.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Amplifier supply voltage between 10 to 15.8 V
•  EMS receives the key message from Silver box ECU through the CAN BUS in the calibrated time
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage between 10 to 15.8 V
•  EMS ECU does not receive the key message from Silver box ECU through the CAN BUS in the calibrated time
DTC REACTIONS
•  Correct information will not be updated in DTC freeze frame
•  Engine state live data will be invalid
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  Open CAN wires
•  Open circuit in Silver box ECU battery / ignition supply wires
•  Silver box ECU supply / ignition wires short to ground
•  Open Silver box ECU ground
•  Faulty MGM
•  Malfunction of Silver box ECU
12.10.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
12.10.2.1 SILVER BOX POWER SUPPLY
VEHICLES WITH — PKE
Graphic
VEHICLES WITHOUT — PKE
Graphic
12.10.3 MULTIMEDIA CAN LAYOUT
Graphic
12.10.4 POWER TRAIN CAN LAYOUT
GASOLINE VEHICLES WITH MGM
Graphic
NON MGM VEHICLES
Graphic
12.10.5 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
12.10.6 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 146
SILVER BOX
12
BATTERY SUPPLY 1
13
BATTERY SUPPLY 2
29
BATTERY SUPPLY 4
28
BATTERY SUPPLY 3
30
IGNITION SUPPLY
25
POWER GROUND 4
26
POWER GROUND 3
10
POWER GROUND 2
9
POWER GROUND 1
C 627
SILVER BOX
17
GROUND
34
GROUND
31
GROUND
10
CAN LOW
30
CAN HIGH
C 554
MGM
3
CAN LOW
4
CAN HIGH
C 8K
EMS ECU
75
CAN HIGH
76
CAN LOW
12.10.7 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  If the DTC appears in the HEALED state immediately after flashing silver box. Clear the DTCs registered in EMS ECU
•  If the DTC appears in the PRESENT state immediately after flashing EMS ECU , re-flash the EMS ECU using latest Flashing tool
•  If the DTC is still present, follow the diagnostic procedure as below
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Check if U110800 is still present
•  If DTC still present, continue with diagnostic procedure.
12.10.8  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.10.9 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
•  Check for MULTIMEDIA CAN BUS OFF DTC in MGM. If this DTC is present in current/healed state, then follow the diagnostic procedure for MULTIMEDIA CAN BUS OFF DTC before proceeding further
•  If MGM node absent DTC “U114D00” is present inside the EMS ECU in healed or other state, then follow the diagnostic procedure for MGM node absent before proceeding with the below steps
•  If DTC “U114D00” is found inside EMS ECU, then check for intermittent problems
STEP 1 – CHECK CONNECTIVITY OF SILVER BOX WITH THE DIAGNOSTIC TOOL
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and check communication with silver box
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Communication should happen
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  GO TO STEP 3
STEP 2 – CHECK IF SILVER BOX NODE ABSENT DTC IS PRESENT IN OTHER ECUs
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and check if DTC U110800 is present in other ECUs
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  DTC is not present in other ECUs
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Flash the EMS ECU with the latest flashing tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Flash the silver box with the latest flashing tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK SILVER BOX ECU IGNITION SUPPLY & BATTERY SUPPLY WIRES FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Battery negative and positive terminals disconnected
•  Check and ensure fuses F14 (15A), F43 (60A), F21 (5A), F42 (60A), F48 (5A) — For Non-PKE Vehiclesare OK
•  Disconnect silver box connectors C 146 & C 627
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 12 of C 146 & disconnected battery positive terminal
•  Measure the resistance between pin 13 of C 146 & disconnected battery positive terminal
•  Measure the resistance between pin 29 of C 146 & disconnected battery positive terminal
•  Measure the resistance between pin 28 of C 146 & disconnected battery positive terminal
•  Measure the resistance between pin 30 of C 146 & pin A5 of C72_E
•  Measure the resistance between pin 14 of C 146 & pin A5 of C72_E
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Examine open circuit in silver box ignition/ battery supply wires
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4 – CHECK SILVER BOX IGNITION SUPPLY WIRE & BATTERY SUPPLY WIRES FOR SHORT CIRCUIT WITH GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Battery negative and positive terminals disconnected
•  Check and ensure fuses F14 (15A), F43 (60A), F21 (5A), F42 (60A) are OK
•  Disconnect silver box connectors C 146 & C 627
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 12 of C 146 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 13 of C 146 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 29 of C 146 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 28 of C 146 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 30 of C 146 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 14 of C 146 & ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Examine silver box ignition/battery supply wires for short circuit with ground
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 5 – CHECK SILVER BOX GROUND WIRES FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition turned OFF
•  Disconnect silver box connectors C 146 & C 627
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 25 of C 146 & G 22
•  Measure the resistance between pin 26 of C 146 & G 22
•  Measure the resistance between pin 10 of C 146 & G 22
•  Measure the resistance between pin 9 of C 146 & G 22
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 6 — for vehicles without MGM
•  GO TO STEP 8 — for vehicles with MGM
•  Examine open circuit in silver box ground wires
•  Identify and replace the defective wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 6 – CHECK RESISTANCE BETWEEN CAN LOW AND CAN HIGH OF EMS ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Check and ensure variant / feature code is written in the ECU
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Disconnect connector (C 8K)
TEST PROCEDURE — (ABS/ESP) EHCU
•  Measure the resistance between pin 75 & pin 76 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60 ± 10Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 7
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Check for loose EMS ECU & silver box connectors
•  Check EMS ECU & silver box pins for any damage
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Check for silver box node absent DTC in other ECUs
•  Replace the EMS ECU if the DTC is still present only in EMS ECU
STEP 7 – CHECK CAN HIGH AND LOW CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN SILVER BOX & EMS ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Disconnect silver box connector (C 627)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 8K)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 30 of C 627 & pin 75 of C 8K
•  Measure the resistance between pin 10 of C 627 & pin 76 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Replace the IP fuse box with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, replace the ECU based on notice provided below
•  If the DTC is present in other ECUs also, then replace the silver box with a new one
•  Replace the EMS ECU if the DTC is still present only in EMS ECU
•  Examine open circuit in CAN wires between silver box & EMS ECU
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 8 – CHECK CAN HIGH AND LOW RESISTANCE AT SILVER BOX
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Disconnect silver box connector (C 627)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 10 & 30 of C 627
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60±10 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 9
•  Examine multimedia CAN BUS connectors & inter-connectors for loose connection
•  Examine multimedia CAN BUS connectors, inter-connectors & ECUs for pin damage and back-out
STEP 9 – CHECK CAN HIGH AND LOW CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN SILVER BOX & MGM
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Disconnect silver box connector (C 627)
•  Disconnect MGM connector (C 554)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 30 of C 627 & pin 4 of C 554
•  Measure the resistance between pin 10 of C 627 & pin 3 of C 554
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Replace the IP fuse box with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, replace the ECU based on notice provided below
•  If the DTC is present in other ECUs also, then replace the silver box with a new one
•  Replace the EMS ECU if the DTC is still present only in EMS ECU
•  Examine open circuit in CAN wires between silver box & MGM
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_U111300DATCETCNodeAbsent-04CB8467.html
12.7 U111300 — DATC/ETC Node Absent
12.7.1 FATC NODE ABSENT
EMS ECU monitors the presence of the DATC in the CAN network by monitoring the key message from the DATC. If there is a time out of this key message, it is meant that DATC is absent in the CAN BUS.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  DATC/ETC supply voltage between 6 to 16 V
•  EMS receives the key message from DATC/ETC through the CAN BUS in the calibrated time
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  DATC/ETC supply voltage between 6 to 16 V
•  EMS ECU does not receive the key message from DATC/ETC through the CAN BUS in the calibrated time
DTC REACTIONS
•  A/C will not turn ON
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  Open CAN wires
•  Open circuit in DATC/ETC battery / ignition supply wires
•  DATC/ETC supply / ignition wires short to ground
•  Open DATC/ETC ground
•  Faulty MGM
•  Malfunction of DATC/ETC
12.7.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
12.7.2.1 DATC/ETC SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Graphic
12.7.2.2 MAHINDRA GATEWAY MODULE (MGM) CIRCUIT
Graphic
12.7.2.3 CAN LAYOUT
Graphic
12.7.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
12.7.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 801
DATC
1
BATTERY SUPPLY
21
BATTERY SUPPLY
2
IGNITION SUPPLY
20
GROUND
39
GROUND
31
CAN HIGH
32
CAN LOW
C 554
MGM
5
CAN HIGH
6
CAN LOW
C 8K
EMS ECU K
76
CAN LOW
75
CAN HIGH
12.7.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  If the DTC appears in the HEALED state immediately after flashing DATC. Clear the DTCs registered in EMS ECU
•  If the DTC appears in the PRESENT state immediately after flashing EMS ECU, re-flash the EMS ECU using latest flashing tool
•  If the DTC is still present, check for intermittent problems and follow the diagnostic procedure as below
•  Turn the ignition ON and initialise diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF, then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if U111300 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
12.7.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.7.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
•  If MGM node absent DTC “U114D00” is present inside the EMS ECU in healed or other state, then follow the diagnostic procedure for MGM node absent before proceeding with the below steps
•  If DTC “U114D00” is found inside EMS ECU, then check for intermittent problems
STEP 1 – CHECK CONNECTIVITY OF DATC WITH THE DIAGNOSTIC TOOL
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and check communication with DATC
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Communication should happen
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  GO TO STEP 3
STEP 2 – CHECK IF DATC NODE ABSENT DTC IS PRESENT IN OTHER ECUs
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and check if DTC U111300 is present in other ECUs
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  DTC is not present in other ECUs
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Flash the EMS ECU with the latest flashing tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Flash the DATC with the latest flashing tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK DATC IGNITION SUPPLY & BATTERY SUPPLY WIRES FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Battery negative and positive terminals disconnected
•  Check and ensure fuses F28 (5A), F21 (5A) are OK
•  Disconnect DATC connector (C 801)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 801 & pin A6 of C 72_E
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 801 & disconnected battery positive terminal
•  Measure the resistance between pin 21 of C 801 & disconnected battery positive terminal
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Examine open circuit in DATC ignition/ battery supply wires
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4 – CHECK DATC IGNITION SUPPLY WIRE & BATTERY SUPPLY WIRES FOR SHORT CIRCUIT WITH GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Battery negative and positive terminals disconnected
•  Check and ensure fuses F28 (5A), F21 (5A) are OK
•  Disconnect DATC connector (C 801)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 801 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 801 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 21 of C 801 & ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Examine DATC ignition/battery supply wires for short circuit with ground
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 5 – CHECK DATC GROUND WIRES FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition turned OFF
•  Disconnect DATC connector (C 801)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 20 of C 801 & G 21
•  Measure the resistance between pin 39 of C 801 & G 21
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 6
•  Examine open circuit in DATC ground wires
•  Identify and replace the defective wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 6 – CHECK CAN HIGH AND LOW CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN MGM & DATC
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Disconnect DATC connector (C 801)
•  Disconnect MGM connector (C 554)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 31 pin of C 801 & Pin 5 of C 554
•  Measure the resistance between pin 32 pin of C 801 & Pin 6 of C 554
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Replace the IP fuse box with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, replace the ECU based on notice provided below
•  If the DTC is present in other ECUs also, then replace the DATC with a new one
•  Replace the EMS if the DTC is still present only in EMS
•  Examine open circuit in CAN wires between DATC & MGM
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_U111700PKEIMMONodeAbsent-04CD4314.html
12.2 U111700 — PKE /IMMO Node Absent 
12.2.1 CAN NODE ABSENT
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU monitors & receives the periodic CAN messages from the PKE /IMMO ECU
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU does not receive any periodic CAN messages from the PKE /IMMO ECU
DTC REACTIONS
•  Vehicle may not start & get immobilized
HEALING CONDITION
•  DTC will heal after fault absent
•  Open circuit in vehicle CAN high or CAN low wires
•  Open circuit in PKE /IMMO ECU supply
•  Open circuit in PKE /IMMO ECU ground
•  Faulty PKE /IMMO ECU
12.2.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
12.2.3 POWER TRAIN CAN LAYOUT
GASOLINE VEHICLES WITH MGM
Graphic
NON MGM VEHICLES
Graphic
12.2.4 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
12.2.5 CONNECTOR VIEW & INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 265
PKE /IMMO ECU
10
BATTERY SUPPLY
19
IGNITION SUPPLY
2
GROUND
5
CAN HIGH
13
CAN LOW
C 8K
EMS ECU K
76
CAN LOW
75
CAN HIGH
12.2.6 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  If the DTC appears in the HEALED state immediately after flashing PKE /IMMO ECU. Clear the DTCs registered in EMS ECU
•  If the DTC appears in the PRESENT state immediately after flashing EMS ECU, re-flash the EMS ECU using latest i-FLASH
•  If the DTC is still present, check for intermittent problems and follow the diagnostic procedure as below
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record DTC with freeze frame, environmental data and clear
•  Turn OFF ignition, then turn ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if U111700 is present
12.2.7  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.2.8 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK CONNECTIVITY OF PKE /IMMO ECU WITH DIAGNOSTIC TOOL
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Connect the i-SMART and check communication with PKE /IMMO ECU
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  i-SMART should connect with PKE /IMMO ECU
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  GO TO STEP 3
STEP 2 – CHECK IF PKE /IMMO ECU NODE ABSENT (U111700) IS PRESENT IN OTHER ECUs
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Connect the i-SMART and check if U111700 is present in other ECUs
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  DTC is not present in other ECUs
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Flash the EMS ECU with the latest i-FLASH
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Flash PKE /IMMO ECU with the latest i-FLASH
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK PKE /IMMO ECU SUPPLY VOLTAGE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Check the condition of the following fuses
–  10A Fuse F19
–  5A Fuse F41
•  Disconnect PKE /IMMO ECU wiring harness connector (C 265)
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 10 of C 265 and ground
•  Measure the voltage between pin 19 of C 265 and ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = Battery Voltage
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Suspect short to ground or open circuit of PKE /IMMO ECU supply wires
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4 – CHECK PKE /IMMO ECU GROUND WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Disconnect PKE /IMMO ECU wiring harness connector (C 265)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 265 and ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Suspect open circuit of PKE /IMMO ECU ground wire
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 5 – CHECK RESISTANCE BETWEEN PKE /IMMO ECU CAN HIGH AND CAN LOW
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Disconnect PKE /IMMO ECU wiring harness connector (C 265)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 5 and 13 of C 265
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60±5Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If DTC still exists, suspect faulty PKE /IMMO ECU
•  Replace the PKE /IMMO ECU with a new one
•  Check if you are able to connect to EMS ECU using i-SMART
•  GO TO STEP 6
STEP 6 – CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN CAN HIGH & CAN LOW BETWEEN EMS ECU & PKE /IMMO ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Disconnect EMS ECU wiring harness connector (C 532K)
•  Disconnect PKE /IMMO ECU wiring harness connector (C 265)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 75 of C 8K and pin 5 of C 265
•  Measure the resistance between pin 76 of C 8K and pin 13 of C 265
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect EMS ECU failure
•  Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Examine the open circuit of CAN HIGH/LOW wires between EMS ECU & PKE /IMMO ECU
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_U114D00GatewayNodeAbsent-F2683106.html
12.11 U114D00 — MGM Node Absent
12.11.1 GATEWAY NODE ABSENT
ECUs monitor the presence of MGM in the network by monitoring the key message from the MGM. If there is a time out of this key message, it is meant that the MGM who transmits the key message is absent.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9.5V - 15.5 V
•  Key message from gateway controller received by ESP ECU within the calibrated time
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9.5V - 15.5 V
•  Key message from MGM not received by ESP ECU within the calibrated time
DTC REACTIONS
•  Nil
HEALING CONDITION
•  Key message from MGM received by ESP ECU within the calibrated time
•  Fault will be healed, 30 seconds after ignition cycle reset
•  Flashing error
•  Incorrect/absent variant code
•  Open CAN wires
•  Open/short MGM ignition power supply
•  Open/short MGM battery power wire
•  Open MGM ground wire
•  Malfunctioning MGM
12.11.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
12.11.2.1 MGM POWER SUPPLY
VEHICLES WITH — PKE
Graphic
VEHICLES WITHOUT — PKE
Graphic
12.11.3 POWER TRAIN CAN LAYOUT
DIESEL VEHICLES WITH MGM
Graphic
GASOLINE VEHICLES WITH MGM
Graphic
NON MGM VEHICLES
Graphic
12.11.4 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
12.11.5 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 554
MGM
13
BATTERY SUPPLY
18
IGNITION SUPPLY
1
CAN HIGH
2
CAN LOW
16
GROUND
19
GROUND
C 8K
EMS ECU
75
CAN HIGH
76
CAN LOW
12.11.6 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  continue with diagnostic procedure if U114D00 is still present
12.11.7  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
•  If the DTC appears in the HEALED state immediately after flashing MGM. Clear the DTCs registered in EMS ECU
•  If the DTC appears in the PRESENT state immediately after flashing EMS ECU , re-flash the EMS ECU using latest Flashing tool
•  If the DTC is still present, follow the diagnostic procedure as below

Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.11.8 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK CONNECTIVITY OF DIAGNOSTIC TOOL WITH VEHICLE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and check for communication with the vehicle ECUs
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Communication should happen
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  GO TO STEP 3
STEP 2 – CHECK IF MGM NODE ABSENT DTC IS PRESENT IN OTHER ECUs
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and check if DTC U114D00 is present in other ECUs
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  DTC is not present in other ECUs
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Flash the EMS ECU with the latest flashing tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Flash the MGM with the latest flashing tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK MGM IGNITION SUPPLY & BATTERY SUPPLY WIRES FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Battery negative and positive terminals disconnected
•  Check and ensure fuses F43 (60A), F25 (5A), F42 (60A), F22 (5A), F27 (10A) are OK
•  Disconnect MGM connector (C 554)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 13 of C 554 & disconnected battery positive terminal
•  Measure the resistance between pin 18 of C 554 & pin A3 of C72_E
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Examine open circuit in MGM ignition/ battery supply wires
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4 – CHECK MGM IGNITION SUPPLY WIRE & BATTERY SUPPLY WIRES FOR SHORT CIRCUIT WITH GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Battery negative and positive terminals disconnected
•  Check and ensure fuses F43 (60A), F25 (5A), F42 (60A), F22 (5A), F27 (10A) are OK
•  Disconnect MGM connector (C 554)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 13 of C 554 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 18 of C 554 & ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Examine MGM ignition/battery supply wires for short circuit with ground
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 5 – CHECK MGM GROUND WIRES FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition turned OFF
•  Disconnect MGM connector (C 554)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 16 of C 554 & G 21
•  Measure the resistance between pin 19 of C 554 & G 21
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 6
•  Examine open circuit in MGM ground wires
•  Identify and replace the defective wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 6 – CHECK CAN HIGH AND LOW RESISTANCE AT EMS ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Disconnect connector (C 8K)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 75 & 76 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60±10 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 7
•  Examine power train CAN BUS connectors & inter-connectors for loose connection
•  Examine power train CAN BUS connectors, inter-connectors & ECUs for pin damage & back-out
STEP 7 – CHECK CAN HIGH AND LOW CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN EMS ECU & MGM
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Disconnect MGM connector (C 554)
•  Disconnect connector (C 8K)
TEST PROCEDURE — (ABS/ESP) EHCU
•  Measure the resistance between pin 75 of C 8K & pin 1 of C 554
•  Measure the resistance between pin 76 of C 8K & pin 2 of C 554
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Replace the IP fuse box with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, replace the ECU based on notice provided below
•  If the DTC is present in other ECUs also, then replace the MGM with a new one
•  Replace the EMS EHCU if the DTC is still present only in EMS ECU
•  Examine open circuit in CAN wires between EMS ECU & MGM
•  Identify and replace the faulty Wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_U120300BUSOFFFAILURECAN1-3B9B7486.html
12.1 U120100/ U002900 — CAN Bus OFF
12.1.1 CAN BUS OFF
CAN communication is a multiplex communication system. This enables the system to transmit and receive large quantities of data at high speed by connecting ECUs with the two communication lines. ECUs on the CAN network transmit and receive signals using CAN high and CAN low lines.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  ECUs on CAN network transmits and receive signals using CAN high and low lines
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Short detected between CAN High and CAN Low on CAN for more than 0.2 seconds
•  Heavy bus disturbance
DTC REACTIONS
•  Nil
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  Ignition cycle to be performed. Fault will be healed 30 seconds post ignition cycle reset
•  Short circuit between CAN high and CAN low
•  Short between CAN Low to battery supply
•  Short between CAN High to battery ground
•  Heavy bus disturbance
12.1.2 POWER TRAIN CAN LAYOUT
MGM VEHICLES
Graphic
NON MGM VEHICLES
Graphic
12.1.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
12.1.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU GASOLINE
75
CAN HIGH
76
CAN LOW
C 578
(ESP+ADAS & ESP+ADAS+EPB) EHCU
5
CAN HIGH
19
CAN LOW
C 579
(ABS/ESP) EHCU
26
CAN HIGH
14
CAN LOW
C 169
AT TCU
6
CAN LOW
14
CAN HIGH
C 191
AIRBAG ECU
29
CAN LOW
30
CAN HIGH
C 123
MBFM
31
CAN LOW
32
CAN HIGH
C 265
PKE ECU
5
CAN HIGH
13
CAN LOW
C 64
ESCL
1
CAN HIGH
4
CAN LOW
C 554
MGM
1
CAN HIGH
2
CAN LOW
12.1.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF, then ON
•  Check if U120100/ U002900 is still present
•  If DTC still present, continue with diagnostic procedure.
12.1.6 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE — VEHICLES WITHOUT MGM
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR SHORT BETWEEN CAN HIGH AND CAN LOW AT DLC CONNECTOR
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 14 and pin 6 of C 555
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60 ± 10 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 13
•  GO TO STEP 2
STEP 2 – CHECK FOR INTERNAL SHORT IN TERMINATING RESISTOR
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect the terminal resistor connector (C 111)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance value between pins of terminating resistor corresponding to pin 1 & 2 of C 111
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 & pin 3 of C 111
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 & pin 3 of C 111
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance measured between pins of terminating resistor corresponding to pin 1 & 2 of C 111 = 120 ± 10 Ω
•  Resistance measured between pin 1 & 3 of C 111 = ∞ Ω
•  Resistance measured between pin 2 & 3 of C 111 = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Examine internal short/open of terminal resistor
•  Replace the terminal resistor with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK CAN HIGH & LOW FOR SHORT CIRCUIT IN WIRING HARNESS
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect all controllers and terminating resistor from CAN BUS
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 14 & 6 of C 555
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Examine short circuit in CAN wires
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4 – CHECK INTERNAL SHORT CIRCUIT IN CAN LOW AND CAN HIGH OF EMS ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  EMS ECU only connected with the CAN BUS (All other ECUs and Terminating resistor disconnected)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 14 & 6 of C 555
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 120 ± 10Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Suspect internal short in EMS ECU
•  Replace the EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 5 – CHECK INTERNAL SHORT CIRCUIT IN CAN LOW AND CAN HIGH OF ABS/ESP ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  EMS ECU, Terminating resistor & ABS/ESP ECU only connected with CAN (all other ECUs are disconnected)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 14 & 6 of C 555
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60 ± 10Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 6
•  Suspect internal short in ABS/ESP ECU
•  Replace the ABS/ESP ECU with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 6 – CHECK INTERNAL SHORT CIRCUIT IN CAN LOW AND CAN HIGH OF AT TCU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  EMS ECU, Terminating resistor & AT TCU only connected with CAN (all other ECUs are disconnected)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 14 and pin 6 of C 555
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60 ± 10Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 7
•  Suspect internal short in AT TCU
•  Replace the AT TCU with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 7 – CHECK INTERNAL SHORT CIRCUIT IN CAN LOW AND CAN HIGH OF ETC ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the Ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  EMS ECU, Terminating resistor & ETC ECU only connected with CAN (all other ECUs are disconnected)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 14 and pin 6 of C 555
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60 ± 10Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 8
•  Suspect internal short in ETC ECU
•  Replace the ETC ECU with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 8 – CHECK INTERNAL SHORT CIRCUIT IN CAN LOW AND CAN HIGH OF AIRBAG ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  EMS ECU, Terminating resistor & Airbag ECU only connected with CAN (all other ECUs are disconnected)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 14 and pin 6 of C 555
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60 ± 10Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 9
•  Suspect internal short in airbag unit
•  Replace the airbag ECU with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 9 — CHECK INTERNAL SHORT CIRCUIT IN CAN LOW AND CAN HIGH OF EPS ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  EMS ECU, Terminating resistor & EPS ECU only connected with CAN (all other ECUs are disconnected)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 14 and pin 6 of C 555
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60 ± 10Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 10
•  Suspect internal short in EPS ECU
•  Replace the EPS ECU with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 10 —CHECK INTERNAL SHORT CIRCUIT IN CAN LOW AND CAN HIGH OF SILVER BOX
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  EMS ECU, Terminating resistor & Silver box only connected with CAN (all other ECUs are disconnected)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 14 and pin 6 of C 555
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60 ± 10Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 11
•  Suspect internal short in silver box
•  Replace the silver box with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 11 — CHECK INTERNAL SHORT CIRCUIT IN CAN LOW AND CAN HIGH OF MBFM
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  EMS ECU, Terminating resistor & MBFM only connected with CAN (all other ECUs are disconnected)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 14 and pin 6 of C 555
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60 ± 10Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 12
•  Suspect internal short in MBFM
•  Replace the MBFM with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 12 — CHECK INTERNAL SHORT CIRCUIT IN CAN LOW AND CAN HIGH OF IMMOBILIZER
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  EMS ECU, Terminating resistor & immobilizer only connected with CAN (all other ECUs are disconnected)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 14 and pin 6 of C 555
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60 ± 10Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 13
•  Suspect internal short in immobilizer
•  Replace the immobilizer with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 13 — CHECK CAN HIGH & LOW WIRES FOR SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Disconnect all ECUs and terminating resistor from CAN BUS
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 14 of C 555 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 6 of C 555 & ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 14
•  Examine CAN wires for short circuit with ground
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 14 — CHECK CAN HIGH & LOW WIRES FOR SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  All ECUs and Terminating resistor connected with CAN BUS
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 14 of C 555 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 6 of C 555 & ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 15
•  Suspect any of the controller or terminating resistor connected with CAN BUS having internal short
•  Remove ECUs in CAN network one by one and identify the ECU which having internal short to ground
•  Replace the faulty ECU
•  If the ECUs are OK, then replace the terminating resistor with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 15 — CHECK FOR CAN HIGH & LOW CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY SUPPLY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 14 of C 555 & ground
•  Measure the voltage between pin 6 of C 555 & ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage ≤ 3.5 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Check for any intermittent issue
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assist
•  Suspect CAN wires short to battery supply
•  Remove ECUs in CAN network one by one and identify the ECU having internal short
•  Replace the faulty ECU
•  If the ECUs are OK, identify the harness which is having internal short to battery
•  Replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
12.1.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE — VEHICLES WITH MGM
STEP 1 – CHECK RESISTANCE VALUE BETWEEN CAN HIGH & LOW OF POWER TRAIN CAN BUS
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Disconnect airbag ECU connector (C 191). All other controllers connected with Power train CAN BUS
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 29 & 30 of C 191
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60±10 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  GO TO STEP 3
STEP 2 – CHECK AIRBAG ECU FOR INTERNAL SHORT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Disconnect MBFM connector (C 123). All other controllers connected with Power train CAN BUS
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 32 & 31 of C 123
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60±10 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 12
•  Examine internal short in airbag ECU
•  Replace airbag ECU with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK FOR SHORT BETWEEN CAN HIGH & LOW IN WIRING HARNESS
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Disconnect all ECUs connected with Power train CAN BUS
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 29 & 30 of C 191
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Examine short circuit between CAN high & low wires in Power train CAN BUS
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4 – CHECK FOR INTERNAL SHORT IN MGM
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Connect MGM alone to Power train CAN BUS (All other controllers disconnected)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 29 & 30 of C 191
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 120±10 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Suspect internal short in MGM
•  Replace MGM with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 5 – CHECK FOR INTERNAL SHORT IN EMS ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Connect EMS ECU alone to Power train CAN BUS (All other controllers disconnected)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 29 & 30 of C 191
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 120±10 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 6
•  Suspect internal short in EMS ECU
•  Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 6 – CHECK FOR INTERNAL SHORT IN ABS/ESP ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Connect ABS/ESP ECU, EMS ECU & MGM to Power train CAN BUS (All other controllers disconnected)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 29 & 30 of C 191
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60±10 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 7
•  Suspect internal short in ABS/ESP ECU
•  Replace ABS/ESP EHCU with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 7 – CHECK FOR INTERNAL SHORT IN AT TCU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Connect AT TCU , EMS ECU & MGM to Power train CAN BUS (All other controllers disconnected)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 29 & 30 of C 191
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60±10 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 8
•  Suspect internal short in AT TCU
•  Replace AT TCU with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 8 – CHECK FOR INTERNAL SHORT IN MBFM
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Connect MBFM, EMS ECU & MGM to Power train CAN BUS (All other controllers disconnected)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 29 & 30 of C 191
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60±10 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 9
•  Suspect internal short in MBFM
•  Replace MBFM with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 9 – CHECK FOR INTERNAL SHORT IN PKE ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Connect PKE ECU, EMS ECU & MGM to Power train CAN BUS (All other controllers disconnected)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 29 & 30 of C 191
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60±10 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 10
•  Suspect internal short in PKE ECU
•  Replace PKE ECU with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 10 – CHECK FOR INTERNAL SHORT IN ESCL
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Connect ESCL, EMS ECU & MGM to Power train CAN BUS (All other controllers disconnected)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 29 & 30 of C 191
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60±10 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 11
•  Suspect internal short in ESCL
•  Replace ESCL with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 11 – CHECK FOR INTERNAL SHORT IN AIRBAG ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Connect AIRBAG ECU, EMS ECU & MGM to Power train CAN BUS (All other controllers disconnected)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 31 & 32 of C 123
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 60±10 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 12
•  Suspect internal short in Airbag ECU
•  Replace Airbag ECU with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 12 — CHECK POWER TRAIN CAN WIRING HARNESS FOR SHORT CIRCUIT WITH GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Disconnect all ECUs connected with Power train CAN BUS
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 29 of C 191 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 30 of C 191 & ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 13
•  Examine CAN wires for short circuit with ground
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 13 — CHECK POWER TRAIN CAN HIGH & LOW WIRES FOR SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Disconnect Airbag ECU connector (C 191) — (All other controllers connected with POWER TRAIN CAN BUS)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 29 of C 191 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 30 of C 191 & ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 14
•  GO TO STEP 15
STEP 14 — CHECK AIRBAG ECU FOR INTERNAL SHORT CIRCUIT WITH GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Disconnect MBFM connector (C 123) — (All other controllers connected with POWER TRAIN CAN BUS)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 32 of C 123 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 31 of C 123 & ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 23
•  Suspect internal short to ground in Airbag ECU
•  Replace Airbag ECU with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 15 – CHECK FOR INTERNAL SHORT TO GROUND IN MGM
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Connect MGM alone with POWER TRAIN CAN BUS (All other controllers disconnected)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 29 of C 191 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 30 of C 191 & ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 16
•  Suspect internal short in MGM
•  Replace MGM with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 16 – CHECK FOR INTERNAL SHORT TO GROUND IN ESCL
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Connect ESCL alone with POWER TRAIN CAN BUS (All other controllers disconnected)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 29 of C 191 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 30 of C 191 & ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 17
•  Suspect internal short in ESCL
•  Replace ESCL with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 17 – CHECK FOR INTERNAL SHORT TO GROUND IN PKE ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Connect PKE ECU alone with POWER TRAIN CAN BUS (All other controllers disconnected)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 29 of C 191 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 30 of C 191 & ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 18
•  Suspect internal short in PKE ECU
•  Replace PKE ECU with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 18 – CHECK FOR INTERNAL SHORT TO GROUND IN MBFM
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Connect MBFM alone with POWER TRAIN CAN BUS (All other controllers disconnected)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 29 of C 191 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 30 of C 191 & ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 19
•  Suspect internal short in MBFM
•  Replace MBFM with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 19 – CHECK FOR INTERNAL SHORT TO GROUND IN AT TCU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Connect AT TCU alone with POWER TRAIN CAN BUS (All other controllers disconnected)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 29 of C 191 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 30 of C 191 & ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 20
•  Suspect internal short in AT TCU
•  Replace AT TCU with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 20 – CHECK FOR INTERNAL SHORT TO GROUND IN ABS/ESP ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Connect ABS/ESP ECU alone with POWER TRAIN CAN BUS (All other controllers disconnected)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 29 of C 191 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 30 of C 191 & ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 21
•  Suspect internal short in ABS/ESP ECU
•  Replace ABS/ESP EHCU with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 21 – CHECK FOR INTERNAL SHORT TO GROUND IN EMS ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Connect EMS ECU alone with POWER TRAIN CAN BUS (All other controllers disconnected)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 29 of C 191 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 30 of C 191 & ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 22
•  Suspect internal short in EMS ECU
•  Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 22 – CHECK FOR INTERNAL SHORT TO GROUND IN AIRBAG ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect battery terminals
•  Connect Airbag ECU alone with POWER TRAIN CAN BUS (All other controllers disconnected)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 31 of C 123 & ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 32 of C 123 & ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Check for loose connections or pin-back outs in Power train BUS controller connectors & inter connectors
•  Check all Power train CAN BUS related controllers for any pin damage & corrosion
•  Suspect internal short in Airbag ECU
•  Replace Airbag ECU with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 23 — CHECK POWER TRAIN CAN HIGH & LOW WIRES FOR SHORT TO BATTERY SUPPLY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
•  Disconnect Airbag ECU connector (C 191) — All other controllers connected with POWER TRAIN CAN BUS
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 30 of C 191 & ground
•  Measure the voltage between pin 29 of C 191 & ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage measured between pin 30 of C 191 & ground ≤ 3.5 V
•  Voltage measured between pin 29 of C 191 & ground ≤ 2.5 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 24
•  GO TO STEP 25
STEP 24 — CHECK AIRBAG ECU FOR SHORT TO BATTERY INTERNALLY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect MBFM connector (C 123) — All other controllers connected with POWER TRAIN CAN BUS
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 32 of C 123 & ground
•  Measure the voltage between pin 31 of C 123 & ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage measured between pin 32 of C 123 & ground ≤ 3.5 V
•  Voltage measured between pin 31 of C 123 & ground ≤ 2.5 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Check for any intermittent issue
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assist
•  Suspect Airbag ECU for internally short to battery
•  Replace Airbag ECU with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 25 – CHECK FOR INTERNAL SHORT TO BATTERY IN MGM
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect MGM & Airbag ECU connectors (C 554 & C 191) — All other ECUs connected with POWER TRAIN CAN BUS
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 30 of C 191 & ground
•  Measure the voltage between pin 29 of C 191 & ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage measured between pin 30 of C 191 & ground ≤ 3.5 V
•  Voltage measured between pin 29 of C 191 & ground ≤ 2.5 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal short in MGM
•  Replace MGM with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  GO TO STEP 26
STEP 26 – CHECK FOR INTERNAL SHORT TO BATTERY IN ESCL
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect ESCL & Airbag ECU connectors (C 64 & C 191) — All other ECUs connected with POWER TRAIN CAN BUS
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 30 of C 191 & ground
•  Measure the voltage between pin 29 of C 191 & ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage measured between pin 30 of C 191 & ground ≤ 3.5 V
•  Voltage measured between pin 29 of C 191 & ground ≤ 2.5 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal short in ESCL
•  Replace ESCL with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  GO TO STEP 27
STEP 27 – CHECK FOR INTERNAL SHORT TO BATTERY IN PKE ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect PKE ECU & Airbag ECU connectors (C 265 & C 191) — All other ECUs connected with POWER TRAIN CAN BUS
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 30 of C 191 & ground
•  Measure the voltage between pin 29 of C 191 & ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage measured between pin 30 of C 191 & ground ≤ 3.5 V
•  Voltage measured between pin 29 of C 191 & ground ≤ 2.5 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal short in PKE ECU
•  Replace PKE ECU with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  GO TO STEP 28
STEP 28 – CHECK FOR INTERNAL SHORT TO BATTERY IN MBFM
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect MBFM & Airbag ECU connectors (C 123 & C 191) — All other ECUs connected with POWER TRAIN CAN BUS
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 30 of C 191 & ground
•  Measure the voltage between pin 29 of C 191 & ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage measured between pin 30 of C 191 & ground ≤ 3.5 V
•  Voltage measured between pin 29 of C 191 & ground ≤ 2.5 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal short in MBFM
•  Replace MBFM with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  GO TO STEP 29
STEP 29 – CHECK FOR INTERNAL SHORT TO BATTERY IN AT TCU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect AT TCU & Airbag ECU connectors (C 169 & C 191) — All other ECUs connected with POWER TRAIN CAN BUS
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 30 of C 191 & ground
•  Measure the voltage between pin 29 of C 191 & ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage measured between pin 30 of C 191 & ground ≤ 3.5 V
•  Voltage measured between pin 29 of C 191 & ground ≤ 2.5 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal short in AT TCU
•  Replace AT TCU with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  GO TO STEP 30
STEP 30 – CHECK FOR INTERNAL SHORT TO BATTERY IN ABS/ESP ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect ABS/ESP ECU & Airbag ECU connectors (C 578 / C 579 & C 191) — All other ECUs connected with POWER TRAIN CAN BUS
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 30 of C 191 & ground
•  Measure the voltage between pin 29 of C 191 & ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage measured between pin 30 of C 191 & ground ≤ 3.5 V
•  Voltage measured between pin 29 of C 191 & ground ≤ 2.5 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal short in ABS/ESP ECU
•  Replace ABS/ESP EHCU with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  GO TO STEP 31
STEP 31 – CHECK FOR INTERNAL SHORT TO BATTERY IN EMS ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect EMS & Airbag ECU connectors (C 532K/ C 8K & C 191) — All other ECUs connected with POWER TRAIN CAN BUS
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 30 of C 191 & ground
•  Measure the voltage between pin 29 of C 191 & ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage measured between pin 30 of C 191 & ground ≤ 3.5 V
•  Voltage measured between pin 29 of C 191 & ground ≤ 2.5 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal short in EMS ECU
•  Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check and confirm that ECUs are able to communicate with the diagnostic tool
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Replace Airbag ECU with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, then suspect CAN high & low wires for short to battery supply inside wiring harness. Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_U150100EMSVariantCodeError-04CAE6D9.html
12.45 U150100 — EMS Variant Code Error
12.45.1 EMS VARIANT CODE
Variant code is a calibration that is written in the ECU as part of the flashing process. Variant code enables the applicable ECUs for CAN BUS communication in that particular vehicle & variant.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU reads a valid variant code in its memory
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU reads that variant code is not written in its memory
DTC REACTIONS
•  CAN communication from EMS may be disabled
•  Check Engine Lamp continuously ON
HEALING CONDITION
•  DTC will heal after fault absent
•  CEL will turn OFF after fault absent
•  Flashing not completed
•  Faulty EMS ECU
12.45.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record DTC with freeze frame, environmental data and clear
•  Turn OFF ignition, then turn ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if U150100 is present
12.45.3 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – FLASH EMS ECU WITH i-FLASH
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition ON
•  Connect i-FLASH to the vehicle and flash
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Turn ignition OFF for 40 seconds and turn ON. Check if DTC U150100 is present
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  DTC is absent
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Diagnosis complete
•  Take a screen shot of the successful flashing screen of i-FLASH & EMS READ ECU ID and escalate to TEKline
File: null_U2005EMSVEHICLESPEEDSIGNALCONTENTFA-E208D162.html
12.14 U207200 — AT TCU Actual Gear Signal Content Error
12.14.1 TCU CONTENT FAILURE
TCU sends fail safe value of the particular signal in CAN if the signal received at TCU is invalid. The receiver ECUs of this signal consider it as invalid and registers TCU signal content failure
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  During Ignition ON , Valid signals are received from TCU by other ECUs through CAN
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  TCU sends the fail safe value of signals
DTC REACTIONS
•  Nil
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  Ignition toggle
•  AT TCU inputs signal invalid
•  Faults present in AT TCU
•  Faulty AT TCU
12.14.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if U207200 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
12.14.3  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Loosened connectors
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.14.4 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR DTC’S IN TCU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the Ignition ON
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and navigate to TCU
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check for any DTCs in TCU
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  No DTCs present
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Perform ignition toggle
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
•  Follow diagnostic procedure given in AT TCU diagnostic manual and resolve the DTCs
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
File: null_U2005EMSVEHICLESPEEDSIGNALCONTENTFA-E208D1621.html
12.20 U201300 — ABS/ESP Vehicle Speed Signal Content Error
12.20.1 ABS/ESP EHCU SIGNAL CONTENT FAILURE
ABS/ESP EHCU sends fail safe value of the particular signal in CAN if the signal received at ABS/ESP EHCU is invalid. The receiver ECUs of this signal consider it as invalid and registers ABS/ESP EHCU signal content failure
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  During Ignition ON , Valid signals are received from ABS/ESP EHCU by other ECUs through CAN
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  ABS/ESP EHCU sends the fail safe value of signals
DTC REACTIONS
•  Nil
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  Ignition toggle
•  Faulty Wheel Speed sensors
•  Faulty ABS/ESP EHCU
12.20.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if U201300 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
12.20.3  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Loosened connectors
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.20.4 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR DTC’S IN ABS/ESP EHCU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the Ignition ON
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and navigate to ABS/ESP EHCU
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check for any wheel speed sensor related DTCs in ABS/ESP EHCU
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  No DTCs present
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the faulty wheel speed sensors with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
•  Clear the DTCs using diagnostic procedures given in ABS/ESP EHCU diagnostic manual
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
File: null_U2005EMSVEHICLESPEEDSIGNALCONTENTFA-E208D1622.html
12.21 U209300 — AT TCU Vehicle Speed Signal Content Error
12.21.1 AT TCU SIGNAL CONTENT FAILURE
AT TCU sends fail safe value of the particular signal in CAN if the signal received at AT TCU is invalid. The receiver ECUs of this signal consider it as invalid and registers AT TCU signal content failure
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  During Ignition ON , Valid signals are received from AT TCU by other ECUs through CAN
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  AT TCU sends the fail safe value of signals
DTC REACTIONS
•  Nil
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  Ignition toggle
•  AT TCU inputs signal invalid
•  Faults present in AT TCU
•  Faulty AT TCU
12.21.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if U201300 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
12.21.3  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Loosened connectors
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.21.4 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR DTC’S IN AT TCU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the Ignition ON
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and navigate to AT TCU
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check for any wheel speed sensor related DTCs in AT TCU
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  No DTCs present
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the faulty wheel speed sensors with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
•  Clear the DTCs using diagnostic procedures given in AT TCU diagnostic manual
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
File: null_U2005EMSVEHICLESPEEDSIGNALCONTENTFA-E208D1623.html
12.22 U211400 — AT TCU PN Condition Signal Content Error
12.22.1 AT TCU SIGNAL CONTENT FAILURE
AT TCU sends fail safe value of the particular signal in CAN if the signal received at AT TCU is invalid. The receiver ECUs of this signal consider it as invalid and registers AT TCU signal content failure
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  During Ignition ON , Valid signals are received from AT TCU by other ECUs through CAN
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  AT TCU sends the fail safe value of signals
DTC REACTIONS
•  Nil
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  Ignition toggle
•  AT TCU inputs signal invalid
•  Faults present in AT TCU
•  Faulty AT TCU
12.22.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if U211400 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
12.22.3  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Loosened connectors
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.22.4 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR DTC’S IN AT TCU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the Ignition ON
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and navigate to AT TCU
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check for any wheel speed sensor related DTCs in AT TCU
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  No DTCs present
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Perform ignition toggle
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
•  Clear the DTCs using diagnostic procedures given in AT TCU diagnostic manual
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
File: null_U2005EMSVEHICLESPEEDSIGNALCONTENTFA-E208D1624.html
12.23 U20E100 — AT TCU Transmission Oil Temperature Signal Content Error
12.23.1 AT TCU SIGNAL CONTENT FAILURE
AT TCU sends fail safe value of the particular signal in CAN if the signal received at AT TCU is invalid. The receiver ECUs of this signal consider it as invalid and registers AT TCU signal content failure
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  During Ignition ON , Valid signals are received from AT TCU by other ECUs through CAN
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  AT TCU sends the fail safe value of signals
DTC REACTIONS
•  Nil
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  Ignition toggle
•  Faulty AT Oil temperature sensor
•  AT TCU inputs signal invalid
•  Faults present in AT TCU
•  Faulty AT TCU
12.23.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if U20E100 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
12.23.3  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Loosened connectors
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.23.4 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR DTC’S IN AT TCU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the Ignition ON
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and navigate to AT TCU
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check for any wheel speed sensor related DTCs in AT TCU
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  No DTCs present
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Perform ignition toggle
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
•  Clear the DTCs using diagnostic procedures given in AT TCU diagnostic manual
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
File: null_U2005EMSVEHICLESPEEDSIGNALCONTENTFA-E208D1625.html
12.24 U201800 — MBFM Engine OFF Time Signal Content Error
12.24.1 MBFM SIGNAL CONTENT FAILURE
MBFM sends fail safe value of the particular signal in CAN if the signal received at MBFM is invalid. The receiver ECUs of this signal consider it as invalid and registers MBFM signal content failure
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  During Ignition ON , Valid signals are received from MBFM by other ECUs through CAN
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  MBFM sends the fail safe value of signals
DTC REACTIONS
•  Nil
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  Ignition toggle
•  MBFM unable to calculate the engine OFF time due to faulty input
•  Malfunctioning MBFM
12.24.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if U201800 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
12.24.3  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Loosened connectors
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.24.4 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR DTCs
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and navigate to MBFM
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check for any DTCs in MBFM
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  No DTCs present
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Perform ignition toggle
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
•  Follow diagnostic procedure given in MBFM diagnostic manual and resolve the DTCs
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
File: null_U2005EMSVEHICLESPEEDSIGNALCONTENTFA-E208D1626.html
12.25 U20AE00 — MBFM Transfer Mode Signal Content Error
12.25.1 MBFM SIGNAL CONTENT FAILURE
MBFM sends fail safe value of the particular signal in CAN if the signal received at MBFM is invalid. The receiver ECUs of this signal consider it as invalid and registers MBFM signal content failure
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  During Ignition ON , Valid signals are received from MBFM by other ECUs through CAN
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  MBFM sends the fail safe value of signals
DTC REACTIONS
•  Nil
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  Ignition toggle
•  MBFM inputs signal invalid
•  Faults present in MBFM
•  Faulty MBFM
12.25.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise the diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if U20AE00 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
12.25.3  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Loosened connectors
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.25.4 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR DTCs
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and navigate to MBFM
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check for any DTCs in MBFM
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  No DTCs present
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Perform ignition toggle
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
•  Follow diagnostic procedure given in MBFM diagnostic manual and resolve the DTCs
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
File: null_U201200ICODOMETERREADINGSIGNALCONTE-6EA5AFFD.html
12.31 U201200 — Silver Box Odometer Signal Content Error
12.31.1 SILVER BOX SIGNAL CONTENT FAILURE
Silver box sends the fail safe value of the particular signal in CAN if the signal received at the silver box is invalid. The receiver ECU of this signal consider it as invalid and registers silver box message content failure.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  During Ignition ON, valid signals are received from Silver Box by other ECUs through CAN
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  DATC ECU supply voltage between 9 to 16 V
•  Silver box sends invalid value in odometer reading signal
DTC REACTIONS
•  Nil
HEALING CONDITION
•  The valid odometer reading signal is received from silver box by EPS ECU through CAN
•  Silver box swapped from other vehicle
•  Odometer value of silver box lower than EMS ECU
•  Malfunctioning silver box
12.31.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to diagnostic procedure if U201200 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
12.31.3  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Loosened connectors
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.31.4 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – COMPARE EMS ECU & SILVER BOX ODOMETER READING
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
•  Connect the diagnostic tool
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check whether the odometer reading in silver box matches with EMS ECU
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Odometer reading of silver box and EMS ECU matches
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Check for any DTCs in instrument cluster
•  Follow the procedures as per the silver box diagnostic manual and clear the DTCs if found any
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, replace the EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check for any new DTCs
•  If the value in silver box is greater than EMS ECU, then check the vehicle history to identify whether the silver box is replaced or not
•  Perform Instrument cluster flashing using the latest flashing tool
•  If the DTC is still present, replace the silver box with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_U201200ICODOMETERREADINGSIGNALCONTE-6EA5AFFD1.html
12.43 U20FB00 — Odometer Value Mismatch (EMS ECU Stored Value Greater Than IC Odo) 1
12.43.1 ODOMETER VALUE MISMATCH
During ignition ON, IC compares the odometer reading with the Odometer data stored in EMS ECU.. If the odometer data matches, no further comparison done and the system is fully functional. If the odometer data stored in EMS ECU is greater than the odometer reading from IC, odo mismatch is registered.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Odometer reading signal in IC matches with odometer data available in EMS ECU
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Odometer data stored in EMS ECU is greater than the odometer reading from IC
DTC REACTIONS
•  Odometer functionality affected
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  Instrument cluster swapped from other vehicle
•  Wrong data set in Instrument Cluster
•  Malfunctioning Instrument cluster
12.43.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to diagnostic procedure if U20FB00 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
12.43.3  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Loosened connectors
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.43.4 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – COMPARE EMS ECU & IC ODOMETER READING
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition ON
•  Connect i-SMART diagnostic tool
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check whether the odometer reading in instrument cluster matches with EMS ECU
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Odometer reading of instrument cluster and EMS ECU matches
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Check for any DTCs in instrument cluster. Follow the procedures as per the IC diagnostic manual and clear the DTCs if found any
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, replace the EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check for any new DTCs
•  If the value in IC is lesser than EMS ECU, then check the vehicle history to identify whether the cluster gets replaced or not
•  Perform Instrument cluster flashing using the latest flashing tool
•  If the DTC is still present, replace the instrument cluster with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_U201200ICODOMETERREADINGSIGNALCONTE-6EA5AFFD2.html
12.44 U20FC00 — Odometer Value Mismatch (EMS ECU Stored Value Lesser Than IC Odo) 2
12.44.1 ODOMETER VALUE MISMATCH
During ignition ON, IC compares the odometer reading with the Odometer data stored in EMS ECU.. If the odometer data matches, no further comparison done and the system is fully functional. If the odometer data stored in EMS ECU is lesser than the odometer reading from IC, odo mismatch is registered.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Odometer reading signal in IC matches with odometer data available in EMS ECU
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Odometer data stored in EMS ECU is lesser than the odometer reading from IC
DTC REACTIONS
•  Odometer functionality affected
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  Instrument cluster swapped from other vehicle
•  Wrong data set in Instrument Cluster
•  Malfunctioning Instrument cluster
12.44.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to diagnostic procedure if U20FC00 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
12.44.3  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Loosened connectors
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.44.4 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – COMPARE EMS ECU & IC ODOMETER READING
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition ON
•  Connect i-SMART diagnostic tool
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check whether the odometer reading in instrument cluster matches with EMS ECU
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Odometer reading of instrument cluster and EMS ECU matches
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Check for any DTCs in instrument cluster. Follow the procedures as per the IC diagnostic manual and clear the DTCs if found any
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, replace the EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check for any new DTCs
•  If the value in IC is greater than EMS ECU, then check the vehicle history to identify whether the cluster gets replaced or not
•  Perform Instrument cluster flashing using the latest flashing tool
•  If the DTC is still present, replace the instrument cluster with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_U201300VEHICLESPEEDESC12SIGNALCONTE-4BE97BCE.html
12.34 U260400 — AT TCU Torque Decrement Request Plausibility Error
12.34.1 CAN SIGNAL CONTENT FAILURE
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU monitors the torque decrement CAN signal from TCU
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU detects a fail safe value in the torque decrement CAN signal from the TCU
DTC REACTIONS
•  TCU functions may not be functional
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  Faulty TCU
12.34.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if U260400 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
12.34.3 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR DTC IN TCU
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Using diagnostic tool, check for any DTCs in TCU
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  No DTCs present
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Check for intermittent problems
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If DTC still present, Escalate to tekline for additional support
•  Follow the TCU diagnostic manual and resolve the concern
•  Clear DTC and verify
File: null_U201300VEHICLESPEEDESC12SIGNALCONTE-4BE97BCE1.html
12.35 U260300 — AT TCU Torque Increment Request Plausibility Error
12.35.1 CAN SIGNAL CONTENT FAILURE
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU monitors the torque increment CAN signal from TCU
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU detects a fail safe value in the torque increment CAN signal from the TCU
DTC REACTIONS
•  TCU functions may not be functional
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  Faulty TCU
12.35.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if U260300 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
12.35.3 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR DTC IN TCU
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Using diagnostic tool, check for any DTCs in TCU
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  No DTCs present
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Check for intermittent problems
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If DTC still present, Escalate to tekline for additional support
•  Follow the TCU diagnostic manual and resolve the concern
•  Clear DTC and verify
File: null_U201300VEHICLESPEEDESC12SIGNALCONTE-4BE97BCE2.html
12.36 U242002 — ESP Torque Plausibility Error
12.36.1 ESP TORQUE PLAUSIBILITY
ESP sends torque increment or decrement request signals to EMS ECU based on the requirement. This DTC gets registered when ESP sends both torque increment and decrement request signals to EMS in the same time
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Vehicle running
•  ESP sends torque increment or decrement request signals to EMS ECU based on the requirement
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Vehicle running
•  ESP sends both torque increment and decrement request signals to EMS in the same time
DTC REACTIONS
•  ABS/ESP functions may not be functional
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  Faulty ABS/ESP EHCU
12.36.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if U20D200 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
12.36.3 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR DTC IN ABS/ESP EHCU
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Using diagnostic tool, check for DTCs in ABS/ESP EHCU
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  No DTCs present
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Check for intermittent problems
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If DTC still present, Escalate to tekline for additional support
•  Follow the ABS/ESP EHCU diagnostic manual and resolve the concern
•  Clear DTC and verify
File: null_U201300VEHICLESPEEDESC12SIGNALCONTE-4BE97BCE3.html
12.48 U208F00 — Silver Box Cruise Lamp Feedback Error
12.48.1 CRUISE LAMP
The cruise control warning lamp illuminates when the ignition is turned ON and goes OFF as part of the instrument cluster self check. The lamp is continuously illuminated when cruise control is engaged.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU monitors the cruise lamp feedback signal from IC
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU detects a fail safe value in the cruise lamp feedback CAN signal from the IC
DTC REACTIONS
•  Nil
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  Faulty IC
12.48.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if U208F00 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
12.48.3 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR DTC IN IC
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Using diagnostic tool, check for any cruise lamp related DTCs in IC
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  No DTCs present
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Check for intermittent problems
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If DTC still present, Escalate to tekline for additional support
•  Follow the IC diagnostic manual and resolve the concern
•  Clear DTC and verify
File: null_U201300VEHICLESPEEDESC12SIGNALCONTE-4BE97BCE4.html
12.49 U20FA00 — Silver Box Start Stop Lamp Feedback Error
12.49.1 START STOP LAMP
The start stop lamp illuminates when the ignition is turned ON and goes OFF as part of the instrument cluster self check. The lamp is continuously illuminated when Start Stop function is enabled.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU monitors the start stop lamp feedback signal from silver box
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU detects a fail safe value in the start stop lamp feedback CAN signal from the silver box
DTC REACTIONS
•  Nil
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  Faulty silver box
12.49.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if U208F00 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
12.49.3 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR DTC IN SILVER BOX
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Using diagnostic tool, check for any start stop lamp related DTCs in silver box
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  No DTCs present
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Check for intermittent problems
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If DTC still present, Escalate to tekline for additional support
•  Follow the silver box diagnostic manual and resolve the concern
•  Clear DTC and verify
File: null_U201300VEHICLESPEEDESC12SIGNALCONTE-4BE97BCE5.html
12.50 U208C00 — Silver Box OBD Lamp Feedback Error
12.50.1 MIL (OBD LAMP)
MIL indicates a malfunction in emission control system. When ignition is turned ON, the OBD lamp turns ON and goes OFF only after the engine starts. The lamp is illuminated continuously for any malfunction in emission control system.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU monitors the OBD lamp feedback signal from silver box
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU detects a fail safe value in the OBD lamp feedback CAN signal from the silver box
DTC REACTIONS
•  Nil
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  Faulty silver box
12.50.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if U208C00 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
12.50.3 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR DTC IN SILVER BOX
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Using diagnostic tool, check for any OBD lamp related DTCs in silver box
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  No DTCs present
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Check for intermittent problems
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If DTC still present, Escalate to tekline for additional support
•  Follow the silver box diagnostic manual and resolve the concern
•  Clear DTC and verify
File: null_U201300VEHICLESPEEDESC12SIGNALCONTE-4BE97BCE6.html
12.51 U208D00 — Silver Box Check Engine Lamp Feedback Error
12.51.1 ENGINE CHECK LAMP
Engine check lamp indicates a malfunction in engine management system. When ignition is turned ON, the engine check lamp turns ON and goes OFF in few seconds as part of the instrument cluster self check. The lamp illuminates continuously or blinks for any malfunction in engine management system.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU monitors the Engine check lamp feedback signal from silver box
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU detects a fail safe value in the Engine check lamp feedback CAN signal from the silver box
DTC REACTIONS
•  Nil
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  Faulty silver box
12.51.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE if U208D00 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
12.51.3 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR DTC IN SILVER BOX
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Using diagnostic tool, check for any OBD lamp related DTCs in silver box
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  No DTCs present
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Check for intermittent problems
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If DTC still present, Escalate to tekline for additional support
•  Follow the silver box diagnostic manual and resolve the concern
•  Clear DTC and verify
File: null_U201600ABSESPTorqueIncrementRequest-04CC2840.html
12.19 U201600 — ABS/ESP Torque Increment Request Signal Content Error
12.19.1 CAN SIGNAL CONTENT FAILURE
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU monitors the torque increment CAN signal from ABS/ESP EHCU
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU detects a fail safe value in the torque increment CAN signal from the ABS/ESP EHCU
DTC REACTIONS
•  ACC disabled
HEALING CONDITION
•  DTC will heal after fault absent
•  ABS/ESP EHCU inputs signal invalid
•  Faults present in ABS/ESP EHCU
•  Faulty ABS/ESP EHCU
12.19.2  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Loosened connectors
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.19.3 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR DTC’S IN ABS/ESP ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the Ignition ON
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and navigate to ABS/ESP ECU
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check for any DTCs in ABS/ESP ECU
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  No DTCs present
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Perform ignition toggle
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
•  Follow diagnostic procedure given in ABS/ESP ECU diagnostic manual and resolve the DTCs
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
File: null_U205800STEERINGANGLESIGNALCONTENTFA-EAA896FB.html
12.16 U205800 — EPS Absolute Steering Angle Signal Content Error
12.16.1 TORQUE & ANGLE SENSOR
A dedicated torque and angle sensor is present in the steering column. Based on the signal received from angle sensor, EPS ECU calculates the steering angle and then shares this information with other controllers via CAN BUS.

DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  During ignition ON , Valid signals are received from SAS through CAN
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Invalid value for in ABSOLUTE_ANGLE signal in Message SAS1_10
DTC REACTIONS
•  Only EBD , ABS , DTC , HBA & HHC functions available from ABS/ESP ECU, all other functions disabled
•  EPB remains active
•  ESP, HDC & Auto vehicle hold malfunction warning lamps ON in cluster
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  Perform ignition toggle reset
•  SAS calibration not done properly
•  Faulty torque and angle sensor
•  Faulty EPS ECU
12.16.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to diagnostic procedure if U205800 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
12.16.3  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Loosened connectors
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.16.4 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – PERFORM SAS CALIBRATION
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and navigate to EPS ECU → Routines
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Perform SAS calibration
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  SAS calibration completed successfully
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, replace the steering column assembly with a new one
•  Perform SAS calibration
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
•  Identify the reason for SAS calibration failure and rectify
•  Check for any other DTCs related to SAS present, if found rectify the same using diagnostics procedures provided
File: null_U205800STEERINGANGLESIGNALCONTENTFA-EAA896FB1.html
12.17 U20C700 — EPS Angle Speed Signal Content Error
12.17.1 TORQUE & ANGLE SENSOR
A dedicated torque and angle sensor is present in the steering column. Based on the signal received from angle sensor, EPS ECU calculates the steering angle and then shares this information with other controllers via CAN BUS.

DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  During ignition ON , Valid signals are received from EPS ECU through CAN
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Invalid value for in angle speed signal sent to EMS ECU
DTC REACTIONS
•  EPS Functions may not work properly
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  Perform ignition toggle reset
•  Faulty torque and angle sensor
•  Faulty EPS ECU
12.17.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn the ignition ON and Initialise diagnostic tool
•  Record the DTC and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to diagnostic procedure if U20C700 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
12.17.3  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Loosened connectors
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.17.4 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR DTC’S IN EPS ECU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the Ignition ON
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and navigate to EPS ECU
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check for any DTCs in EPS ECU
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  No DTCs present
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Perform ignition toggle
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
•  Follow diagnostic procedure given in EPS ECU diagnostic manual and resolve the DTCs
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
File: null_U206100InputShaftSpeedErrorInTCU-04CC4282.html
12.29 U206100 — TCU Input Shaft Speed Signal Content Error
12.29.1 CAN MESSAGE CONTENT FAILURE
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU monitors the CAN message from AT TCU
AT TCU
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU detects an error in the input shaft speed CAN signal from the AT TCU
DTC REACTIONS
•  ACC disabled
HEALING CONDITION
•  DTC will heal after fault absent
•  AT TCU inputs signal invalid
•  Faults present in AT TCU
•  Faulty AT TCU
12.29.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record DTC with freeze frame, environmental data and clear
•  Turn OFF ignition, then turn ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if U206100 is present
12.29.3 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR DTCs
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and navigate to AT TCU
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check for any DTCs in AT TCU
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  No DTCs present
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Perform ignition toggle
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
•  Follow diagnostic procedure given in AT TCU diagnostic manual and resolve the DTCs
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
File: null_U206200OutputShaftSpeedErrorInTCU-04CC49F0.html
12.30 U206200 — TCU Output Shaft Speed Signal Content Error
12.30.1 CAN MESSAGE CONTENT FAILURE
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU monitors the CAN message from AT TCU
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU detects an error in the Output shaft speed CAN signal from the AT TCU
DTC REACTIONS
•  ACC disabled
HEALING CONDITION
•  DTC will heal after fault absent
•  AT TCU inputs signal invalid
•  Faults present in AT TCU
•  Faulty AT TCU
12.30.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record DTC with freeze frame, environmental data and clear
•  Turn OFF ignition, then turn ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if U206200 is present
12.30.3 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR DTCs
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and navigate to AT TCU
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check for any DTCs in AT TCU
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  No DTCs present
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Perform ignition toggle
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
•  Follow diagnostic procedure given in AT TCU diagnostic manual and resolve the DTCs
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
File: null_U207300TGS_LEVERSIGNALCONTENTFAILUR-48CD4C34.html
12.18 U207300 — AT TCU TGS Lever Signal Content Failure
12.18.1 TCU SIGNAL CONTENT FAILURE
AT TCU sends the fail safe value of the particular signal in CAN if the signal received at the AT TCU is invalid. The receiver ECUs of this signal consider this signal as invalid and registers TCU signal content failure
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  During Ignition ON , Valid signals are received from TCU by other ECUs through CAN
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  TCU sends the fail safe value of signals
DTC REACTIONS
•  Nil
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  Ignition toggle
•  AT TCU inputs signal invalid
•  Faults present in AT TCU
•  Faulty AT TCU
12.18.2  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  Loosened connectors
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
12.18.3 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR DTC’S IN TCU
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the Ignition ON
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and navigate to TCU
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check for any DTCs in TCU
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  No DTCs present
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Perform ignition toggle
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
•  Follow diagnostic procedure given in AT TCU diagnostic manual and resolve the DTCs
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
File: null_U20AB00ABSESPTorqueDecrementRequest-04CC59DB.html
12.32 U20AB00 — ESP Torque Decrement Request Fast Signal Content Error
12.32.1 CAN SIGNAL CONTENT FAILURE
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU monitors the torque decrement CAN signal from ABS/ESP EHCU
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU detects a fail safe value in the torque decrement CAN signal from the ABS/ESP EHCU
DTC REACTIONS
•  ACC disabled
HEALING CONDITION
•  DTC will heal after fault absent
•  Faulty ABS/ESP EHCU
12.32.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record DTC with freeze frame, environmental data and clear
•  Turn OFF ignition, then turn ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if U20AB00 is present
12.32.3 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR DTCs
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and navigate to ABS/ESP EHCU
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check for any DTCs in ABS/ESP EHCU
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  No DTCs present
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Perform ignition toggle
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
•  Follow diagnostic procedure given in ABS/ESP EHCU diagnostic manual and resolve the DTCs
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
File: null_U20AB00ABSESPTorqueDecrementRequest-04CC59DB1.html
12.33 U20AC00 — ESP Torque Decrement Request Slow Signal Content Error
12.33.1 CAN SIGNAL CONTENT FAILURE
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU monitors the torque decrement CAN signal from ABS/ESP EHCU
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU detects a fail safe value in the torque decrement CAN signal from the ABS/ESP EHCU
DTC REACTIONS
•  ACC disabled
HEALING CONDITION
•  DTC will heal after fault absent
•  Faulty ABS/ESP EHCU
12.33.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record DTC with freeze frame, environmental data and clear
•  Turn OFF ignition, then turn ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if U20AB00 is present
12.33.3 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR DTCs
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and navigate to ABS/ESP EHCU
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check for any DTCs in ABS/ESP EHCU
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  No DTCs present
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Perform ignition toggle
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
•  Follow diagnostic procedure given in ABS/ESP EHCU diagnostic manual and resolve the DTCs
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
File: null_U20AB00ABSESPTorqueDecrementRequest-04CC59DB2.html
12.52 U213800 — Invalid Decrement Torque Request From ESC In Adaptive Cruise Control Active State
12.52.1 CAN SIGNAL CONTENT FAILURE
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  Engine ON & Vehicle Running
•  EMS ECU monitors the torque decrement CAN signal from ABS/ESP EHCU
•  Adaptive cruise control active
•  No abnormality detected by EMS ECU in torque decrement CAN signal from ABS/ESP EHCU
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  Engine ON & Vehicle Running
•  Adaptive cruise control active
•  EMS ECU detects a fail safe value in the torque decrement CAN signal from the ABS/ESP EHCU
DTC REACTIONS
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  DTC will heal after fault absent
•  Faulty ABS/ESP EHCU
12.52.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record DTC with freeze frame, environmental data and clear
•  Turn OFF ignition, then turn ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if U213800 is present
12.52.3 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR DTCs
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and navigate to ABS/ESP EHCU
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check for any DTCs in ABS/ESP EHCU
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  No DTCs present
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Perform ignition toggle
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
•  Follow diagnostic procedure given in ABS/ESP EHCU diagnostic manual and resolve the DTCs
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
File: null_U20AB00ABSESPTorqueDecrementRequest-04CC59DB3.html
12.53 U213900 — Invalid Increment Torque Request From ESC In Adaptive Cruise Control Active State
12.53.1 CAN SIGNAL CONTENT FAILURE
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  Engine ON & Vehicle Running
•  EMS ECU monitors the torque increment CAN signal from ABS/ESP EHCU
•  Adaptive cruise control active
•  No abnormality detected by EMS ECU in torque increment CAN signal from ABS/ESP EHCU
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  Engine ON & Vehicle Running
•  Adaptive cruise control active
•  EMS ECU detects a fail safe value in the torque increment CAN signal from the ABS/ESP EHCU
DTC REACTIONS
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  DTC will heal after fault absent
•  Faulty ABS/ESP EHCU
12.53.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record DTC with freeze frame, environmental data and clear
•  Turn OFF ignition, then turn ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if U213900 is present
12.53.3 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR DTCs
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and navigate to ABS/ESP EHCU
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check for any DTCs in ABS/ESP EHCU
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  No DTCs present
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Perform ignition toggle
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
•  Follow diagnostic procedure given in ABS/ESP EHCU diagnostic manual and resolve the DTCs
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
File: null_U20CE00DATCBlowerDisplaySignalConte-04CC6375.html
12.26 U20CE00 — DATC Display Blower Signal Content Failure
12.26.1 DATC SIGNAL CONTENT FAILURE
DATC sends fail safe value of the particular signal in CAN if the signal received at DATC is invalid. The receiver ECUs of this signal consider it as invalid and registers DATC signal content failure
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU monitors the CAN message from DATC
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU detects an error in the DATC blower display CAN signal from the DATC
DTC REACTIONS
•  DATC functions may not be functional
HEALING CONDITION
•  DTC will heal after fault absent
•  DATC ECU inputs signal invalid
•  Faults present in DATC ECU
•  Faulty DATC ECU
12.26.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record DTC with freeze frame, environmental data and clear
•  Turn OFF ignition, then turn ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if U20CE00 is present
12.26.3 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR DTCs
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and navigate to DATC
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check for any DTCs in DATC
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  No DTCs present
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Perform ignition toggle
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
•  Follow diagnostic procedure given in DATC diagnostic manual and resolve the DTCs
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
File: null_U20CE00DATCBlowerDisplaySignalConte-04CC63751.html
12.27 U260500 — DATC Cabin Temperature Signal Content Error
12.27.1 DATC SIGNAL CONTENT FAILURE
DATC sends fail safe value of the particular signal in CAN if the signal received at DATC is invalid. The receiver ECUs of this signal consider it as invalid and registers DATC signal content failure
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU monitors the CAN message from DATC
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU detects an error in the DATC cabin temperature CAN signal from the DATC
DTC REACTIONS
•  DATC functions may not be functional
HEALING CONDITION
•  DTC will heal after fault absent
•  DATC ECU inputs signal invalid
•  Faults present in DATC ECU
•  Faulty DATC ECU
12.27.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record DTC with freeze frame, environmental data and clear
•  Turn OFF ignition, then turn ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if U20CE00 is present
12.27.3 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR DTCs
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and navigate to DATC
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check for any DTCs in DATC
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  No DTCs present
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Perform ignition toggle
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
•  Follow diagnostic procedure given in DATC diagnostic manual and resolve the DTCs
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
File: null_U20D200SilverBoxFuelLevelSignalCont-04CC7E4D.html
12.28 U20D200 — Silver Box Fuel Level Signal Content Error
12.28.1 CAN SIGNAL CONTENT FAILURE
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU monitors the fuel level CAN signal from Silver box
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU detects a fail safe value in the fuel level CAN signal from the Silver box
DTC REACTIONS
•  Fuel gauge may not display
HEALING CONDITION
•  DTC will heal after fault absent
•  Silver box inputs signal invalid
•  Faults present in Silver box
•  Faulty Silver box
12.28.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record DTC with freeze frame, environmental data and clear
•  Turn OFF ignition, then turn ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if U20D200 is present
12.28.3 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FOR DTCs
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition ON
•  Connect the diagnostic tool and navigate to Silver box
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check for any DTCs in Silver box
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  No DTCs present
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Perform ignition toggle
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
•  Follow diagnostic procedure given in Silver box diagnostic manual and resolve the DTCs
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, contact your respective TEKline for further assistance
File: null_U280100EMSFeatureCodeIsNotWritten-04CADEBE.html
12.46 U280156 — Cruise Control Switch - Feature Code Configuration Error
12.46.1 EMS FEATURE CODE
Feature code is a calibration that is written in the ECU as part of the flashing process. Feature code enables the applicable features for that particular vehicle & variant.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU reads a valid feature code in its memory
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU reads that feature code is not written in its memory
DTC REACTIONS
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) will not work
HEALING CONDITION
•  DTC will heal after fault absent
•  Flashing not completed
•  Faulty EMS ECU
12.46.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record DTC with freeze frame, environmental data and clear
•  Turn OFF ignition, then turn ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if U280156 is present
12.46.3 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – FLASH EMS ECU WITH i-FLASH
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition ON
•  Connect i-FLASH to the vehicle and flash
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Turn ignition OFF for 40 seconds and turn ON. Check if DTC U280156 is present
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  DTC is absent
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Diagnosis completed
•  Take a screen shot of the successful flashing screen of i-FLASH & EMS READ ECU ID and escalate to TEKline
File: null_U280100EMSFeatureCodeIsNotWritten-04CADEBE1.html
12.47 U280100 — EMS Feature Code Error
12.47.1 EMS FEATURE CODE
Feature code is a calibration that is written in the ECU as part of the flashing process. Feature code enables the applicable features for that particular vehicle & variant.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU reads a valid feature code in its memory
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU reads that feature code is not written in its memory
DTC REACTIONS
•  Any ECU features may not work
•  Check Engine Lamp continuously ON
HEALING CONDITION
•  DTC will heal after fault absent
•  CEL will turn OFF after fault absent
•  Flashing not completed
•  Faulty EMS ECU
12.47.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record DTC with freeze frame, environmental data and clear
•  Turn OFF ignition, then turn ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if U280100 is present
12.47.3 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – FLASH EMS ECU WITH i-FLASH
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition ON
•  Connect i-FLASH to the vehicle and flash
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Turn ignition OFF for 40 seconds and turn ON. Check if DTC U280100 is present
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  DTC is absent
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Diagnosis completed
•  Take a screen shot of the successful flashing screen of i-FLASH & EMS READ ECU ID and escalate to TEKline
File: null_procedure-12-34DA273E.html
11.1 P06A013 — AC Compressor Relay - Open Load
11.1.1 AC COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
The AC compressor is controlled by the EMS ECU with the feedback of the temperature sensing unit in the HVAC system and pressure sensor measuring the pressure of the refrigerant flow in the air conditioning circuit. The EMS monitor the status of compressor clutch relay for monitoring hardware errors such as short circuit to battery, short circuit to ground and open load
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage between 9 to 16 V
•  EMS ECU switches ON the compressor once it receives AC switch ON signal
•  No malfunction detected by EMS ECU in the AC compressor power circuit
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage between 9 to 16 V
•  Open load detected in AC compressor relay control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  A/C compressor clutch remains disengaged
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Open in AC compressor relay signal wire
•  Faulty AC compressor relay
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.1.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.1.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
11.1.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
 
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU CONNECTOR
52
AC COMPRESSOR RELAY SIGNAL
11.1.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P06A013 is present
•  If not present, then check for any intermittent problem
11.1.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector lock
•  Terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.1.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK THE FUNCTIONING OF AC COMPRESSOR RELAY
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Ensure AC compressor relay is fixed properly in the connector of relay box
•  Disconnect AC compressor relay
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check the functioning of relay by supplying 12V to terminal 86 and ground to terminal 85
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Audible click sound
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Replace AC compressor relay with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK FOR OPEN CIRCUIT OF AC COMPRESSOR RELAY SIGNAL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU wiring harness connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
•  Disconnect AC compressor relay
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure resistance between seat corresponding to pin 85 of AC compressor relay and pin 52 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect EMS ECU failure
•  Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check and verify for any DTC
•  Examine for open circuit of AC compressor relay signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_procedure-13-3E2123A7.html
3.2 Engine sensor data list
3.2.1 Crankshaft sensor
Location
Mounted on crankcase below OFM
Type
Hall effect
No. of teeth (Trigger wheel)
60–2
Supply Voltage
5 ± 0.25 V
Fail safe
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine Starts with a long crank
•  Engine speed limited to 2500 rpm
•  Torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Engine speed is calculated through intake camshaft
Crankshaft sensor is used for measuring
1. Engine RPM
2. Crankshaft sensor (for information on the position of the engine pistons)
The rotation speed of the crankshaft is calculated from the sensor’s signal frequency. The output signal from crankshaft sensor is one of the most critical quantities required for electronic engine management. The 2 teeth gap in the trigger wheel is used by EMS ECU for synchronisation.
Graphic
Working
The hall effect sensor has a semiconductor element, to which a reference voltage is supplied and grounded. As the motor runs, The trigger wheel coupled to the crank shaft rotates .During this operation Hall effect sensor generates signal and gives feedback to EMS ECU
3.2.2 Cam shaft sensors (Intake & Exhaust)
Location
Mounted on the Cam cover
Type
Hall effect
No. of teeth (Trigger wheel)
4
Supply Voltage
5 ± 0.25 V
Fail safe
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine Starts with a long crank
•  Exhaust and intake VVT control deactivated
•  Idle instability
•  Incase of any one sensor failure, Engine speed is limited to 4000 rpm
•  Incase of both the sensor failure, Engine speed is limited to 2500 rpm
The camshafts control engine intake and exhaust valves. They rotate at half the speed of crankshaft or engine speed. When a piston travels up towards TDC, the camshaft position determines whether it is in compression or exhaust phase. This information cannot be generated by the crankshaft position in the starting phase. During normal operation on the other hand, the information can be generated by the crankshaft sensor suffices to define the engine status.
Graphic
Working
The hall effect sensor has a semiconductor element, to which a reference voltage is supplied and grounded. As the motor runs, The trigger wheels which are coupled to both intake and exhaust Cam shaft rotates .During this operation Hall effect sensor generates signal and gives feedback to EMS ECU
3.2.3 Rail pressure sensor
Location
Mounted on Common rail
Type
Piezo resistive
Supply Voltage
5 ± 0.25 V
Signal Voltage (Range)
4.85 to 0.15 V
Fail safe
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine will run in low pressure mode
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Torque limited to 150 Nm
The rail pressure sensor senses the fuel pressure in the common rail and sends it to EMS ECU. Fuel is maintained at a high pressure in the common rail depending on the requirement of the engine.
Graphic
Working
This sensor has a piezo resistive crystal which is located on a diaphragm inside a sealed unit. when pressure is applied on the diaphgram, it deforms and forces gets exerted on the piezo resistive crystal leading to change in resistance. This change in resistance is converted into voltage using a wheatstone’s bridge and an amplifier
3.2.4 Boost pressure & temperature sensor
Location
Mounted on intercooler outlet hose
Pressure sensor Type
Piezo-resistive
Temperature sensor Type
Negative temperature coefficient
Supply Voltage
5 ± 0.25 V
Pressure Signal Voltage (Range)
4.82 to 0.25 V
Temperature signal Voltage (Range)
4.93 to 0.21 V
Temperature sensor resistance at 25 °C
1.42 kΩ (Approx)
Fail safe
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Modelled values are used for engine functionality
This sensor continuously monitors the variation intercooler outlet air pressure and temperature. EMS ECU uses this signal for calculating the mass air flow along with TMAP & Crankshaft sensor signals. This signal is also used as a feedback for control of the turbo recirculation valve (dump valve).
Graphic
Working
This sensor has a piezo resistive crystal which is located on a diaphragm inside a sealed unit. when pressure is applied on the diaphgram, it deforms and forces gets exerted on the piezo resistive crystal leading to change in resistance. This change in resistance is converted into voltage using a wheatstone’s bridge and an amplifier
3.2.5 Intake manifold pressure & temperature (T-MAP) sensor
Location
Mounted on intake manifold
Pressure sensor Type
Piezo resistive sensor
Temperature sensor Type
Negative temperature coefficient
Supply Voltage
5 ± 0.25 V
Pressure Signal Voltage (range)
4.82 to 0.25 V
Temperature signal Voltage (Range)
4.93 to 0.21 V
Temperature sensor resistance at 27 °C
1.42 kΩ (Approx)
Fail safe
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Modelled values are used for engine functionality
This sensor continuously monitors the air pressure and temperature in the intake manifold and sends the signal to EMS ECU. EMS ECU uses this signal for calculating the mass air flow along with Boost pressure & Crankshaft sensor signals
Graphic
Working
This sensor has a piezo resistive crystal which is located on a diaphragm inside a sealed unit. when pressure is applied on the diaphgram, it deforms and forces gets exerted on the piezo resistive crystal leading to change in resistance. This change in resistance is converted into voltage using a wheatstone’s bridge and an amplifier
3.2.6 Oil pressure sensor
Location
Mounted on Oil Cooler & Filtration module
Type
Piezo resistive
Supply Voltage
5 ± 0.25 V
Signal Voltage (Range)
4.795 to 0.30 V
Fail safe
•  Engine check lamp ON
•  Variable oil pump control disabled
•  Variable oil pump solenoid valve remains open
•  Variable oil pump runs in low pressure mode
•  Oil pressure telltale ON
The oil pressure sensor continuously monitors the oil pressure and sends the signal to EMS ECU. EMS ECU uses this signal for Variable oil pump operation and also to alert the driver, incase of low oil pressure.
Graphic
Working
This sensor has a piezo resistive crystal which is located on a diaphragm inside a sealed unit. when pressure is applied on the diaphgram, it deforms and forces gets exerted on the piezo resistive crystal leading to change in resistance. This change in resistance is converted into voltage using a wheatstone’s bridge and an amplifier
3.2.7 AC pressure sensor
Location
Mounted on High pressure refrigerant line
Type
Piezo-Resistive
Supply Voltage
5 ± 0.25 V
Signal Voltage (Range)
4.80 to 0.075 V
Fail safe
•  Compressor cutsoff
AC pressure sensor senses the refrigerant pressure in the High pressure line and sends the signal to EMS ECU.
Signal from refrigerant pressure sensor is used by the EMS ECU to
•  Engage and Disengage the Compressor clutch
•  Cooling fan control
Graphic
Working
This sensor has a piezo resistive crystal which is located on a diaphragm inside a sealed unit. when pressure is applied on the diaphragm, it deforms and forces gets exerted on the piezo resistive crystal leading to change in resistance. This change in resistance is converted into voltage using a wheatstone’s bridge and an amplifier
3.2.8 Ambient temperature sensor
Location
Mounted near front carrier assembly
Type
Negative temperature coefficient
Signal Voltage (Range)
4.90 to 0.10 V
Resistance at 27 °C
1.81 KΩ (Approx)
Fail safe
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Modelled values are used for engine functionality
Ambient temperature sensor continuously monitors the outside temperature and sends the signal to EMS ECU. Ambient temperature sensor is an NTC type where the resistance decreases with increase in temperature & viceversa
Graphic
Working
When the ambient air is cold, the ambient temperature sensor provides high resistance, which the EMS ECU detects as a high signal voltage. when the ambient air is hot, the ambient temperature sensor provides low resistance, which the EMS ECU detects as a low signal voltage
3.2.9 Coolant temperature sensor
Location
Mounted on cylinder head
Type
Negative temperature coefficient
Signal Voltage (Range)
4.85 to 0.144 V
Resistance at 27 °C
1.50 KΩ (Approx)
Fail safe
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Fan ON in high speed
•  108 °C — AC cutsoff
•  109 °C — Torque limitation
•  112 to 114 °C — High Temperature tell tale Blinks
•  Greater than 115 °C — High temperature telltale continuously ON & Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm & torque limited to 150 Nm
Coolant temperature sensor continuously monitors the engine temperature and sends the signal to EMS ECU. Coolant temperature sensor is an NTC type where the resistance decreases with increase in temperature & viceversa
Graphic
Working
When the engine is cold, the Coolant temperature sensor provides high resistance, which the EMS ECU detects as a high signal voltage. As the engine warms up, the Coolant temperature sensor provides low resistance, which the EMS ECU detects as a low signal voltage
3.2.10 Lambda upstream sensor
Location
Before catcon on exhaust manifold
Type
Wide band (linear)
Heater Supply Voltage
12 V
Sensor Supply Voltage
5 ± 0.25 V
Fail safe
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Lambda closed loop control disabled
•  Catalyst monitoring disabled
Lambda upstream sensor sends oxygen signal to EMS ECU, to maintain the calculated air fuel mixture.
Graphic
Working
Oxygen sensor works on the principle of Nernst cell – oxygen balance between exhaust from engine to the ambient air exhaust. Wideband O2 sensors can respond to small changes in the air-fuel ratio. The output of the wideband oxygen sensor is a current signal
This wideband oxygen sensor has two platinum electrodes, ZrO2 plate and a pump cell. one of the platinum electrode is exposed to the ambient air and the pump cell electrodes are exposed to the exhaust gas. The nerst cell produces voltage based on the lambda concentration when they get hot (approximately 600°F) .During this operation, the pumping current is applied across the pump cell to keep the controlled region at stoichiometry. This applied current leads to the measurement of oxygen concentration in the exhaust gas.
3.2.11 Lambda downstream sensor
Location
After catcon on exhaust manifold
Type
Narrow band (binary)
Heater Supply Voltage
12 V
Sensor Supply Voltage
5 ± 0.25 V
Fail safe
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Lambda adaptation disabled
•  Catalyst monitoring disabled
Lambda downstream sensor sends oxygen content signal to EMS ECU to monitor the CATCON efficiency
Graphic
Working
Oxygen sensor works on the principle of Nernst cell – oxygen balance between exhaust from engine to the ambient air exhaust. The output of the Narrowband oxygen sensor is a voltage signal
This narrow band oxygen sensor has two platinum electrodes, ZrO2 plate . one of the platinum electrode is exposed to the ambient air and the other platinum electrode is exposed to the exhaust gas. The difference in oxygen concentration between both the sides of the electrode and its high temperature produces signal voltage. the magnitude of this voltage results in the measurement of lambda.
3.2.12 Accelerator pedal position sensor
Location
Mounted on Accelerator pedal
Type
Potentiometer — 2 Tracks
Supply Voltage
5 ± 0.25 V
Signal Voltage (Range) — APP1
4.604 to 0.444 V
Signal Voltage (Range) — APP2
2.485 to 0.142 V
Fail safe
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine speed limited to 2500 rpm
•  No response to accelerator pedal
Accelerator pedal position sensor senses the position of the accelerator pedal and sends it to EMS ECU. Accelerator pedal sensor assembly consists of 2 sensors inside, APP1 & APP2. A second redundant sensor is incorporated for diagnosis purpose and for use incase of malfunction.
Graphic
Working
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two potentiometer tracks and a wiper arm. When the accelerator pedal is pressed, The wiper arm moves over the potentiometer track changing the resistance, thus change in signal voltage. if the difference between both the signals goes beyond the maximum range, then it is taken as a failure
3.2.13 Throttle Position sensor
Location
Part of electronic throttle control, Mounted on intake manifold
Type
Potentiometer — 2 Tracks
Supply Voltage
5 ± 0.25 V
Fail safe
•  OBD Lamp ON
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Torque limited to 150 Nm
Throttle position sensor senses the position of the Throttle valve and sends the information to EMS ECU.
Signal from Throttle position sensor is used by the EMS ECU to understand
•  Exact position of the throttle valve
•  Throttle valve response analysis & self calibration
•  Throttle Valve mechanical faults etc.
Graphic
Working
Throttle position sensor has two potentiometer tracks and a wiper arm. When the throttle valve actuates , The wiper arm moves over the potentiometer track changing the resistance, thus change in signal voltage. If the difference between both the signals goes beyond the maximum range, then it is taken as a failure
3.2.14 Turbocharger Actuator Position Sensor
Location
Part of electric Variable Geometry Turbocharger (eVGT)
Type
Potentiometer — 1 Track
Supply Voltage
5 ± 0.25 V
Fail safe
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine check lamp ON
•  Turbocharger Actuator disabled
•  Turbo recirculation valve (Dump valve) always open
•  Engine speed limited to 2500 rpm
Turbocharger actuator position sensor senses the position of the actuator and sends the information to EMS ECU. The EMS ECU controls the actuator position opening based on the feedback from actuator position sensor.
Graphic
Working
Turbocharger Actuator position sensor has a single potentiometer track and a wiper arm. When the actuator operates, The wiper arm moves over the potentiometer track changing the resistance, thus change in signal voltage.
3.2.15 Knock sensor
Location
Mounted on Engine block
Type
Piezo electric
Fail safe
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine check lamp ON
•  Engine Vibrates
•  Reduced vehicle performance
Knock sensor sends the engine knock intensity signal to EMS ECU. Knock sensor is a piezoelectric vibration sensor. When engine detonation occurs, the vibrations are transmitted through the engine block to the sensor body
Graphic
Working
Piezo electric knock sensor consists of a piezo ceramic disc. During knocking, the vibrations from the engine create Pressure on the ceramic, that is proportional to the Knock.The ceramic generates a voltage based on this pressure and it sends this signal to EMS ECU.
3.2.16 Brake switch
Location
Mounted on brake pedal
Type
Contactor type
Supply Voltage
12 V
Switch Status
When the brake pedal is released
•  Main brake switch — Open
•  Redundant switch — Closed
When the brake pedal is Pressed
•  Main brake switch — Closed
•  Redundant switch — Open
Fail safe
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Cruise control turned off
Brake pedal switch sends information of drivers brake pedal input to the EMS ECU. The Brake pedal switch has two internal switches — Main switch and redundant switch. EMS ECU uses the status of both switches for redundancy check
Graphic
File: null_procedure-13-4159421F.html
3.1 TGDI – Turbocharged Gasoline Direct Injection
Gasoline Direct injection is a process where the combustion air flows through the intake valve and fuel is injected directly into the combustion chamber at high pressure by fuel injectors. In GDI engines, Air fuel mixture formation takes place inside the combustion chamber.
3.1.1 Operating Modes
Operating modes in gasoline direct injection engines are broadly classified into Homogeneous mode and stratified mode. Mahindra m-Stallion 2 Litre Gasoline engine operates in homogeneous Mode.
Homogeneous Mode
Homogeneous mode operates on stoichiometric fuel-air mixture and is used in all loads and speed conditions. In this mode, Fuel injection takes place during the intake stroke, hence gets sufficient time to form a homogeneous mixture which results in complete combustion and less emission. Early injection of fuel cools the charge as spray droplets absorb heat of vaporisation from air present in the cylinder, thereby increasing volumetric efficiency of the engine.
Graphic
3.1.2 Air Flow measurement
Amount of air entering the intake system is measured in two ways
•  Speed density system
•  Mass air flow system
Speed density system
Graphic
Speed density system is an indirect way of measuring the air flow inside the intake system. In this type of air flow measurement, EMS ECU will be pre-programmed with the information regarding the volumetric efficiency & Engine Displacement(cc). EMS ECU calculates the mass air flow based on the inputs from the following sensors
•  T-MAP sensor
•  Boost pressure sensor
•  Crank shaft sensor
Mass air flow (kg/hr) = Density of air x Volumetric flow rate
Density of air (Kg/Cu.m) — Calculated using intake air pressure & Temperature from T-MAP & Boost pressure sensors
Volumetric Flow rate(Cu.m/hr) — Calculated using engine displacement, volumetric efficiency & Engine speed
m-Stallion 2 Litre Gasoline engine uses speed density system to calculate the mass air flow
Mass air flow system
Mass air flow system is a direct way of measuring the air flow inside the intake system. A “hot wire anemometer” type HFM sensor is mounted on the air intake hose after the air filter, which directly measures the air flow rate in kg/hr. There is no need for any correction based on manifold pressure, volumetric efficiency etc. as the sensor directly measures the air flow rates.
File: null_procedure-14-3F2B2657.html
3.3 Engine actuator data list
3.3.1 Turbocharger actuator
Location
Part of Turbocharger
Type
DC stepper motor
Supply voltage
12 V
Fail safe
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Turbocharger actuator disabled
•  Turbo recirculation valve (Dump valve) always open
•  Engine speed limited to 2500 rpm
eVGT actuator maintains the boost pressure in the intake manifold by varying the opening angles of the vanes which are connected to the turbocharger actuator. The EMS ECU controls the actuator position opening based on the feedback from actuator position sensor.
Graphic
Working
Here a 12V DC electric motor is used to control the opening and closing of the Turbocharger actuator. The DC electric motor is connected to the actuator vanes with the help of a actuator lever. When the motor rotates, the actuator lever moves and controls the opening and closing of the vanes. Turbocharger actuator position sensor sends the exact position of the actuator as a feedback to the EMS ECU
3.3.2 Dump valve
Location
Part of turbocharger, Mounted on the compressor side
Type
Solenoid valve
Supply Voltage
12 V
Fail safe
•  OBD lamp is ON
•  Turbocharger protection is active
•  Dump valve remains closed
The dump valve or Turbo bypass valve relieves the pressure in the intake system, when the throttle is suddenly closed. When the dump valve is opened, the compressed air after turbo is recirculated back to the low pressure side
Graphic
Working
EMS ECU controls the movement of the solenoid valve using a PWM signal. When electric current is passed through the solenoid coil, an electromagnetic field is produced which moves the valve bypassing the high pressure compressed air to the low pressure side.
3.3.3 Electronic throttle control
Location
Mounted in intake manifold
Type
Normally Closed type – Butterfly Flap
1DC electric motor
Supply Voltage
12V
Fail safe
•  OBD Lamp ON
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Throttle valve opening angle set to 8 degree
A DC stepper motor with reduction gears mechanism is used to control the throttle butterfly valve. EMS ECU controls the throttle valve to control the air into the intake system. EMS ECU can make adjustments to the throttle valve irrespective of the inputs from the accelerator pedal
Graphic
Working
The throttle valve is a butterfly type valve which regulates the flow of air. The throttle actuator motor is a 12V DC electric motor, which is controlled by EMS ECU using a PWM signal. A H-Bridge circuit is used to control the direction of the DC electric motor of the throttle control unit.
The throttle motor is mechanically coupled to the throttle valve through a gear train and controls the throttle valve angle. Reduction gears are used to multiply the torque of the DC motor. The throttle plate is held in a default position with the help of a spring inside.
3.3.4 Fuel Metering unit
Location
Part of high pressure pump
Type
Solenoid Valve
Supply Voltage
12 V
High Pressure pump max pressure
Upto 350 bar
Fail safe
•  OBD lamp is ON
•  Engine check lamp ON
•  Engine will run in low pressure mode
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Fuel system & CAT diagnosis inhibited
Fuel metering unit controls the quantity of fuel entering the high pressure pump to maintain rail pressure. This pressure regulator works in a closed loop system with fuel rail pressure sensor and injector. The valve relies on the feedback from the rail pressure sensor inorder ro supply the correct amount of fuel required to keep the rail at working pressure.
Graphic
Working
EMS ECU controls the movement of the solenoid valve using a PWM signal. When electric current is passed through the solenoid coil, an electromagnetic field is produced which moves the valve controlling the fuel flow.
3.3.5 High Pressure Injector
Location
Mounted on Cylinder head
Type
Solenoid
Supply Voltage
12 V
Fail safe
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 Rpm
•  Engine torque limited to 150 Nm
•  Failed injector control disabled
•  Respective Ignition Coil disabled
•  Misfire is inhibited
•  If 1 injector fails, engine will vibrate
•  If 2 or more injectors fail, Engine will shut off/ not start
•  CAT & Lambda monitoring inhibited
•  Lambda adaptation disabled
The injector uses an electronically controlled solenoid actuation for precise control of the injection. The fuel injector is controlled by EMS ECU based on inputs from various sensors.
Graphic
Working
When current is passed through the coil, a Magnetic field is generated. This lifts the valve needle off the valve seat against the force of the spring and opens the injector nozzle. System pressure forces the fuel into the combustion chamber through the nozzle the injection quantity is dependent on the amount of opening duration of the injector. When the energizing current is switched off, The valve is pushed down due to spring force, which closes the injector nozzle
3.3.6 Ignition coil & Spark Plug
Location
Mounted on cam cover
Ignition coil Type
Pencil type transformer
Spark Plug type
Long reach type
Fail safe
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine speed & torque limited to 1500 Rpm &150 Nm
•  Failed Ignition Coil is disabled & Respective cylinder Fuel injection is inhibited
•  If 1 ignition coil/Spark plug fails, engine will vibrate
•  If 2 or more ignition coil/Spark Plug fails, Engine will shutoff/fails to start
Ignition coil is an induction coil that transforms the battery’s voltage to thousands of voltage to create an electric spark in the spark plug to ignite the fuel
Graphic
Working — Ignition Coil
Ignition coil is a high voltage transformer made up of two coils of wire. one coil of wire is the primary coil and the other one is the secondary coil. This secondary coil has hundreds of times more turns of wire than primary coil. When current flows through the primary coil, a high Voltage current is induced in the secondary coil. The secondary coil feeds this high voltage to the Spark Plug to create a spark.
Working —Spark Plug
The spark plug consists of a central electrode surrounded by insulation. Small part of the central electrode protrudes out of the plugs lower end and it is capped by the ground electrode. When high voltage current is supplied to the central electrode through ignition coil, the spark is created in the airgap between the central electrode and ground electrode
3.3.7 Fuel feed pump
Location
Mounted inside the fuel tank
Supply voltage
12 V
Fail safe
•  Check Engine lamp ON
•  Fuel feed pump shuts off
•  Engine runs with the fuel available in high pressure line and then shuts off
The function of the feed pump is to deliver the fuel from the fuel tank to high pressure pump through the fuel filter. The fuel delivery module consists of the following major components
•  Fuel pump
•  Fuel Float
•  Mechanical pressure regulator
Graphic
Working
The Fuel pump is a 12V electric DC motor which pumps the fuel from the tank through a filter to the fuel lines. The fuel float is attached to a variable resistor (Potentiometer track), which sends signal to the IC based on the resistance. When there is
3.3.8 Canister purge valve
Location
Mounted near intake manifold
Type
Solenoid
Supply voltage
12 V
Fail safe
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Canister purging is disabled
•  Canister solenoid valve remains closed
•  Canister solenoid valve always open (Incase of SCG fault)
The canister purge valve is installed between the canister and the intake manifold. It delivers or shuts the adsorbed petrol vapours from the canister to the intake manifold. The EMS ECU controls the purge solenoid valve operation based on the requirement. During engine off or idle conditions, the purge valve remains closed, so that the adsorbed petrol vapours in the canister are prevented from being released into the intake manifold.
Graphic
Working
EMS ECU controls the movement of the solenoid valve using a PWM signal. When electric current is passed through the solenoid coil, an electromagnetic field is produced which moves the valve controlling the flow of adsorbed fuel vapours.
3.3.9 Variable Oil pump Actuator
Location
Mounted in the cylinder block
Type
Solenoid Valve
Supply voltage
12 V
Fail safe
•  Check Engine lamp ON
•  Variable oil pump control shutoff
•  Solenoid valve remains open
•  Variable oil Pump runs in high pressure mode
•  Engine speed is limited to 1500 rpm
•  Torque limited to 150 Nm
Variable oil pump actuator controls the discharge of variable oil pump as per the engine requirements. Variable oil pump has a casing and an eccentric lobe, which is a rotor of the pump. The space between the casing and the rotor can be varied linearly with respect to the engine requirement.
When EMS ECU turns on the solenoid valve, feedback pressure line pushes the Variable oil pump casing, which varies the space between the casing and eccentric lobe. This operation lowers the engine oil pumping rate, which reduces engine load & results in optimal usage of engine power.
Graphic
Working
EMS ECU controls the movement of the solenoid valve based on engine requirements. When electric current is passed through the solenoid coil, an electromagnetic field is produced which moves the valve controlling the flow of feedback oil pressure line, adjusting the position of the eccentric lobe.
3.3.10 Variable Cam Phaser (Exhaust & Intake)
Location
Mounted on Camshaft
Type
Solenoid Valve
Supply voltage
12 V
Fail safe
•  MIL is ON
•  Intake and exhaust VVT actuators deactivated
•  Engine speed is limited to 4000 rpm
Variable cam phaser manages the opening and closing of both intake and exhaust valves by rotating the camshaft slightly from its initial orientation, which results in the camshaft timing being advanced or retarded. The EMS ECU adjusts the camshaft timing depending on factors such as engine load and Rpm.
Graphic
Working
On EMS ECU activation of the variable cam phaser solenoid, the solenoid valve actuates and allows oil from the cam phaser central valve into the cam phaser. The oil which enters the cam phaser changes the orientation with the help of hydraulic pressure overcoming the spring force. Thus the opening and closing of intake & exhaust valves is varied and thus improving fuel economy.
3.3.11 Cooling Fan
Location
Mounted behind Radiator
No. of Speeds
2 – (Low & High speeds)
Supply Voltage
12 V
Fail safe
•  Check Engine Lamp ON
EMS ECU turns on the cooling fan at low & high speeds based on the input from the following sensors
•  Coolant temperature sensor
•  AC pressure sensor
•  AT oil temperature sensor
Graphic
Cooling fan logic
Based on AC refrigerant pressure
Refrigerant Pressure ≥ 15±1 bar
Cooling Fan Turns ON (Low Speed)
Refrigerant Pressure ≥ 19±1 bar
Cooling Fan runs in high Speed
Refrigerant Pressure ≤ 15±1 bar
Cooling fan turns OFF
Based on Coolant Temperature
Coolant temperature ≥ 99 °C
Cooling Fan Turns ON (Low Speed)
Coolant temperature ≥ 104 °C
Cooling Fan runs in high Speed
Coolant temperature ≤ 99 °C
Cooling Fan runs in low Speed
Coolant temperature ≤ 96 °C
Cooling fan turns OFF
Cooling fan after-run based on Coolant Temperature
Coolant temperature < 96 °C
Cooling fan turns off during ignition OFF
Coolant temperature = 98 °C to 101 °C
Cooling Fan runs for 15 seconds after ignition OFF
Coolant temperature = 101 °C to 105 °C
Cooling Fan runs for 25 seconds after ignition OFF
Coolant temperature = 106 °C to 110 °C
Cooling Fan runs for 35 seconds after ignition OFF
Coolant temperature > 110 °C
Cooling Fan runs for 40 seconds after ignition OFF
Based on Coolant Temperature
AT Oil temperature ≥ 115 °C
Cooling Fan Turns ON (Low Speed)
Coolant temperature ≥ 118 °C
Cooling Fan runs in high Speed
Coolant temperature ≤ 115 °C
Cooling Fan runs in low Speed
Coolant temperature ≤ 113 °C
Cooling fan turns OFF
3.3.12 Intercooler Fan
Location
Mounted below the degassing tank
Supply Voltage
12 V
Fail safe
•  Check Engine lamp ON
Intercooler fan is controlled by EMS ECU based on the intercooler outlet air temperature. The boost pressure and temperature sensor is used to measure the intake air temperature at the intercooler outlet
Graphic
Intercooler fan logic — Vehicle running condition
Intercooler Outlet Air Temperature ≥ 65°C
Intercooler fan ON
Intercooler Outlet Air Temperature ≤ 55°C
Intercooler fan OFF
Intercooler fan logic — Vehicle idle condition
Intercooler Outlet Air Temperature ≥ 75 °C
Intercooler fan ON
Intercooler Outlet Air Temperature ≤ 70 °C
Intercooler fan OFF
File: null_procedure-1674-69D01C7F.html
3.8 IBS — SMART ALTERNATOR SYSTEM
The IBS (Intelligent Battery Sensor) and the Smart Alternator are implemented in the XUV700 . This technology optimizes the fuel consumption and subsequently the CO2 emissions from the engine. This is done by changing the alternator set voltage. The IBS is mounted on the battery’s negative terminal. The IBS calculates the SOC (State Of Charge) of the battery in %, the IBS also get the status of the electrical loads in the vehicle (Head lamp / Blower) and uses the information to decide the set voltage the alternator is supposed to operate at. The IBS communicates with the EMS ECU and alternator in a separate LIN BUS. The different set voltages for the alternator are separated into 3 different operating modes and one fail safe mode.
IBS — Alternator Mode
Alternator Charging Voltage/Set Voltage
Mode Definition
Normal
13 V — 14.5 V
Alternator will charge battery between 13 V to 14.5 V
Cut off
10.6 V
Alternator will not charge battery, Battery will provide electrical energy to the vehicle
Regen
15.2 V
Alternator will convert mechanical energy from the transmission under braking to electrical energy and charge battery at 15.2V
Fail Safe
13.8 V
Error in any system component will lead to battery telltale being ON and alternator charging constantly at 13.8V
When measuring alternator charging voltage using multimeter, ensure to keep the blower or the head lamp ON. If both the loads are OFF, Alternator mode may be in cut off mode. This will indicate a low charging voltage of 10.6V.
3.8.1 HOW THE SYSTEM FUNCTIONS
Graphic
Vehicle Status
IBS — Alternator Mode
Alternator Charging Voltage/Set Voltage
Mode Definition
Ignition ON
Cut off
10.6 V if cut off
  
Engine Start — Idle
Cut off or Normal
•  10.6 V if cut off
•  13 V — 14.5 V if normal
Cut off Mode: Alternator will not charge battery, Battery will provide electrical energy to the vehicle
Normal Mode: Alternator will charge battery between 13.5 V to 14 V
Engine Start — Vehicle running with head lamp and Blower OFF
Cut off or Normal
•  10.6 V if cut off
•  13 V — 14.5 V if normal
Cut off Mode: Alternator will not charge battery, Battery will provide electrical energy to the vehicle
Normal Mode: Alternator will charge battery between 13.5 V to 14 V
Engine Start — Vehicle running with head lamp or blower ON
Normal
13 V — 14.5 V
Alternator will charge battery between 13.5 V to 14 V
Error in any system component will lead to battery telltale being ON and alternator charging constantly at 13.8V
Engine Start — Vehicle under braking with head lamp and Blower ON
Normal
13 V — 14.5 V
Alternator will charge battery between 13.5 V to 14 V
Engine Start — Vehicle under braking with head lamp and Blower OFF
Regen
15 V
Alternator will convert mechanical energy from the transmission under braking to electrical energy and charge battery at 15.2V
File: null_procedure-18-35013C10.html
11.4 P053300—AC Refrigerant Pressure Sensor — SRC High (SCP)
11.4.1 AC REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
AC pressure sensor senses the refrigerant pressure in the High pressure line and sends the signal to EMS ECU.
Signal from refrigerant pressure sensor is used by the EMS ECU to
•  Engage and Disengage the Compressor clutch
•  Cooling fan control
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine is running
•  EMS ECU switches ON the compressor relay with AC ON request from DATC/ETC ECU and the refrigerant pressure is sensed by the A/C pressure sensor
•  The measured output voltage value of the AC refrigerant pressure sensor is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine is running
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9–16V
•  AC ON
•  Raw voltage of AC refrigerant pressure sensor signal is greater than 4.8 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  A/C Compressor clutch disengaged
HEALING CONDITION
•  Engine is running
•  AC switch ON
•  AC refrigerant pressure sensor raw voltage is between 0.075 V and 4.8 V
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  AC pressure Sensor signal wire short circuit to battery
•  Short circuit between AC pressure sensor supply and signal wire
•  AC pressure sensor ground wire open
•  Faulty AC pressure sensor
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.4.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.4.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
11.4.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
 
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU K CONNECTOR
65
SUPPLY
17
SIGNAL
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
97
GROUND
C 127
AC PRESSURE SENSOR
1
SUPPLY
2
SIGNAL
3
GROUND
11.4.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P053300 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.4.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.4.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK AC PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect AC pressure sensor connector (C 127)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 8K) & (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 3 of C 127 & pin 97 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine AC pressure sensor ground wire open
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC & verify
STEP 2 – CHECK AC PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL FOR SHORT CIRCUIT WITH BATTERY SUPPLY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect AC pressure sensor connector (C 127)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 8K) & (C 134A)
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 2 of C 127 & body ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Examine AC pressure sensor signal wire for short to supply
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC & verify
STEP 3 – CHECK AC PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY & SIGNAL SHORT TO EACH OTHER
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect AC pressure sensor connector (C 127)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 8K) & (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 & 2 of C 127
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace A/C pressure sensor with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If DTC still present, Replace EMS ECU with the new one
•  Check for any new DTC’s
•  Examine AC pressure sensor signal wire for short to supply wire
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC & verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C101.html
11.5 P053200—AC Refrigerant Pressure Sensor — SRC Low (OC/SCG)
11.5.1 AC REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
AC pressure sensor senses the refrigerant pressure in the High pressure line and sends the signal to EMS ECU.
Signal from refrigerant pressure sensor is used by the EMS ECU to
•  Engage and Disengage the Compressor clutch
•  Cooling fan control
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine is running
•  EMS ECU switches ON the compressor relay with AC ON request from DATC/ETC ECU and the refrigerant pressure is sensed by the A/C pressure sensor
•  The measured output voltage value of the AC refrigerant pressure sensor is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine is running
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9–16V
•  AC ON
•  Raw voltage of AC refrigerant pressure sensor signal is greater than 0.075 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  A/C compressor disengaged
HEALING CONDITION
•  Engine is running
•  AC switch ON
•  AC refrigerant pressure sensor raw voltage is between 0.075 V and 4.8 V
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  AC pressure Sensor signal wire short circuit to ground
•  AC pressure sensor supply wire open
•  Faulty AC pressure sensor
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.5.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.5.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
11.5.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
Graphic
 
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU K CONNECTOR
65
SUPPLY
17
SIGNAL
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
97
GROUND
C 127
AC PRESSURE SENSOR
1
SUPPLY
2
SIGNAL
3
GROUND
11.5.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P053200 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.5.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.5.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK AC PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect AC pressure sensor connector (C 127)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 8K) & (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 127 & pin 65 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine AC pressure sensor supply wire open
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC & verify
STEP 2 – CHECK AC PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL FOR SHORT CIRCUIT WITH BATTERY GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect AC pressure sensor connector (C 127)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 8K) & (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 127 & body ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 & 3 of C 127
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace A/C pressure sensor with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If DTC still present, Replace EMS ECU with the new one
•  Check for any new DTC’s
•  Examine AC pressure sensor signal wire for short to ground
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC & verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C1010.html
11.75 P050700—Idle Speed Control Deviation [Engine Speed Is Too High Compared To Set Point]
11.75.1 IDLE SPEED CONTROL
The ECU performs the engine RPM control to minimize the deviation between the internally calculated target engine rpm and actual engine rpm. Idle speed control function is the monitoring of the idle speed setpoint and the calculation of parameters needed for the idle speed controller monitoring.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running in idle
•  Idle speed is monitored with setpoint
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running in idle
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  Throttle control active
•  Drive off function is not active
•  Error will register when deviation of idle speed (set point – current) is greater than 200 rpm
DTC REACTIONS
•  Check Engine lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Engine idle speed is equal to Idle speed setpoint
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Air intake system leakage
•  Exhaust system leakage
•  Faulty Throttle assembly
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.75.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P050700 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.75.3  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.75.4 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK AIR INTAKE AND EXHAUST SYSTEM
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Check condition of air filter
•  700
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check intercooler hose clamp for loose
•  Check throttle seating
•  Check throttle gasket for proper sealing
•  Check exhaust system between oxygen sensor and catalytic converter for air leakage or damage
•  Check for damage, looseness or misalignment
•  Check exhaust system for blockage with carbon
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Intake and exhaust system intact
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Repair or replace faulty components
•  Clean or replace the boost pressure sensor if necessary
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – THROTTLE BODY VISUAL CHECKING
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Remove the throttle body
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check the throttle body for contamination by foreign material, corrosion and damage
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Good Condition
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace EMS ECU with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Repair or replace any faulty components
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C1011.html
11.76 P050600—Idle Speed Control Deviation [Engine Speed Is Too Low Compared To Set Point]
11.76.1 IDLE SPEED CONTROL
The ECU performs the engine RPM control to minimize the deviation between the internally calculated target engine rpm and actual engine rpm. Idle speed control function is the monitoring of the idle speed setpoint and the calculation of parameters needed for the idle speed controller monitoring.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running in idle
•  Idle speed is continuously monitored by EMS ECU with a set point
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running in idle
•  Battery voltage between 9V to 16V
•  Throttle control active
•  Drive off function is not active
•  Error will register when deviation of idle speed (set point – current) > 150 rpm
DTC REACTIONS
•  Check Engine lamp ON
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Engine idle speed is equal to Idle speed setpoint
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Air intake system leakage
•  Throttle valve gasket damage
•  Air cleaner blockage
•  Fuel system blockage and damage
•  Exhaust system leakage
•  Faulty Throttle assembly
•  Canister surge tank & purge valve damage and contamination due to any foreign material
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.76.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P050600 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.76.3  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.76.4 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK AIR INTAKE AND EXHAUST SYSTEM
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Check condition of air filter
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check intercooler hose clamp for loose
•  Check throttle seating
•  Check throttle gasket for proper sealing
•  Check exhaust system between oxygen sensor and catalytic converter for air leakage or damage
•  Check for damage, looseness or misalignment
•  Check exhaust system for blockage with carbon
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Intake and exhaust system intact
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Repair or replace faulty components
•  Clean or replace the boost pressure sensor if necessary
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK INJECTORS
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Remove the injectors
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check if injector is contaminated or plugged by foreign material
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Injectors and canister surge tank , purge valve are good condition
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Repair or replace any faulty components
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – THROTTLE BODY VISUAL CHECKING
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Remove the throttle body
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check the throttle body for contamination by foreign material, corrosion and damage
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Good Condition
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Repair or replace any faulty components
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4 – CANISTER SYSTEM VISUAL CHECKING
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check canister & canister purge valve for damage and contamination due to any foreign material between them
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Good Condition
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Repair or replace any faulty components
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 5 – FUEL LINE SYSTEM VISUAL CHECKING
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check fuel line system for damage, interference and installation
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Fuel line intact
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace EMS ECU with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Repair or replace any faulty components
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C1012.html
11.77 P010700—Intake Manifold Pressure Sensor — Signal Voltage Below Minimum Limit (OC/SCG)
11.77.1 T-MAP SENSOR
The T-MAP sensor is mounted on the intake manifold and equipped with the pressure sensor and temperature sensor. This sensor continuously monitors the air pressure and temperature in the intake manifold and sends the signal to EMS ECU. EMS ECU uses this signal for calculating the mass air flow along with Boost pressure & Crankshaft sensor signals
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  The measured output voltage value of the Intake manifold pressure sensor is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  Raw voltage of intake manifold pressure sensor signal is lesser than 0.21 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Modelled MAP value will be used
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Intake manifold pressure sensor supply wire open
•  Intake manifold pressure sensor supply wire short to ground
•  Intake manifold pressure sensor signal wire open
•  Intake manifold pressure sensor signal wire short to ground
•  Faulty TMAP sensor
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.77.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.77.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.77.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
56
SUPPLY
79
SIGNAL
80
GROUND
C 158
T-MAP SENSOR
3
SUPPLY
4
SIGNAL
1
GROUND
11.77.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P010700 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.77.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.77.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK T-MAP SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect T-MAP connector (C 158)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 3 of C 158 and pin 56 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the open circuit in TMAP sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK T-MAP SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect T-MAP connector (C 158)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 3 of C 158 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Examine the short circuit to ground in TMAP sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK T-MAP SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect T-MAP connector (C 158)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 4 of C 158 and pin 79 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Examine the open circuit in TMAP sensor signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4 – CHECK T-MAP SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect T-MAP connector (C 158)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 4 of C 158 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal short/open in T-MAP sensor
•  Replace the T-MAP sensor with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to ground in TMAP sensor signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C1013.html
11.78 P010800—Intake Manifold Pressure Sensor — Signal Voltage Above Maximum Limit (SCP)
11.78.1 T-MAP SENSOR
The T-MAP sensor is mounted on the intake manifold and equipped with the pressure sensor and temperature sensor. This sensor continuously monitors the air pressure and temperature in the intake manifold and sends the signal to EMS ECU. EMS ECU uses this signal for calculating the mass air flow along with Boost pressure & Crankshaft sensor signals
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  The measured output voltage value of the Intake manifold pressure sensor is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  Raw voltage of intake manifold pressure sensor signal is greater than 4.93 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Modelled MAP value will be used
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Intake manifold pressure sensor supply wire short to battery
•  Intake manifold pressure sensor signal wire short to battery
•  Intake manifold pressure sensor signal wire short to supply wire
•  Intake manifold pressure sensor ground wire open
•  Faulty TMAP sensor
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.78.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.78.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.78.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
56
SUPPLY
79
SIGNAL
80
GROUND
C 158
T-MAP SENSOR
3
SUPPLY
4
SIGNAL
1
GROUND
11.78.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P010800 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.78.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.78.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK INTAKE MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect T-MAP connector (C 158)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 3 of C 158 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the short circuit to battery in TMAP sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2– CHECK INTAKE MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect T-MAP connector (C 158)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 4 of C 158 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the short circuit to battery in TMAP sensor signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK INTAKE MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE SHORT CIRCUIT TO SUPPLY WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect T-MAP connector (C 158)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 4and pin 3 of C 158
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Examine the short circuit between TMAP sensor signal wire and supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4 – CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN INTAKE MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect T-MAP connector (C 158)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 158 and pin 80 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal short/open in intake manifold pressure sensor
•  Replace the T-MAP sensor with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the open circuit in TMAP sensor ground wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C1014.html
11.79 P023700—Boost Pressure Sensor — Signal Voltage Below Minimum Limit (OC/SCG)
11.79.1 BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR
This sensor continuously monitors the variation intercooler outlet air pressure and temperature. EMS ECU uses this signal for calculating the mass air flow along with TMAP & Crankshaft sensor signals. This signal is also used as a feedback for control of the turbo recirculation valve (dump valve).
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  The measured output voltage value of the Intake manifold pressure sensor is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  Raw voltage of intake manifold pressure sensor signal is lesser than 0.25 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Modelled boost pressure value will be used
•  Turbocharger protection active
•  Recirculation valve always open
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Boost pressure sensor supply wire open
•  Boost pressure sensor supply wire short to ground
•  Boost pressure sensor signal wire open
•  Boost pressure Sensor signal wire short circuit to ground
•  Faulty Boost pressure sensor
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.79.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.79.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.79.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
55
SUPPLY
15
SIGNAL
14
GROUND
C 88
BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR
3
SUPPLY
4
SIGNAL
1
GROUND
11.79.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P023700 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.79.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.79.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Boost pressure sensor connector (C 88)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 3 of C 88 and pin 55 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the open circuit in boost pressure sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect T-MAP connector (C 88)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 3 of C 88 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Examine the short circuit to ground in Boost pressure sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect T-MAP connector (C 88)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 4 of C 88 and pin 15 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Examine the open circuit in boost pressure sensor signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4 – CHECK BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect T-MAP connector (C 88)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 4 of C 88 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal short/open of boost pressure sensor
•  Replace the boost pressure sensor with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to ground in Boost pressure sensor signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C1015.html
11.80 P023800—Boost Pressure Sensor — Signal Voltage Above Maximum Limit (SCP)
11.80.1 BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR
This sensor continuously monitors the variation intercooler outlet air pressure and temperature. EMS ECU uses this signal for calculating the mass air flow along with TMAP & Crankshaft sensor signals. This signal is also used as a feedback for control of the turbo recirculation valve (dump valve).
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  The measured output voltage value of the Intake manifold pressure sensor is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  Raw voltage of intake manifold pressure sensor signal is greater than 4.82 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Modelled boost pressure value will be used
•  Turbocharger protection active
•  Turbocharger Protection activated
•  Recirculation valve always open
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Boost pressure Sensor supply wire short circuit to battery
•  Boost pressure Sensor signal wire short circuit to battery
•  Boost pressure Sensor signal wire short circuit to supply wire
•  Boost pressure sensor supply ground wire open
•  Faulty Boost pressure sensor
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.80.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.80.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.80.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
55
SUPPLY
15
SIGNAL
14
GROUND
C 88
BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR
3
SUPPLY
4
SIGNAL
1
GROUND
11.80.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P023800 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.80.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.80.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect boost pressure sensor connector (C 88)
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 4 of C 88 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 5 ± 0.25 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the short circuit to battery in boost pressure sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect boost pressure sensor connector (C 88)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 4 of C 88 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the short circuit to battery in boost pressure sensor signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO SUPPLY WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect boost pressure sensor connector (C 88)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 4 and pin 3 of C 88
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Examine the short circuit between signal wire and supply wire of boost pressure sensor
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4 – CHECK BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect boost pressure sensor connector (C 88)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 88 and pin 14 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal short/open in boost pressure sensor
•  Replace the boost pressure sensor with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the open circuit in boost pressure sensor ground wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C1016.html
11.92 P004500—Turbocharger Actuator — Open Circuit
11.92.1 ELECTRIC VARIABLE GEOMETRY TURBOCHARGER (eVGT)
The turbocharger is an electronically actuated variable geometry turbocharger. The vanes in the turbocharger housing are controlled by a DC motor through a mechanical linkage. The DC motor is controlled by the EMS ECU which varies the PWM duty cycle input to the motor. Additionally there is also a position sensor in the DC motor casing to provide feedback to the EMS ECU on the position on the DC motor..
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running
•  Based on the feedback from the turbocharger actuator position sensor and inputs from other sensors in the intake system, EMS ECU controls the turbocharger actuator movement .
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running
•  EMS ECU detects open circuit detected in turbocharger electrical actuator control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine speed limited to 2500 rpm
•  Turbocharger protection active
•  Recirculation valve always open
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Open circuit in turbocharger electrical actuator control wires
•  Faulty turbocharger actuator
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.92.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.92.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.92.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
45
HIGH
46
LOW
C 18_1
ELECTRIC VARIABLE GEOMETRY TURBOCHARGER
5
HIGH
1
LOW
11.92.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P004500 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.92.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.92.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN TURBOCHARGER ACTUATOR WIRES
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Turbocharger electrical actuator connector (C 18_1)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 5 of C 18_1 and pin 45 of C 134A
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 18_1 and pin 46 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal failure of turbocharger actuator
•  Contact TEKline for further assistance.
•  Examine the open circuit in the turbocharger actuator wires
•  Identify & replace the faulty wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C1017.html
11.93 P004700—Turbocharger Actuator — High Side Short Circuit To Ground
11.93.1 ELECTRIC VARIABLE GEOMETRY TURBOCHARGER (eVGT)
The turbocharger is an electronically actuated variable geometry turbocharger. The vanes in the turbocharger housing are controlled by a DC motor through a mechanical linkage. The DC motor is controlled by the EMS ECU which varies the PWM duty cycle input to the motor. Additionally there is also a position sensor in the DC motor casing to provide feedback to the EMS ECU on the position on the DC motor..
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running
•  Based on the feedback from the turbocharger actuator position sensor and inputs from other sensors in the intake system, EMS ECU controls the turbocharger actuator movement .
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running
•  EMS ECU detects short circuit to ground turbocharger actuator high side wire
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine speed limited to 2500 rpm
•  Turbocharger protection active
•  Recirculation valve always open
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Turbocharger actuator High side wire short circuit to ground
•  Faulty turbocharger actuator
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.93.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.93.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.93.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
45
HIGH
46
LOW
C 18_1
ELECTRIC VARIABLE GEOMETRY TURBOCHARGER
5
HIGH
1
LOW
11.93.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P004700 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.93.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.93.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK TURBOCHARGER ACTUATOR HIGH SIDE WIRE FOR SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect turbocharger actuator connector (C 18_1)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 5 of C 18_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the turbocharger with a new one
•  If the DTC still present , Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Examine the short to ground in the turbocharger actuator high side wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C1018.html
11.94 P004711—Turbocharger Actuator — Low Side Short Circuit To Ground
11.94.1 ELECTRIC VARIABLE GEOMETRY TURBOCHARGER (eVGT)
The turbocharger is an electronically actuated variable geometry turbocharger. The vanes in the turbocharger housing are controlled by a DC motor through a mechanical linkage. The DC motor is controlled by the EMS ECU which varies the PWM duty cycle input to the motor. Additionally there is also a position sensor in the DC motor casing to provide feedback to the EMS ECU on the position on the DC motor..
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running
•  Based on the feedback from the turbocharger actuator position sensor and inputs from other sensors in the intake system, EMS ECU controls the turbocharger actuator.
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running
•  EMS ECU detects short circuit to ground in the turbocharger actuator low side wire
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine speed limited to 2500 rpm
•  Turbocharger protection active
•  Recirculation valve always open
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Turbocharger actuator low side wire short circuit to ground
•  Faulty turbocharger actuator
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.94.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.94.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.94.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
45
HIGH
46
LOW
C 18_1
ELECTRIC VARIABLE GEOMETRY TURBOCHARGER
5
HIGH
1
HIGH
11.94.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P004711 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.94.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.94.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK TURBOCHARGER ACTUATOR LOW SIDE WIRE FOR SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Turbocharger actuator connector (C 18_1)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 18_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the turbocharger with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC still present , suspect faulty EMS ECU. Kindly contact TEKline for further assistance
•  Examine the short to ground in the turbocharger actuator low side wire
•  Identify and replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C1019.html
11.95 P004612—Turbocharger Actuator — Short Circuit Between High Side & Low Side
11.95.1 ELECTRIC VARIABLE GEOMETRY TURBOCHARGER (eVGT)
The turbocharger is an electronically actuated variable geometry turbocharger. The vanes in the turbocharger housing are controlled by a DC motor through a mechanical linkage. The DC motor is controlled by the EMS ECU which varies the PWM duty cycle input to the motor. Additionally there is also a position sensor in the DC motor casing to provide feedback to the EMS ECU on the position on the DC motor..
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running
•  Based on the feedback from the turbocharger actuator position sensor and inputs from other sensors in the intake system, EMS ECU controls the turbocharger actuator.
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running
•  Short circuit between high & low side detected in turbocharger actuator
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine speed limited to 2500 rpm
•  Turbocharger protection active
•  Recirculation valve always open
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Turbocharger actuator high side & low side wires short circuit with each other
Faulty turbocharger actuator
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.95.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.95.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.95.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
45
HIGH
46
LOW
C 18_1
ELECTRIC VARIABLE GEOMETRY TURBOCHARGER
5
HIGH
1
HIGH
11.95.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P004612 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.95.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.95.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK TURBOCHARGER ACTUATOR HIGH SIDE & LOW SIDE WIRES FOR SHORT CIRCUIT WITH EACH OTHER
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect eVGT connector (C 18_1)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 5 & Pin 1 of C 18_1
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the turbocharger with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC still present , suspect faulty EMS ECU
•  Examine the short to ground in the turbocharger actuator wires
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C102.html
11.67 P032500—Knock Sensor — Acquisition Chain Diagnosis Error
11.67.1 KNOCK SENSOR
Knock sensor sends the engine knock intensity signal to EMS ECU. Knock sensor is a piezoelectric vibration sensor. When engine detonation occurs, the vibrations are transmitted through the engine block to the sensor body.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine is running
•  A valid knock sensor signal is received by EMS ECU
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  Engine is running
•  Knock sensor signal acquisition circuit inside EMS ECU is corrupted
DTC REACTIONS
•  Check engine lamp ON
•  OBD lamp ON in 3rd driving cycle
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Reduced engine performance
•  Engine vibrates
•  Ignition angle retarded
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Improper torque of knock sensor mounting
•  Knock sensor faulty
•  EMS ECU faulty
11.67.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P032500 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.67.3  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.67.4 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CLEAR THE DTC
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition ON
•  Connect the i - SMART and navigate to EMS
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Try to clear the DTC using i-SMART
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  DTC cleared
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Check knock sensor mounting torque (Refer repair manual)
•  Test drive the vehicle for few kilometers and ensure the DTC is not re-appearing
•  Check for any new DTCs
•  Replace knock sensor with a new one
•  If the problem is still present, replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check for any new DTCs
File: null_procedure-18-35013C1020.html
11.96 P004800—Turbocharger Actuator — High Side Short Circuit To Battery
11.96.1 ELECTRIC VARIABLE GEOMETRY TURBOCHARGER (eVGT)
The turbocharger is an electronically actuated variable geometry turbocharger. The vanes in the turbocharger housing are controlled by a DC motor through a mechanical linkage. The DC motor is controlled by the EMS ECU which varies the PWM duty cycle input to the motor. Additionally there is also a position sensor in the DC motor casing to provide feedback to the EMS ECU on the position on the DC motor..
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine is running
•  Based on the feedback from the turbocharger actuator position sensor and inputs from other sensors in the intake system, EMS ECU controls the turbocharger actuator movement .
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running
•  Short circuit to battery detected in turbocharger actuator high side wire
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine speed limited to 2500 rpm
•  Turbocharger protection active
•  Recirculation valve always open
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Turbocharger actuator high side wire short circuit to battery
•  Faulty turbocharger actuator
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.96.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.96.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.96.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
45
HIGH
46
LOW
C 18_1
ELECTRIC VARIABLE GEOMETRY TURBOCHARGER
5
HIGH
1
HIGH
11.96.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P004800 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.96.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.96.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK TURBOCHARGER ACTUATOR HIGH SIDE WIRE FOR SHORT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect turbocharger actuator connector (C 18_1)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 5 of C 18_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the turbocharger with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC still present , suspect faulty EMS ECU. Kindly contact TEKline for further assistance
•  Examine the short to battery in the turbocharger actuator high side wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C1021.html
11.97 P004812—Turbocharger Actuator — Low Side Short Circuit To Battery
11.97.1 ELECTRIC VARIABLE GEOMETRY TURBOCHARGER (eVGT)
The turbocharger is an electronically actuated variable geometry turbocharger. The vanes in the turbocharger housing are controlled by a DC motor through a mechanical linkage. The DC motor is controlled by the EMS ECU which varies the PWM duty cycle input to the motor. Additionally there is also a position sensor in the DC motor casing to provide feedback to the EMS ECU on the position on the DC motor..
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running
•  Based on the feedback from the turbocharger position sensor and inputs from other sensors in the intake system, EMS ECU controls the turbocharger actuator.
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine running
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  Short circuit to battery detected in turbocharger actuator low side wire
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine speed limited to 2500 rpm
•  Turbocharger protection active
•  Recirculation valve always open
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Turbocharger actuator low side wire short circuit to battery
•  Faulty turbocharger actuator
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.97.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.97.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.97.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
45
HIGH
46
LOW
C 18_1
ELECTRIC VARIABLE GEOMETRY TURBOCHARGER
5
HIGH
1
HIGH
11.97.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P004812 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.97.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.97.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK TURBOCHARGER ACTUATOR LOW SIDE WIRE FOR SHORT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect turbocharger actuator connector (C 18_1)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 1 of C 18_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the turbocharger with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC still present , suspect faulty EMS ECU. Kindly contact TEKline for further assistance
•  Examine the short to battery in the turbocharger actuator low side wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C1022.html
11.98 P00AF85—Turbocharger Boost Control Actuator PWM High
11.98.1 ELECTRIC VARIABLE GEOMETRY TURBOCHARGER
The turbocharger is an electronically actuated variable geometry turbocharger. The vanes in the turbocharger housing are controlled by a DC motor through a mechanical linkage. The DC motor is controlled by the EMS ECU which varies the PWM duty cycle input to the motor. Additionally there is also a position sensor in the DC motor casing to provide feedback to the EMS ECU on the position on the DC motor..
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine is running
•  Based on the feedback from the turbocharger actuator position sensor and inputs from other sensors in the intake system, EMS ECU controls the actuator.
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine is running
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  EMS ECU detects turbocharger actuator PWM signal high
DTC REACTIONS
•  Check Engine lamp ON
•  OBD lamp ON on 3rd driving cycle
•  Engine speed limited to 2500 rpm
•  Turbocharger Protection activated
•  Recirculation valve always open
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Turbocharger actuator stuck
•  Faulty Turbocharger
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.98.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P00AF85 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.98.3  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.98.4 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– PERFORM THE TURBOCHARGER ACTUATOR TEST
PRE CONDITION
•  No physical damage to the Turbocharger actuator
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Connect the diagnostic tool
•  Turn the ignition ON
Ensure that the diagnostic tool is updated to the latest version and the VCI firmware is updated
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Select EMS GASOLINE ECU and go to ACTUATOR
•  Under Actuators, select the actuator — TURBO ACTUATOR
•  Click on PROCEED
•  Enter a number within the mentioned range and click on ACTUATE to perform the test
•  Check the response value displayed in the tool
•  Check if there is considerable movement of the actuator in the engine compartment
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Response value displayed = Entered value ± 1
•  While performing the actuation test, there is a considerable movement of the eVGT actuator
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
GO TO STEP 2
•  eVGT actuator is stuck mechanically. Replace the eVGT assembly
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – INSPECT TURBOCHARGER ACTUATOR
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Inspect Turbocharger for any impurities or oil contamination
•  Check Turbocharger end play (Refer Repair Manual)
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  No impurities or oil contamination found in turbocharger
•  Turbocharger end play as per recommendation
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the turbocharger with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC still present , Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check for any new DTCs
•  Repair or Replace the faulty components if required
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C1023.html
11.99 P00AF84—Turbocharger Boost Control Actuator PWM Low
11.99.1 ELECTRIC VARIABLE GEOMETRY TURBOCHARGER
The turbocharger is an electronically actuated variable geometry turbocharger. The vanes in the turbocharger housing are controlled by a DC motor through a mechanical linkage. The DC motor is controlled by the EMS ECU which varies the PWM duty cycle input to the motor. Additionally there is also a position sensor in the DC motor casing to provide feedback to the EMS ECU on the position on the DC motor..
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine is running
•  Based on the feedback from the turbocharger actuator position sensor and inputs from other sensors in the intake system, EMS ECU controls the actuator.
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine is running
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  EMS ECU detects turbocharger actuator PWM signal Low
DTC REACTIONS
•  Check Engine lamp ON
•  OBD lamp ON on 3rd driving cycle
•  Engine speed limited to 2500 rpm
•  Turbocharger Protection activated
•  Recirculation valve always open
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Turbocharger actuator stuck mechanically
•  Faulty Turbocharger
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.99.2 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P00AF84 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.99.3  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.99.4 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1– PERFORM THE TURBOCHARGER ACTUATOR TEST
PRE CONDITION
•  No physical damage to the Turbocharger actuator
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Connect the diagnostic tool
•  Turn the ignition ON
Ensure that the diagnostic tool is updated to the latest version and the VCI firmware is updated
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Select EMS GASOLINE ECU and go to ACTUATOR
•  Under Actuators, select the actuator — TURBO ACTUATOR
•  Click on PROCEED
•  Enter a number within the mentioned range and click on ACTUATE to perform the test
•  Check the response value displayed in the tool
•  Check if there is considerable movement of the actuator in the engine compartment
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Response value displayed = Entered value ± 1
•  While performing the actuation test, there is a considerable movement of the eVGT actuator
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
GO TO STEP 2
•  eVGT actuator is stuck mechanically. Replace the eVGT assembly
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – INSPECT TURBOCHARGER ACTUATOR
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Inspect Turbocharger for any impurities or oil contamination
•  Check Turbocharger end play (Refer Repair Manual)
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  No impurities or oil contamination found in turbocharger
•  Turbocharger end play as per recommendation
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the turbocharger with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC still present , Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check for any new DTCs
•  Repair or Replace the faulty components if required
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C1024.html
11.100 P009013—Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve — Open Circuit
11.100.1 FUEL METERING UNIT
Fuel metering unit (Fuel pressure regulator valve) is a part of the high pressure fuel pump. This valve controls the quantity of fuel entering the high pressure pump to maintain rail pressure. This pressure regulator works in a closed loop system with fuel rail pressure sensor and injector. The valve relies on the feedback from the rail pressure sensor inorder to supply the correct amount of fuel required to keep the rail at working pressure.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine is running
•  No malfunction detected by EMS ECU in the control circuit of fuel metering valve
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine is running
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  Open circuit detected in fuel pressure regulator control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine will run in low pressure mode
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Torque limited to 150 Nm
•  CAT diagnosis inhibited
•  Fuel system diagnosis inhibited
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Open circuit in fuel pressure regulator control wires
•  Faulty Fuel metering unit
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.100.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.100.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.100.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
24
HIGH
25
LOW
C 270_1
FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.100.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P009013 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.100.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.100.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR CONTROL WIRES
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect fuel pressure regulator connector (C 270_1)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 270_1 and pin 24 of C 134A
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 270_1 and pin 25 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal short/open in fuel metering valve solenoid
•  Replace high pressure pump with a new one
•  If the DTC still present , Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Examine the open circuit in the fuel metering valve wires
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C1025.html
11.101 P0090FC—Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve— Short To Ground
11.101.1 FUEL METERING UNIT
Fuel metering unit (Fuel pressure regulator valve) is a part of the high pressure fuel pump. This valve controls the quantity of fuel entering the high pressure pump to maintain rail pressure. This pressure regulator works in a closed loop system with fuel rail pressure sensor and injector. The valve relies on the feedback from the rail pressure sensor in order to supply the correct amount of fuel required to keep the rail at working pressure.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine is running
•  No malfunction detected by EMS ECU in the control circuit of fuel metering valve
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine is running
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  Short circuit to ground detected in fuel pressure regulator control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine will run in low pressure mode
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Torque limited to 150 Nm
•  CAT diagnosis inhibited
•  Fuel system diagnosis inhibited
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Short circuit to ground in fuel pressure regulator control wires
•  Faulty Fuel metering unit
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.101.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.101.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.101.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
24
HIGH
25
LOW
C 270_1
FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.101.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P0090FC is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.101.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.101.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR WIRES FOR SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect fuel pressure regulator connector (C 270_1)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 270_1 and battery ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 270_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal short/open in fuel metering valve solenoid
•  Replace high pressure pump with a new one
•  If the DTC still present , Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Examine the short to ground in the fuel pressure regulator control wires
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C1026.html
11.102 P0090FB—Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve— Short Circuit Between High Side And Low Side
11.102.1 FUEL METERING UNIT
Fuel metering unit (Fuel pressure regulator valve) is a part of the high pressure fuel pump. This valve controls the quantity of fuel entering the high pressure pump to maintain rail pressure. This pressure regulator works in a closed loop system with fuel rail pressure sensor and injector. The valve relies on the feedback from the rail pressure sensor inorder to supply the correct amount of fuel required to keep the rail at working pressure.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine is running
•  No malfunction detected by EMS ECU in the control circuit of fuel metering valve
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine is running
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  Short circuit detected between high and low side fuel pressure regulator control wires
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine will run in low pressure mode
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Torque limited to 150 Nm
•  CAT diagnosis inhibited
•  Fuel system diagnosis inhibited
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Fuel pressure regulator control wires short circuit with each other
•  Faulty Fuel metering unit
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.102.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.102.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.102.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
   
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
24
HIGH
25
LOW
C 270_1
FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.102.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P0090FB is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.102.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.102.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT BETWEEN HIGH SIDE AND LOW SIDE FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR CONTROL WIRES
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect fuel pressure regulator connector (C 270_1)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 and 2 of C 270_1
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal short/open in fuel metering valve solenoid
•  Replace high pressure pump with a new one
•  If the DTC still present , Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Examine the short to ground in the fuel pressure regulator control wires
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C1027.html
11.103 P0090FA—Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve— Short Circuit To Battery
11.103.1 FUEL METERING UNIT
Fuel metering unit (Fuel pressure regulator valve) is a part of the high pressure fuel pump. This valve controls the quantity of fuel entering the high pressure pump to maintain rail pressure. This pressure regulator works in a closed loop system with fuel rail pressure sensor and injector. The valve relies on the feedback from the rail pressure sensor inorder to supply the correct amount of fuel required to keep the rail at working pressure.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine is running
•  No malfunction detected by EMS ECU in the control circuit of fuel metering valve
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine is running
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  Short circuit to battery detected in fuel pressure regulator control circuit
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine will run in low pressure mode
•  Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm
•  Torque limited to 150 Nm
•  CAT diagnosis inhibited
•  Fuel system diagnosis inhibited
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Short circuit to battery in fuel pressure regulator control wires
•  Faulty Fuel metering unit
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.103.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.103.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.103.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
24
HIGH
25
LOW
C 270_1
FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR
1
HIGH
2
LOW
11.103.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P0090FA is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.103.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.103.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR WIRES FOR SHORT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect fuel pressure regulator connector (C 270_1)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 1 of C 270_1 and battery ground
•  Measure the voltage between pin 2 of C 270_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal short/open in fuel metering valve solenoid
•  Replace high pressure pump with a new one
•  If the DTC still present , Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short to battery in the fuel pressure regulator control wires
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C1028.html
11.104 P048213—Intercooler Fan Relay — Open Circuit
11.104.1 INTERCOOLER FAN
The intercooler fan is controlled by EMS ECU to cool the charged air which passes through the intercooler.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  No malfunction detected by EMS ECU in the control circuit of intercooler fan relay
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  Open circuit detected in the control circuit of intercooler fan relay
DTC REACTIONS
•  Check Engine lamp ON
•  Intercooler fan will not work
•  Turbocharger protection active
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Open circuit in intercooler fan relay control wire
•  Faulty intercooler fan relay
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.104.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.104.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.104.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
28
INTERCOOLER RELAY SIGNAL
C 144
BEC
24
CONTROL SIGNAL
11.104.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P048213 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.104.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.104.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK THE FUNCTIONING OF INTERCOOLER FAN RELAY
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Ensure Intercooler fan relay is fixed properly in the connector of relay box
•  Disconnect Intercooler fan relay
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check the functioning of relay by supplying 12V to pin23 of C 144 and ground to pin 24 of C 144
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Audible click sound
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Replace Intercooler fan relay with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK FOR OPEN CIRCUIT OF INTERCOOLER FAN RELAY SIGNAL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU wiring harness connector (C 134A) DISCONNECTED
•  Disconnect intercooler fan relay
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure resistance between pin 24 of C 144 and pin 28 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect EMS ECU failure
•  Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check and verify for any DTC
•  Examine for open circuit of intercooler fan relay signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C1029.html
11.125 P052300—Engine Oil Pressure Sensor— Signal Voltage Above Maximum Limit (OC/SCP)
11.125.1 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR
The oil pressure sensor continuously monitors the oil pressure and sends the signal to EMS ECU. EMS ECU uses this signal for Variable oil pump operation and also to alert the driver, incase of low oil pressure.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9–16V
•  No malfunction detected by EMS ECU in the control circuit of engine oil pressure sensor
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9–16V
•  Raw voltage of oil pressure sensor signal is greater than 4.79 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  Check Engine lamp ON
•  Low Oil pressure warning lamp ON
•  Variable oil pump control shutoff
•  Variable oil pump solenoid valve remains open
•  Variable oil Pump runs in low pressure mode
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Oil pressure sensor supply wire short to battery
•  Oil pressure sensor signal wire short to battery
•  Oil pressure sensor signal wire short to supply wire
•  Oil pressure sensor signal wire open
•  Oil pressure sensor ground wire open
•  Faulty oil pressure sensor
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.125.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.125.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.125.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
19
SUPPLY
18
SIGNAL
17
GROUND
C 14
OIL PRESSURE SENSOR
A
GROUND
B
SUPPLY
C
SIGNAL
11.125.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P052300 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.125.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.125.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO POSITIVE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect engine oil pressure sensor connector (C 14)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin B of C 14 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the short circuit to battery in engine oil pressure sensor supply wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO POSITIVE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  STEP
•  Disconnect engine oil pressure sensor connector (C 14)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin C of C 14 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Examine the short circuit to battery in engine oil pressure sensor signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE & SIGNAL WIRE SHORT CIRCUIT TO EACH OTHER
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect engine oil pressure sensor connector (C 14)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin B & pin C of C 14
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Examine the short circuit between engine oil pressure sensor supply & signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4 – CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect engine oil pressure sensor connector (C 14)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin C of C 14 and pin 18 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Examine the open circuit in engine oil pressure sensor signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 5 – CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect engine oil pressure sensor connector (C 14)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin A of C 14 and pin 17 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect engine oil pressure sensor failure
•  Replace the engine oil pressure sensor with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the open circuit in engine oil pressure sensor ground wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C103.html
11.68 P032600—Knock Sensor — Open Circuit
11.68.1 KNOCK SENSOR
Knock sensor sends the engine knock intensity signal to EMS ECU. Knock sensor is a piezoelectric vibration sensor. When engine detonation occurs, the vibrations are transmitted through the engine block to the sensor body.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine is running
•  A valid minimum range of knock sensor signal is received by EMS ECU
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  Engine speed greater than 2000 rpm
•  Coolant temperature above 65 deg C
•  Air mass flow above 250 mg/stk
•  Knock sensor signal voltage less than the minimum range of 0.15 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  Check engine lamp ON
•  OBD lamp ON in 3rd driving cycle
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Reduced engine performance
•  Engine vibrates
•  Ignition angle retarded
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Knock sensor signal wire open circuit
•  Knock sensor signal wire short to ground
•  Improper torque of knock sensor mounting
•  Knock sensor faulty
11.68.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.68.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.68.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
104
SUPPLY
83
GROUND
C 219_1
KNOCK SENSOR
1
SUPPLY
2
GROUND
11.68.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P032600 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.68.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.68.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK KNOCK SENSOR MOUNTING
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check torque of knock sensor mounting bolt
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Torque value as per recommendation (Refer Repair manual)
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Torque tighten the knock sensor bolt
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Knock sensor connector (C 219_1)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU wiring harness connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 219_1 and battery ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 & 2 of C 219_1
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Examine the short circuit in knock sensor wires
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN KNOCK SENSOR WIRES
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Knock sensor connector (C 219_1)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU wiring harness connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 219_1 and pin 104 of C 134A
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 219_1 and pin 83 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the knock sensor with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the open circuit in knock sensor wires
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C1030.html
11.126 P052200—Engine Oil Pressure Sensor— Signal Voltage Below Minimum Limit (SCG)
11.126.1 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR
The oil pressure sensor continuously monitors the oil pressure and sends the signal to EMS ECU. EMS ECU uses this signal for Variable oil pump operation and also to alert the driver, incase of low oil pressure.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9–16V
•  No malfunction detected by EMS ECU in the control circuit of engine oil pressure sensor
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9–16V
•  Raw voltage of oil pressure sensor signal is lesser than 0.3 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  Check Engine lamp ON
•  Low Oil pressure warning lamp ON
•  Variable oil pump control shutoff
•  Variable oil pump solenoid valve remains open
•  Variable oil Pump runs in low pressure mode
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Engine oil pressure Sensor signal wire short circuit to ground
•  Faulty engine oil pressure sensor
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.126.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.126.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.126.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
19
SUPPLY
18
SIGNAL
17
GROUND
C 14
OIL PRESSURE SENSOR
A
GROUND
B
SUPPLY
C
SIGNAL
11.126.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P052200 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.126.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.126.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect engine oil pressure sensor connector (C 14)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin C of C 14 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect failure of engine oil pressure sensor
•  Replace the engine oil pressure sensor with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the short circuit to ground in engine oil pressure sensor signal wire
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C1031.html
11.127 P057500—Cruise Control Switch — Input Voltage Out Of Range (Includes OC/SCP/SCG)
11.127.1 CRUISE SWITCH
The cruise control switch assembly installed on the right side of the steering wheel controls the cruise control system. The switch assembly consists of the buttons for speed up & set (SET +), speed down & return to set speed (RES -), cruise ON/OFF, stop (CANC) modes. Cruise control is a feature by which desired speed of the vehicle can be maintained without pressing the accelerator pedal .To de-activating cruise press the brake or clutch pedal or lift “CRUISE” switch on the steering wheel.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  When vehicle is running, no clutch & brake is pressed, by pressing cruise + switch vehicle will go into cruise mode.
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Error will get registered when the cruise switch signal voltage is not in the valid range (Refer Cruise switch voltage table)
DTC REACTIONS
•  Cruise control will not work
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Short /open in cruise switch circuits
•  Faulty cruise control switch
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.127.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.127.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.127.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU K CONNECTOR
78
SIGNAL
60
GROUND
C 341
CRUISE SWITCH
11
SIGNAL
10
GROUND
11.127.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P057500 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.127.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.127.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK CRUISE SWITCH GROUND WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect cruise switch connector (C 341)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 8K)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 10 of C 341 and pin 60 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine for open circuit in ground wire
•  Replace clock spring / wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK CRUISE SWITCH SIGNAL WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect cruise switch connector (C 341)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 8K)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 11 of C 341 and pin 78 of C 8K
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Examine for open circuit in signal wire
•  Replace clock spring / wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK CRUISE SIGNAL WIRE FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Cruise switch connector (C 341)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 8K)
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 11 of C 341 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace cruise switch with a new one
•  Clear the DTC & Verify
•  If the DTC still present , replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check and verify for any new DTC’s
•  Examine the signal wire short circuit to battery
•  Replace clock spring / wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C1032.html
11.128 P056500—Cruise Control Switch — (ON/OFF) Switch Stuck
11.128.1 CRUISE SWITCH
The cruise control switch assembly installed on the right side of the steering wheel controls the cruise control system. The switch assembly consists of the buttons for speed up & set (SET +), speed down & return to set speed (RES -), cruise ON/OFF, stop (CANC) modes. Cruise control is a feature by which desired speed of the vehicle can be maintained without pressing the accelerator pedal .To deactivate cruise press the brake pedal or lift “CRUISE” switch on the steering wheel.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  When vehicle is running, no brake is pressed, by pressing cruise + switch vehicle will go into cruise mode.
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Cruise active
•  Error will registered when Cruise OFF switch is pressed for more than 16 seconds
DTC REACTIONS
•  Cruise control will not work
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Faulty cruise control switch
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.128.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.128.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.128.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU K CONNECTOR
78
SIGNAL
60
GROUND
C 341
CRUISE SWITCH
11
SIGNAL
10
GROUND
11.128.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P056500 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.128.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.128.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect cruise switch connector (C 341)
•  Remove the cruise switch from steering wheel
•  Check CRUISE OFF switch for stuck/ sticky operation
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Press and hold cruise OFF switch
•  Measure the resistance between pin 10 and 11 of C 341
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 150 ± 2% Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the EMS ECU with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Replace the cruise switch with a new one
•  If the problem is still present , replace clock spring
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C1033.html
11.129 P056B00—Cruise Control Switch — (SET -) Switch Stuck
11.129.1 CRUISE SWITCH
The cruise control switch assembly installed on the right side of the steering wheel controls the cruise control system. The switch assembly consists of the buttons for speed up & set (SET +), speed down & return to set speed (RES -), cruise ON/OFF, stop (CANC) modes. Cruise control is a feature by which desired speed of the vehicle can be maintained without pressing the accelerator pedal .To deactivate cruise press the brake pedal or lift “CRUISE” switch on the steering wheel.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  When vehicle is running, no brake is pressed, by pressing cruise + switch vehicle will go into cruise mode.
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Cruise active
•  Error will registered when Cruise SET- switch is pressed for more than 16 seconds
DTC REACTIONS
•  Cruise control will not work
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Faulty cruise control switch
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.129.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.129.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.129.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU K CONNECTOR
78
SIGNAL
60
GROUND
C 341
CRUISE SWITCH
11
SIGNAL
10
GROUND
11.129.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P056B00 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.129.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.129.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect cruise switch connector (C 341)
•  Remove the cruise switch from steering wheel
•  Check “SET –” button for stuck/ sticky operation
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Press and hold cruise “SET –” button
•  Measure the resistance between pin 10 and 11 of C 341
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 420 ± 2% Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the EMS ECU with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Replace the cruise switch with a new one
•  If the problem is still present , replace clock spring
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C1034.html
11.130 P056A00—Cruise Control Switch — (SET +) Switch Stuck
11.130.1 CRUISE SWITCH
The cruise control switch assembly installed on the right side of the steering wheel controls the cruise control system. The switch assembly consists of the buttons for speed up & set (SET +), speed down & return to set speed (RES -), cruise ON/OFF, stop (CANC) modes. Cruise control is a feature by which desired speed of the vehicle can be maintained without pressing the accelerator pedal .To deactivate cruise press the brake pedal or lift “CRUISE” switch on the steering wheel.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  When vehicle is running, no brake is pressed, by pressing cruise + switch vehicle will go into cruise mode.
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Cruise active
•  Error will registered when Cruise SET+ switch is pressed for more than 16 seconds
DTC REACTIONS
•  Cruise control will not work
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Faulty cruise control switch
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.130.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.130.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.130.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU K CONNECTOR
78
SIGNAL
60
GROUND
C 341
CRUISE SWITCH
11
SIGNAL
10
GROUND
11.130.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P056A00 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.130.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.130.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect cruise switch connector (C 341)
•  Remove the cruise switch from steering wheel
•  Check “SET +” button for stuck/ sticky operation
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Press and hold cruise “SET +” button
•  Measure the resistance between pin 10 and 11 of C 341
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 810 ± 2% Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the EMS ECU with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Replace the cruise switch with a new one
•  If the problem is still present , replace clock spring
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C1035.html
11.131 P056700—Cruise Control Switch — (RESUME) Switch Stuck
11.131.1 CRUISE SWITCH
The cruise control switch assembly installed on the right side of the steering wheel controls the cruise control system. The switch assembly consists of the buttons for speed up & set (SET +), speed down & return to set speed (RES -), cruise ON/OFF, stop (CANC) modes. Cruise control is a feature by which desired speed of the vehicle can be maintained without pressing the accelerator pedal .To de-activating cruise press the brake pedal or lift “CRUISE” switch on the steering wheel.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  When vehicle is running, no brake is pressed, by pressing cruise + switch vehicle will go into cruise mode.
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Engine running
•  Cruise active
•  Error will registered when Cruise COAST /RES switch is pressed for more than 16 seconds
DTC REACTIONS
•  Cruise control will not work
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Faulty cruise control switch
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.131.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.131.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.131.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU K CONNECTOR
78
SIGNAL
60
GROUND
C 341
CRUISE SWITCH
11
SIGNAL
10
GROUND
11.131.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P056700 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.131.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.131.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect cruise switch connector (C 341)
•  Remove the cruise switch from steering wheel
•  Check “COST/RES” button for stuck/ sticky operation
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Press and hold cruise “COST/RES” button
•  Measure the resistance between pin 10 and 11 of cruise switch connector C 341
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = 1.63 ± 2% KΩ
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the EMS ECU with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Replace the cruise switch with a new one
•  If the problem is still present , replace clock spring a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C104.html
11.69 P032700—Knock Sensor — Relative Knock Signal Diagnosis
11.69.1 KNOCK SENSOR
Knock sensor sends the engine knock intensity signal to EMS ECU. Knock sensor is a piezoelectric vibration sensor. When engine detonation occurs, the vibrations are transmitted through the engine block to the sensor body.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine is running
•  A valid minimum range of knock sensor signal is received by EMS ECU
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage 9 V – 16 V
•  Engine speed greater than 2000 rpm
•  Coolant temperature above 65 deg C
•  Air mass flow above 250 mg/stk
•  Knock sensor signal voltage less than the minimum range of 0.06 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  Check engine lamp ON
•  OBD lamp ON in 3rd driving cycle
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
•  Reduced engine performance
•  Engine vibrates
•  Ignition angle retarded
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Knock sensor signal wire short circuit to ground
•  Knock sensor signal wire open circuit
•  Improper torque of knock sensor mounting
•  Knock sensor faulty
11.69.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.69.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.69.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A
104
SUPPLY
83
GROUND
C 219_1
KNOCK SENSOR
1
SUPPLY
2
GROUND
11.69.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P032700 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.69.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.69.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK KNOCK SENSOR MOUNTING
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Check torque of knock sensor mounting bolt
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Torque value as per recommendation (Refer Repair manual)
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Torque tighten the knock sensor bolt
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Knock sensor connector (C 219_1)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU wiring harness connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 219_1 and battery ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 & 2 of C 219_1
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Examine the short circuit in knock sensor wires
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN KNOCK SENSOR WIRES
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Knock sensor connector (C 219_1)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU wiring harness connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 219_1 and pin 104 of C 134A
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 219_1 and pin 83 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the knock sensor with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the open circuit in knock sensor wires
•  Replace the wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C105.html
11.70 P256500—Turbocharger Actuator Position Sensor — SRC High (OC/SCP)
11.70.1 ELECTRICAL VARIABLE GEOMETRY TURBOCHARGER (eVGT)
The turbocharger is an electronically actuated variable geometry turbocharger. The vanes in the turbocharger housing are controlled by a DC motor through a mechanical linkage. The DC motor is controlled by the EMS ECU which varies the PWM duty cycle input to the motor. Additionally there is also a position sensor in the DC motor casing to provide feedback to the EMS ECU on the position on the DC motor.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine is running
•  EMS ECU operates the Turbocharger actuator and monitors the signal voltage from turbocharger actuator position sensor
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine is running
•  Raw voltage of turbocharger actuator position sensor signal is greater than 4.85 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Turbocharger actuator disabled
•  Turbo recirculation valve (Dump valve) always open
•  Engine speed limited to 2500 rpm
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Turbocharger actuator position sensor signal wire short to battery
•  Turbocharger actuator position sensor signal wire short to supply wire
•  Turbocharger actuator position sensor signal wire open
•  Turbocharger actuator position sensor ground wire open
•  Faulty Turbocharger actuator position sensor
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.70.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.70.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.70.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
78
SUPPLY
77
SIGNAL
98
GROUND
C 18_1
ELECTRICAL VARIABLE GEOMETRY TURBOCHARGER
4
SUPPLY
2
SIGNAL
3
GROUND
11.70.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P256500 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.70.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.70.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK TURBOCHARGER ACTUATOR POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE VOLTAGE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Turbo actuator connector (C 18_1)
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 4 of C 18_1 & battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 5 ± 0.25 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine Turbocharger actuator position sensor supply wire short to battery
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC & verify
STEP 2 – CHECK TURBOCHARGER ACTUATOR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect eVGT connector (C 18_1)
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 2 of C 18_1 & battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 5 ± 0.25 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Examine Turbocharger actuator position sensor signal wire short to battery
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC & verify
STEP 3 – CHECK TURBOCHARGER ACTUATOR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO SUPPLY WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect eVGT connector(C 18_1)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 and pin 4 of C 18_1
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Examine the short circuit between signal wire and supply wire in Turbocharger actuator position sensor
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC & verify
STEP 4– CHECK TURBOCHARGER ACTUATOR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect eVGT connector (C 18_1_1)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 18_1 & pin 77 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Examine the open circuit in Turbocharger actuator position sensor signal wire
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC & verify
STEP 5 – CHECK TURBOCHARGER ACTUATOR POSITION SENSOR GROUND WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect eVGT connector (C 18_1)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 3 of C 18_1 & pin 98 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace turbocharger with a new one
•  Clear the DTC & verify
•  If the DTC still present, Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Clear the DTC & verify
•  Examine the open circuit in Turbocharger actuator position sensor ground wire
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC & verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C106.html
11.71 P256400—Turbocharger Actuator Position Sensor — SRC Low (SCG)
11.71.1 ELECTRICAL VARIABLE GEOMETRY TURBOCHARGER (eVGT)
The turbocharger is an electronically actuated variable geometry turbocharger. The vanes in the turbocharger housing are controlled by a DC motor through a mechanical linkage. The DC motor is controlled by the EMS ECU which varies the PWM duty cycle input to the motor. Additionally there is also a position sensor in the DC motor casing to provide feedback to the EMS ECU on the position on the DC motor.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine is running
•  EMS ECU operates the eVGT actuator and monitors the signal voltage from Turbocharger actuator position sensor
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Engine is running
•  Raw voltage of Turbocharger actuator position sensor signal is lesser than 0.1 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine speed limited to 2500 rpm
•  Turbocharger protection active
•  Turbo recirculation valve (Dump valve) always open
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Turbocharger actuator position sensor supply wire open circuit
•  Turbocharger actuator position sensor signal wire short to ground
•  Faulty Turbocharger actuator position sensor
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.71.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.71.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.71.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
78
SUPPLY
77
SIGNAL
98
GROUND
C 18_1
ELECTRICAL VARIABLE GEOMETRY TURBOCHARGER
4
SUPPLY
2
SIGNAL
3
GROUND
11.71.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P256400 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.71.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.71.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK TURBOCHARGER ACTUATOR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect eVGT connector(C 18_1)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 18_1 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace turbocharger with a new one
•  Clear the DTC & verify
•  If the DTC still present, Replace EMS ECU with a new one
•  Clear the DTC & verify
•  Examine short circuit to ground in Turbocharger actuator position sensor signal wire
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC & verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C107.html
11.72 P019300—Rail Pressure Sensor — SRC High (OC/SCB)
11.72.1 RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR
The rail pressure sensor is mounted on the fuel rail assembly. The rail pressure sensor senses the fuel pressure in the common rail and sends it to EMS ECU. Fuel is maintained at a high pressure in the common rail depending on the requirement of the engine.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  The measured output voltage value of the Rail pressure sensor is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  Raw voltage of rail pressure sensor signal is greater than 4.85 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine speed limitation to 1500 rpm
•  Engine will run in low pressure mode
•  Torque limited to 150 Nm
•  CAT diagnosis inhibited
•  Fuel system diagnosis inhibited
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Rail pressure sensor supply wire short to battery
•  Rail pressure sensor signal wire short to battery
•  Rail pressure sensor signal wire short to supply wire
•  Rail pressure sensor signal wire open
•  Rail pressure sensor ground wire open
•  Faulty Rail pressure sensor
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.72.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.72.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.72.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
57
SUPPLY
58
SIGNAL
59
GROUND
C 7_1
RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR
3
SUPPLY
1
SIGNAL
2
GROUND
11.72.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P019300 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.72.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.72.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE VOLTAGE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect rail pressure sensor connector (C 7_1)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 3 of C 7_1 & battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 5 ± 0.25 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine rail pressure sensor supply wire short to battery
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC & verify
STEP 2 – CHECK RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO BATTERY
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect rail pressure sensor connector (C 7_1)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 1 of C 7_1 & battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Examine rail pressure sensor signal wire short to positive
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC & verify
STEP 3 – CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT BETWEEN RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE AND SIGNAL WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect rail pressure sensor connector (C 7_1)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 3 and 1 of C 7_1
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Examine the short circuit between rail pressure sensor signal and supply wire
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC & verify
STEP 4– CHECK RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Rail pressure sensor connector (C 7_1)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 7_1 & pin 58 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Examine the open circuit in rail pressure sensor signal wire
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC & verify
STEP 5 – CHECK RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND WIRE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect Rail pressure sensor connector (C 7_1)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 7_1 & pin 59 of C 134A
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1 Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal short/open in rail pressure sensor
•  Replace the rail pressure sensor with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine the open circuit in rail pressure sensor ground wire
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC & verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C108.html
11.73 P019200—Rail Pressure Sensor — SRC Low (SCG)
11.73.1 RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR
The rail pressure sensor is mounted on the fuel rail assembly. The rail pressure sensor senses the fuel pressure in the common rail and sends it to EMS ECU. Fuel is maintained at a high pressure in the common rail depending on the requirement of the engine.
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  The measured output voltage value of the Rail pressure sensor is within the range
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  Raw voltage of rail pressure sensor signal is lesser than 0.15 V
DTC REACTIONS
•  OBD lamp ON
•  Engine speed limitation to 1500 rpm
•  Engine will run in low pressure mode
•  Torque limited to 150 Nm
•  CAT diagnosis inhibited
•  Fuel system diagnosis inhibited
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  OBD lamp OFF if the fault is absent for 3 driving cycles
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Rail pressure sensor signal wire short to ground
•  Faulty rail pressure sensor
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.73.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.73.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.73.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 134A
EMS ECU A CONNECTOR
57
SUPPLY
58
SIGNAL
59
GROUND
C 7_1
RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR
3
SUPPLY
1
SIGNAL
2
GROUND
11.73.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P019200 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.73.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.73.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
PRE CONDITION
•  Turn the ignition OFF
•  Disconnect rail pressure sensor connector (C 7_1)
•  Disconnect EMS ECU connector (C 134A)
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 1 of C 7_1 & battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞ Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Suspect internal short/open in rail pressure sensor
•  Replace the rail pressure sensor with new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  Examine rail pressure sensor signal wire short to ground
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness with a new one
•  Clear the DTC & verify
File: null_procedure-18-35013C109.html
11.74 P050400—Brake Switch - Signal Plausibility
11.74.1 BRAKE SWITCH
Brake pedal switch sends information of drivers brake pedal input to the EMS ECU. The Brake pedal switch has two internal switches — Main switch and redundant switch. EMS ECU uses the status of both switches for redundancy check
DTC INFORMATION
PROBABLE CAUSES OF FAILURE
NORMAL OPERATION
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  The brake switch signal voltages which corresponds to the brake pedal position is within the range
•  The main and redundant switch status remains same
DTC DETECTING CONDITIONS
•  Ignition ON
•  EMS ECU supply voltage is 9–16V
•  The brake main and redundant switch status are different
DTC REACTIONS
•  Engine check lamp ON
•  Cruise control disabled
•  Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) inhibited
HEALING CONDITION
•  Fault absent
•  DTC will get erased automatically from the ECU memory, when the fault is absent for 40 warm up cycles
•  Open circuit in brake switch main signal wire
•  Open circuit in brake switch redundant signal wire
•  Short circuit between brake switch main & redundant signal wires
•  Brake switch main signal wire short to battery
•  Brake switch redundant signal wire short to battery
•  Brake switch main switch signal wire short to ground
•  Brake switch redundant signal wire short to battery
•  Improper brake switch adjustment
•  Faulty brake switch
•  Faulty EMS ECU
11.74.2 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
Graphic
11.74.3 CONNECTOR LOCATION
Graphic
Graphic
11.74.4 CONNECTOR VIEWS AND INFORMATION
Graphic
Graphic
CONNECTOR NO
CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
PIN NO
FUNCTION
C 8K
EMS ECU (K)
49
MAIN SIGNAL
51
REDUNDANT SIGNAL
C 85
BRAKE SWITCH
1
SUPPLY
2
MAIN SIGNAL
3
SUPPLY
4
REDUNDANT SIGNAL
11.74.5 DTC CHECKING PROCEDURE
•  Turn ON ignition and initialise i-SMART
•  Record the DTC with freeze frame data, environmental data and clear
•  Turn ignition OFF then ON
•  Proceed to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, if P050400 is present
•  If absent, then check for any intermittent problem
11.74.6  INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
Check the following for intermittent problems
•  Poor mating of the connector halves/damage of connector locking
•  terminals not fully seated in the connector body
•  Damage of harness and terminals
•  Connector pin separation from wire
•  Corrosion on pin contact points
11.74.7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1 – CHECK VOLTAGE OF BRAKE SWITCH SUPPLY WIRE
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Ensure that the brake switch is adjusted properly (Refer Repair manual for procedure)
•  Check and ensure proper functioning of ECU main relay
•  Ensure proper functioning of 40A fuse (F20)
•  Brake switch connector (C 85) DISCONNECTED
•  Ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 1 of C 85 and battery ground
•  Measure the voltage between pin 3 of C 85 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = Battery voltage
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 2
•  Examine the open /short circuit in brake switch supply wires
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 2 – CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL WIRES
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU wiring harness connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
•  Brake switch wiring harness connector (C 85) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 4 of C 85 and pin 51 of C 8
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 85 and pin 49 of C 8
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance < 1Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 3
•  Examine the open circuit in brake switch signal wires to EMS ECU
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 3 – CHECK SHORT TO GROUND IN BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL WIRES
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  EMS ECU wiring harness connector (C 8K) DISCONNECTED
•  Brake switch wiring harness connector (C 85) DISCONNECTED
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 4 of C 85 and ground
•  Measure the resistance between pin 2 of C 85 and ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 4
•  Examine brake switch signal wires for short circuit with ground
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 4 – CHECK BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL WIRES FOR SHORT CIRCUIT WITH BATTERY SUPPLY
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Brake switch wiring harness connector (C 85) DISCONNECTED
•  Turn the ignition ON
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the voltage between pin 4 of C 85 and battery ground
•  Measure the voltage between pin 2 of C 85 and battery ground
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Voltage = 0 V
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  GO TO STEP 5
•  Examine brake switch signal wires for short circuit with battery supply
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
STEP 5 – CHECK FOR SHORT CIRCUIT BETWEEN BRAKE SWITCH MAIN & REDUNDANT SIGNAL WIRES
PRE CONDITION
•  Ignition OFF
•  Brake switch wiring harness connector (C 85) DISCONNECTED
•  EMS ECU connector (C 8K) disconnected
TEST PROCEDURE
•  Measure the resistance between pin 4 & 2 of C 85
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
•  Resistance = ∞Ω
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
OK
NOT OK
•  Replace the brake switch with a new one
•  Clear the DTC and verify
•  If the DTC is still present, replace the EMS ECU with a new one
•  Check for any new DTCs
•  Examine short circuit between brake switch main & redundant signal wires
•  Identify and replace the faulty wiring harness
•  Clear the DTC and verify
File: tabs.html
Table of Contents Index Terms
File: toolbar_toc.html
File: view_index_term.html
    File: view_profile.html
    PlatformProduct
    File: view_toc.html
    File: views.html